feed twitter twitter facebook

A Rich Life

The Old Ideas on Saving & Investing Don't Work -- Here's What Does

  • "Valuation-Informed Indexing Is the Same Song We Sing. Glad You Belong to the Same Choir We Do."





    Carolyn McClanahan, Director of Financial Planning
    for Life Planning Partners, Inc.

  • "Retirees Now Frequently Base Their Retirement Decisions on the Portfolio Success Rates Found in Research Such as the Trinity Study.... This Is Not the Information They Need for Making Their Withdrawal Rate Decisions."




    Wade Pfau, Academic Researcher

  • "The P/E10 Tool Could Drastically Change
    How the Entire Investment Industry
    Operates and Measures Risk."





    Larry, A PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "The Your Money or Your Life Book
    for a New Generation."





    Beatrix Fernandex, Book Reviewer
    for Dollar Stretcher Site

  • "A Newer School of Thought Believes That the Safe Withdrawal Rate Depends on How Stocks Are Priced at the Time You Begin Making Withdrawals."





    Scott Burns, Dallas Morning News Finance Columnist

  • "A Fascinating Retirement Calculator."







    Michael Kitces, Maryland Financial Planner

  • "The Evidence is Pretty Incontrovertible. Valuation-Informed Indexing...Is Everywhere Superior to Buy-and-Hold Over Ten-Year Periods."




    Norbert Schenkler,
    Co-Owner of Financial WebRing Forum

  • "Every Detail Shows Rob's Respect
    for His Information and His Reader."






    Audrey Owen, Owner of Writer's Helper Site

  • "You’ve Accomplished Something Radical
    With Your Idea of Passion Saving."





    Mark Michael Lewis,
    Money, Mission & Meaning Talk Show Host

  • "Big Moves Out of Stocks Should Not Be Done at All. But Strategic Asset Allocation Can Be Done At Very Rare Times, Maybe Six Times in an Investor’s Lifetime, Three Times When the Market Is Stupidly High and Three Times When Stupidly Low."



    John Bogle, Founder of Vanguard Funds

  • "Valuation-Informed Investing and Passive Investing
    Share More of a Common Ancestry
    Than It Might Appear at First."





    Jacob Irwin, Owner of Passive Investing Blog Carnival

  • "It Is Great to See a Finance Journalist Who Understands That Valuations Matter. Efficient Market Zealotry Is Rampant in the Journalism Community. I Just Love Your Valuation-Based Return Calculator."




    Rich Toscano, Pacific Capital Associates

  • "There Is Always An Unlimited Supply of Complainers Against Any Good Idea."






    Mr. Money Mustache Blogger

  • "Rob: This Has Been One of the Most Insightful and Helpful Comments I Think Anyone Has Ever Posted. Thank You for This Lesson and for Sharing Your Knowledge on This Subject!"




    My Money Design Blogger

  • "There Is An Extensive Literature About the Predictability of Long-Term Stock Returns. There Is an Extensive Literature About Short-Term Market Timing. My Question Is About Long-Term Market Timing. The Literature Seems Slim."



    Wade Pfau, Retirement Income Professor
    at The American College

  • "Your Ideas Are Sound."







    Rob Arnott, Financial Analysts Journal Editor

  • "For Years, the Investment Industry Has
    Tried to Scare Clients Into Staying Fully Invested
    in the Stock Market at All Times, No Matter
    How High Stocks Go. It's Hooey.
    They're Leaving Out More Than Half the Story."



    Brett Arends, The Wall Street Journal

  • "There Are Time-Periods Where Stocks Are a Terrible Addition to That Portfolio. Yet Inexplicably, We As Planners STILL tend to Suggest That It Is 'Risky' to Not Own Stocks When in Reality the Only Risk Is to Our Business."




    Michael Kitces, Maryland Financial Planner

  • "Valuation-Informed Indexing Provides More Wealth for 102 of 110 of the Rolling 30-Year Time-Periods While Buy-and-Hold Did Better in Eight of the Periods."






    Wade Pfau, Academic Researcher

  • "There Is a Growing Behavioral Economics Movement, But It So Far Has Had Limited Impact. Economists Are Not Fond of the Softness and Imprecision of Psychology. These Notions Are Considered Vaguely Unprofessional and Flaky."



    Robert Shiller, Yale University Economic Professor

  • "I Would Occasionally Get a Response Post
    Saying I Was 'the Best Since Rob Bennett
    Challenged Us to Think.'"




    A Popular Bogleheads Forum Poster Named "Retired at 48" Who Was Banned for Challenging Buy-and-Hold

  • "New Research by Rob Bennett Shows That
    Even a 4% Withdrawal Rate Could Cause Failure
    If You Start Retirement When
    Stock Market Valuations Are High.”




    Bernard Kelly, Consultant

  • "FuhGedDaBouDit!"




    William Bernstein, Author of
    The Four Pillars of Investing
    (When Asked Whether We Can Use the Old School Safe Withdrawal Rate Studies to Plan Our Retirements)

  • "This [The Stock-Return Predictor]
    Is a Very Handy Little Tool."






    Felix Salmon, Market Movers Blog

  • "A Much Simpler Way to Bring
    the Valuation Issue to Focus."
    (Referring to The Stock-Return Predictor)





    Karteek Narayanaswarmy, Blogger

  • "It's Informative, It's Based on Solid Data and It Provides Useful Results." (Referring to The Stock-Return Predictor)






    Political Calculations Blog

  • "Meet Three Couples Who Left the Corporate World to Do the Kinds of Work That Satisfied Them."






    Liz Pulliam Weston, MSN Money Columnist

  • "I Like Rob's Fresh Views and Tips
    on the Subject of Saving Money."






    The Digerati Life Blog

  • "A Very Solid Approach to Investing."







    Michael Harr, Founder of Walden Advisors

  • "Rob Bennett Has Been on a Tear With One Outstanding RobCast After Another."





    John Walter Russell, Owner of
    Early-Retirement-Planning-Insights.com Site

  • "It’s Time for a Different Way to Look at Investing, and Rob Is Onto Something Here."






    Kevin Mercadante, Owner of Out of Your Rut Blog

  • "My Afternoon Train Reading."
    (Referring to Rob's Article titled
    Why Buy-and-Hold Investing Can Never Work)





    Barry Ritholtz, Owner of The Big Picture Blog

  • "What Is It With Guys Named Rob?
    Longtime Index Agitator Rob Arnott Has Now
    Been Joined on These Pages by a
    Vanguard Diehard Agitator Named Rob Bennett."




    Jim Wiandt, IndexUniverse.com Publisher

  • "He Offers a Fresh New Perspective
    that Will Motivate You to Get on Track
    With a Solid Savings Plan."





    Lynn Terry, Click Newz Blog

  • "While Browsing at www.PassionSaving.com the Other Day, I Discovered an Article Featuring Ten Unconventional Money-Saving Tips. Each of These Offers a New Way to See Money."




    J.D. Roth, Owner of Get Rich Slowly Site

  • "Rob Has Ideas About Investing That Many Bloggers Find 'Interesting.' His Posts Are Often Controversial and Always Thought Provoking."





    Miranda Marquit, Planting Money Seeds Blog

  • "Is There a Way to Turn Saving Into Something Fun? If There Was, I Bet a Lot More of Us Would Do a Lot More Saving. I Found a Website Where This Basic Premise Is Explored in Great Depth."




    The Great WeiszGuy Blog

  • "I Have Much More Confidence in My Ability to Understand What Is Happening....I Thank You for Your Public Service, and, In Another Dimension, for the Personal Courage It Took to Make It Happen."




    Elizabeth, A PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "I Was Hooked on the Idea of [Passive] Index Indexing, But Something Inside Made Me Wonder "Too Good to Be True?" and "What's the Downside?" I Happened on to Your Site and Valuation-Informed Indexing Seems to Make Sense."



    Coleen, PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "Reads Like a Casual Conversation
    with a Likable Guy Who Wants Nothing More
    Than to Help Others Experience the Same Joy
    and Happiness He Has Found."




    Kara, Reader of Rob's Book

  • "Your 'Secrets' Are Exactly Like Magic Tricks: Once Revealed, They Look So Simple, Yet You Need Somebody to Show You How It Works."





    Kramerizio, Secrets of Retiring Early Reader

  • "Rob's Da Man! Never in the History of the Diehards Forum Has One Poster, Always Making Civil and Well Thought-Out Posts, Managed to Irritate So Many Without Anyone Being Able to Articulate a Good Reason As to Why."




    Mephistopheles, Bogleheads Forum Poster

  • "I’ve Been Surprised at How Controversial This Idea Is, but If Most People Are Buying and Holding, They Are Emotionally Invested in This Strategy."





    Jennifer Barry, Live Richly Blogger

  • "The Findings for [Long-Term] Market Timing Are So Robust That It Hardly Matters How We Do It."






    Wade Pfau, Asociate Professor of Economics

  • "The Elegant Simplicity of His Ideas Throughout Warms the Heart and Startles the Brain."






    Tom Gardner, Co-Founder of the Motley Fool Site

  • "Mr. Bennett Evidences an Unusual Skill....
    You'll Have to Buy a Copy....Extraordinary....
    A Massive Heap of Crap."




    John Greaney,
    Owner of the Retire Early Home Page Site

  • "By Reading All the Information on Your Website I Was Able to Develop a Part of Me I Didn't Know I Would Be Able to Become."





    Javier, PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "Innovative Financial Thinking."







    No Limits, Ladies Blog

  • "Knowledgeable."







    Hope to Prosper Blog

  • "Holy Toledo! This Is Great Stuff!"






    Bill Schultheis, Author of
    The New Coffeehouse Portfolio

  • ""He Offers Down-to-Earth But
    Nevertheless Eye-Opening Insights About
    the Why and the How of Early Retirement."





    Secrets of Retiring Early Reader

  • "Challenges Unfounded Assumptions."







    Bill Sholar, Founder of the Early Retirement Forum

  • "Seminal."






    John Greaney, Owner of Retire Early Home Page Site
    (Pre-May 13, 2002 Version)

  • "It’s Always Good to Read Something New That Challenges Your Way of Thinking."






    Invest It Wisely Blog

  • "Rob, Thanks for All of Your Articulate, Well-Written and Well-Reasoned Commentary."






    Elle, a Poster at the Joe Taxpayer Blog

  • "Although Rob and I Don’t See Eye to Eye
    on Every Detail, His Site Is a
    Valuable Resource for Research."





    Ken Faulkenberry, Portfolio Manager

  • "Thanks, Rob. I Love Seeing So Many
    Personal Finance Bloggers Who Offer Such
    High Quality Content on Their Own Sites Come Here
    to Weigh In [on Your Ideas]."




    Married With Debt Blogger

  • "A Ton of Tremendously Useful Content."







    Network Abundance Radio

  • "Your Enthusiasm Is Infectious."







    Ruth, a PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "I Woke Up at 4:00 am and Stared at the Wall for 20 Minutes....Thank You for Doing What You Do."






    Tasha, A PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "It Might Just Give You
    a New Way of Looking at Saving."






    Kevin Surbaugh, Owner of Debt Free 4Ever Blog

  • "'Staying Too Long in a Job Where You Don’t Feel Relevant Takes a Toll,' Said Rob Bennett, Who Worked for Years in a Well-Paying Corporate Communications Job Where He Didn’t Have Enough to Do."




    The New York Times

  • "You Have Started One of the Most Interesting
    and Stimulating Discussions This Board has Seen
    in a Long Time."





    Poster at Motley Fool Site

  • "A Respected Author and Commentator, Mr. Bennett has Dedicated Himself to Educating Average Investors to Avoid the Most Common Errors."





    Liberty Watch Site

  • "I've Gone from Shattered Dreams of Early Retirement to Glimpses of Hope to Reassurance from Quantitative Research."





    Patricia, A PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "Some of the Most Helpful and Insightful Market Discussions on the Web Take Place on These Pages."





    A Poster at the Safe WithDrawal Rate Research Group
    (Founded by Rob)

  • "Rob is the Only Person I Know (If Only via Message Board) Who has Completely Opted Out of Participation in the Stock Bubble. And You Know What? He Has Benefited Immensely from Doing So."




    Poster at Motley Fool

  • "Makes the Subject of Saving Edgy and Fresh."







    Maxine, A Reader of Rob's Book

  • "Rob Bennett, the Author of a Book Called Passion Saving, Thinks the Saving Problem Is Partly One of Packaging. So He Prefers to Couch it in the Language of Freedom."





    The Wall Street Journal

  • "This Tip Comes from Rob Bennett
    of the Finance Site PassionSaving.com."






    Lifehacker.com

  • "I LOVE This Article and
    Am Proud to be Publishing It!"




    Chuck Yanikoski, Executive Director of
    The Association of Integrative Financial
    and Life Planning

  • "Rob Bennett: Some People Disagree With Him, and He Rubs a Lot of People the Wrong Way. But He Has Interesting Ideas About Valuation-Informed Indexing, and He Delves Into a Lot of What Makes a Successful Investing Strategy."



    Miranda Marquit, Planting Money Seeds Blog

  • "Rob….Wow…..Your Response Sent Shivers
    Up the Ol’ Pilgrim Spine."






    Neal Frankie, Owner of the Wealth Pilgrim Blog

  • "I Have Counseled My Clients to Allocate a Percentage to Equities Based Upon Market Valuations....I Feel Like I've Found a Kindred Spirit. Fascinating Web Site."





    Tom Behlmer, Financial Planner

  • “A Simple Age-Based Asset Allocation Formula Is Not Appropriate, and Any Sensible Asset-Allocation Formula Should Combine Both Age/Investment Horizon and Market Valuation Levels.”




    RationalInvestor.biz

  • "Had a Guest Post This Week from Rob Bennett, Where He Discusses the Benefits of Value-Informed Indexing, Which I Find Very Intriguing."





    Sustainable Personal Finance Blog

  • "I Can Appreciate Rob's Comments.... Buy-and-Hold?
    For the Most Part, a Long Obsolete Theory."






    Neal Deutsch, Certified Financial Planner

  • "Utterly Brilliant!"







    Secrets of Retiring Early Reader

  • "Your Website Is So Enjoyable That It Is Keeping Me From My Research As I Am So Excited That I Have Found Such a Valuable Resource."





    Stuart, a PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "What We're Talking About Here Really
    ...Is Empowerment."






    Motley Fool Poster

  • "The Return Predictor Is Based upon the Principle that Over the Long Term, Stock Market Prices Will Reflect the Ten-Years Earnings Growth of the Underlying Companies. Prices Return to a Common Growth Pattern."




    Links.com Review of The Stock-Return Predictor

  • "Rob’s Arguments in Favor of Value Investing Actually Make a Lot of Sense In a Way That Should Make Any Rational Buy-and-Holder Uncomfortable."





    Pop Economics Blog

  • "What I Don't Understand Is How Rob Can Correspond in Such a Sweet and Polite Way
    -- Yet He Irritates Me to No End!"





    Financial WebRing Forum Poster

  • "You Go About It in a Manner that is Catastrophically Unproductive by Adding Missionary Zeal that Inflates Your Importance and Demeans Others. The Whole Idea That There is a New School of Safe Withdrawal Rates Reeks of Personal Aggrandizement."



    Scott Burns, Dallas Morning News

  • "Inflammatory."







    Morningstar.com Site Administrator

  • “What Warren Buffett Did Was Essentially Quite Close to What Rob Bennett Has Written. Buffett Has in Fact Been Cleverly Incorporating Long-Term Market Timing Based on Valuation of the Market in His Allocation of Money to Stocks.”



    Investor Notes Blog

  • "This Report Offers A Fresh Perspective That Is Rarely Found In Other Financial Literature."






    Secrets of Retiring Early Reader

  • "Rob Bennett Says That Market Timing Based on Aggregate P/E Ratios Can Be a Far More Effective Strategy. This Claim Is Consistent With Shiller's Analysis and I Can See How It Might Be So."




    Rajiv Sethi, Economics Professor at Columbia Univeristy

  • "Retiring Early Was A Concept I Did Not Entertain. I Was Going to Retire at 65 After Putting in 40 Years. Now I Am Glad To Say That All That Has Changed."





    Secrets of Retiring Early Reader

  • "In a Couple of Days, I Had
    Devoured the Entire Book."






    Reader of Rob's Book

  • "FIRECalc May Not Be the Last Word
    on Safe Withdrawal Rates."






    Jonathan Clements, Wall Street Journal

  • "It Seems to Me That Some on This Board Feel Threatened by the Arrival of Rob and His Ideas. They Feel a Threat to Their Perceived Elite Status."





    Motley Fool Poster

  • "You've Got to Say One Thing for Rob. He Has NEVER Lowered Himself to Ad Hominen Attacks -- Subliminal or Otherwise -- on Any Other Person on This Board. Not Once. Ever. At Least Give Him Credit for That."




    Motley Fool Poster

  • "I Have Never Seen Rob Show Incivility. No Matter What. Truly Amazing. Either He Is Really the Output of an Artificial Intelligence Program, or the Man's on the Way to Becoming a Saint!"




    Early Retirement Forum Poster

  • "You're the Politest Guy on the Internet.
    Such a Soft Touch!"






    Jonathan Lewis

  • "Props for Keeping Your Cool in the Married with Debt Article. Best of Luck Combating Buy-and-Hold."






    Money Mamba Blogger

  • "I Caught Up [at the Financial Bloggers Conference] With a Fairly Controversial Financial Blogger
    Named Rob Bennett, Who Struck Me As the
    Nicest Guy Around. There -- I Said It!"




    Digerati Life Blogger

  • "In Rob Bennett's Case, He Was Banned for No Known Listed Forum Policy. Except His Viewpoint Was Different From Other Bogleheads and [He Was Perceived As] a Threat."




    Investor Junkie Blog

  • "Mr. Bennett, You Are Spot on About Integrating Some Type of Valuation Filter to One's Stock Allocation. Astute Investors Have Incorporated Some Type of 'Valuation Timing' Into Their Investment Decisions Since the Beginning of Time."



    Poster at the Psy Fi Blog

  • "His Insights Into What Is Really Going On In The Stock Market Are Quite Compelling."






    Future Storm Blog

  • "It Was an Epiphany...Valuation-Informed Indexing Beats Buy-and-Hold Over Most Long-Term Holding Periods at Much Lower Volatility."





    Sam, a PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "I Am Intrigued By Your Ideas."







    Adam Butler, Portfolio Manager

  • "I Read the Book and I Loved It.
    The Philosophy Resonated with Me.
    I Am a Believer in Your Concept."





    Dr. Peter Weiss, Author of More Health, Less Care

  • "If Your Investment Ideas Can Do for Investing
    What Weston Price’s Ideas Did for Food,
    You’ve Got Our Attention."





    End Times Hoax Blog

  • "I Have Looked at His Website and Reviewed His Research and Find It Both Compelling and Completely Logical and Common-Sense-Based."





    Poster at Free Money Finance Blog

  • "If Investors Paid More Attention to Valuations, We Would Have Fewer Boom-and-Bust Cycles. The Investing Institutions Are Definitely Going to Avoid It Because It Affects Their Income."




    Hope to Prosper Blog

  • "The Calculators on Your Site Are Great Resources. It Amazes Me How So Many People Can Say 'Valuations Matter' Yet, in the Next Breath, They'll Say That We Should Ignore Valuations."




    John Marlowe, Logistics Analyst at Hess Corporation

  • "Must Read As Per My Viewpoint
    For All Value Seekers."






    Ajit Vakil, Value Investing Congress

  • "His Approach Is Both Mathematically Rigorous
    and Easy to Understand."






    Online Investing AI Blog

  • "There Is Nothing More Doubtful of Success Than a New System. The Initiator Has the Enmity of All Who Profit By Preservation of the Old Institution and Merely Lukewarm Defenders in Those Who Gain By the New One."




    Machiavelli

  • "Difficult Subjects Can Be Explained to the Most Slow-Witted Man If He Has Not Formed Any Idea of Them. But the Simplest Thing Cannot Be Made Clear to the Most Intelligent Man If He Believes He Knows Already What Is Laid Before Him."



    Tolstoy

  • "I Am Not Afraid. I Was Born to Do This."







    Joan of Arc

  • "I Certainly Have Seen the Academic Profession Squelching Unfashionable ideas and Have Often Been on the Wrong Side of It. Kuhn Shows How Most Pathbreaking Scientific Ideas Are Rejected at First, Usually for Decades.”




    Carol Osler, Brandeis International Business School

  • "First They Ignore You, Then They Ridicule You, Then They Fight You, Then You Win."






    Ghandi

  • "We Cannot Assume the Existence of Predictability Just Because There Are No Studies That Fully Reject It."






    Valeriy Zakamulin, Economics Professor

  • "I Am Also Extremely Grateful to Rob Bennett for Motivating This Topic and Contributing His Experience and Encouragement."





    Wade Pfau, Academic Researcher

  • "Rob Bennett Was an Early Pioneer in 3rd Generation Modeling by Advocating (Through Various Online Forums) that Withdrawal Rates Must Be Adjusted for Market Valuations Consistent with Research by Campbell and Shiller."



    Todd Tresidder, Financial Mentor Blog

  • "I Am Fascinated by the Growing Body of Research that Revolves Around the P/E10 Ratio by Robert Shiller, Doug Short, Wade Pfau, Michael Kitces, John Hussman, Crestmont Research, Jim Otar, Mike Philbrick, Adam Butler & Rob Bennett."



    Kay Conheady in Advisor Perspectives

  • "Rob Is an Enigma in the Personal Finance World. He Has Interesting Theories on Investing Based on Market Valuations. But He Weaves a Tale Which Makes the Stories of Alexander Litvinenko & Gareth Williams Seem Tame by Comparison."



    Don't Quit Your Day Job Blog

  • "In Recent Years, the 4 Percent Rule
    Has Been Thrown Into Doubt."






    The Wall Street Journal

  • "A Safe Withdrawal Rate Is Very Dependent
    on the Valuation of the Stockmarket
    at the Retirement Date."





    Economist Magazine

  • "I Have Read Everything I Can About Valuation-Informed Indexing. Buy-and-Hold Is Extremely Problematic. I Respect the Passion, Hard Work and Research That You Have Put Into This Very Important Issue. Your Work Has Huge Value."



    Carl Richards, Owner of Clearwater Asset Management

  • "The World of Personal Finance Blogging Needs More Rob Bennetts. He’s Passionate. He’s Intelligent. He’s Writing Things That Go Against the Grain."





    Financial Uproar Blog

  • "Beyond Awesome."







    Larry, a PassionSaving.com Site Visitor

  • "The Wealth Management Industry Seems Intent on Containing This Discussion for Fear Clients Might Discover that the Emperor Has No Clothes."





    Adam Butler, Portfolio Manager

  • "Recommended Reading."







    Jesse's Cafe Americain Blog

  • “All Who Are Still Holding Equities at Present Levels Because Their Financial Adviser Insists that Timing Market Cycles Is Impossible to Do -- Read This!"





    Juggling Dynamite Blog

  • "The Fact that Aggressive and Short-Term Market Timing Was Unproductive Did Not Mean That There Were Never Times When It Would Be Wealth-Maximizing to Get Out of the Market."



    Scott Burris,Director of the Center for
    Health Law, Policy and Practice

  • "The Amount of Return You Can Expect From a Diversified Equity Portfolio Is Inversely Correlated to the Market Valuation at the Start of the Holding Period. It Is One of the Most Robust Statistical Relationships in Modern Finance."




    Todd Tresidder, Financial Mentor Blog

  • "Why Would Your Job Be Jeopardized
    By Such a Sensible Claim?"





    Marcelle Chauvet, Econmics Professor
    at University of California

  • "Received Worrisome E-Mail from Rob Bennett. Warns of Risk with Buy-and-Hold Investing
    -- I Have No Clue."





    Vivek Wadhaw, Business Week Columnist

  • "As Attorney, Tax Expert and Financial Writer Rob Bennett Told Us, the Problem Is That, By the Time Shiller Published His Research, Many Big Names Had Already Endorsed Buy-and-Hold."




    ZeroHedge.com

  • "This Seems to Me to Be a Fundamental Challenge to Some of the Most Basic Tenets of the Boglehead Paradigm."






    Bogleheads Forum Poster

  • "You Want to be Very, Very Wary of Anything Connected with Rob Bennett, the Most Infamous Troll in the History of Investing Forums on the Internet."





    Alex Fract, Owner of Bogleheads Forum

  • “I’ve Had My Fill of Those Long-Winded Posts that Include Distortions, Unsubstantiated Claims, Misquotes and Comments Taken Out of Context.”




    Mel Lindauer, Co-Author of
    The Bogleheads Guide to Investing

  • "Haven't You Noticed Yet That NO ONE Discusses Your Ideas, NO ONE Mentions Your Name, NO ONE Goes To Your Web Site."





    One of the Greaney Goons

  • "I've Had Similar Experiences. I Know of Two Young Professors Who Wanted to Do Research on Fundamental Index and Reported to Me That Their Colleagues Advised Them That This Line of Research Could Derail Their Career Prospects."



    Rob Arnott, Financial Analysts Journal Editor

  • "As with Drug Studies Funded by Drug Companies, It Would Be Churlish to Suppose that the Chicago School of Business Was in the Bag. But It Would Also Be Idealistic to Assume That There Was No Funding Bias at All."




    Bogleheads Poster

  • "This Sort of Intimidation Is Not Acceptable. The Cigarette and Pharmaceutical Industries Found Research Supporting Their Products By Funding It. But That Was Big Money Supporting Outcomes, Not Dissuading Others."




    Lyn Graham, 25-Year CPA

  • "Financial Economists Gave Little Warning to the Public About the Fragility of Their Models. There Is No Ethical Code for Professional Economic Scientists. There Should Be One."



    Paper Titled The Financial Crisis and
    the Systemic Failure of Academic Economics

  • "The Situation [Referring to the Intimidation Tactics Used to Silence Academic Researcher Wade Pfau's Reporting of the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing Strategies] Seems Well Below Any Professional and Academic Acceptable Standards."



    Albert Sanchez Graells, Law Lecturer

  • Many Academics Can Become Quite Strident When Their Views Are Challenged. Academia Is Often Subject to Self-Serving Bias That Obliterates Ethical Bounds."





    Ted Sichelman, Law Professor

  • "I Don't Like Too Much the Conspiracy Idea. I Am Not Pressured By Anyone in My Research."






    Roberto Reno, Economics Professor

  • "This Is What Investing Should Be -- Calculated, Deliberate, Confident, Informed and Simple."






    Aaron Friday, Owner of Aaron's Blob Blog

  • "It Is Obvious that Rob, in Attempting to Identify New Safe Withdrawal Rate Strategies...Is Goring Your Ox. If Rob Improves on [the] Safe Withdrawal Rate Methodology, the Implication Is Clear: You Are All, Metaphorically, Out of Business."



    Bogleheads Poster

  • "I Applaud His Effort to Inject Another Piece of Objectivity Into a Very Complex, Highly Subjective Topic -- Making Money in the Market."





    Bogleheads Poster

  • "Naturally, I Am Finding That Valuation-Informed Indexing Can Allow You to Reach a Wealth Target With a Lower Saving Rate and to Use a Higher Withdrawal Rate in Retirement Than You Could With a Fixed Allocation."



    Wade Pfau, Professor of Retirement Income
    at The American College

  • "A Careful Examination of Past Returns Can Establish Some Probabilities About the Prospective Parameters of Return, Offering Intelligent Investors a Basis for Rational Expectations About Future Returns."




    Jack Bogle, Founder of Vanguard Funds

  • "The Ability to Estimate the Long-Term Future Returns of the Major Asset Classes Is Perhaps the Most Important Investment Skill That An Indivisual Can Possess."




    William Bernstein, Author of The Four Pillars of Investing

  • "The Stock Market Resembles Roulette. In Both Cases, the Accuracy of Sensible Forecasts Rises Over Time."






    Andrew Smithers, Co-Author of Valuing Wall Street

  • "Returns Are for the Most Part a Matter of Simple Arithmetic...Much of Our Industry Seems Fearful of Basic Arithmetic of This Sort."





    Rob Arnott, Financial Analysts Journal Editor

  • "How Can It Be That One-Year Returns Are So Apparantly Random and Yet Ten-Year Returns Are Mostly Forecastable? In Looking at One-Year Returns, One Sees a Lot of Noise. But Over Longer Time Intervals the Noise Effectively Averages Out and Is Less Important."




    Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller

  • "The Notion That Rich Valuations Will Not Be Followed By Sub-Par Long-Term Returns Is a Speculative Idea That Runs Counter to All Historical Evidence. It Is an Iron Law of Finance That Valuations Drive Long-Term Returns."




    John Hussman

  • "It's January and the Temperature Is Below Freezing. If You Asked Me Whether It Will be Warmer or Cooler Next Tuesday, I Would Be Unable to Say. However, If You Asked Me What Temperature to Expect on April 9, I Could Predict "Warmer Than Today" and Almost Surely Be Right."



    Michael Alexanfer, Author of Stock Cycles

  • "If the Response Is "Who Knew?", It Won't Be Much Comfort for Retirees in the Employment Line at Wal-Mart. This is Especially True Since a Rational Understanding of History and the Drivers of Longer-Term Stock Returns Can Help Retirees To Avoid That Surprise."




    Ed Easterling, Author of Unexpected Returns

  • "New of the Demise of the Random Walk Has Only Very Slowly Spread, In Part Because Its Overthrow Came as a Shock. If the Random Walk Hypothesis Were Correct, the Most Likely Return Would Be the Historic Average Return. The Evidence, However, Is Strongly Against This."



    Andrew Smithers, Co-Author of Valuing Wall Street

  • "I Don't Think We Can Debate the Merits of This Type of Forecasting [Referring to the Numbers Generated by The Stock-Return Predictor] Unless We Believe 'This Time It's Different.'"



    Poster at Bogleheads Forum
    (Before the Ban on Honest Posting Was Adopted There)

  • "I've Seen Absolutely Nothing From You That I Can Use in a Tangible Fashion to Formulate an Investment Plan. Your Ideas Are So Mushy That It's a Complete Waste of Time to Even Consider Them."




    Bogleheads Forum Poster

  • "Do You Really Think Your Tool
    [The Stock-Return Predictor]
    Is 'Wiser' Than the Market?
    If It Was That Easy,
    Everybody Would Be Doing It."



    Bogleheads Forum Poster

  • "The Expected Return of Stocks [As Reported By The Stock-Return Predictor] Needs To Be At Least the Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (TIPS) Rate for Stock Investing To Make Sense."




    Bogleheads Forum Poster

  • "I Have Used Valuations to Adjust My Asset Allocation For Many Years With Very Favorable Results."





    Poster at Bogleheads Forum
    (Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting)

  • "I Don't Care If You Do or Don't Believe That the Market Will Behave Similarly in the Future As It Has in the Past. Either Way, This [The Stock-Return Predictor] Is an Excellent Way to Understand What the Market Has Done In the Past."


    Poster at Bogleheads Forum
    [Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting]

  • "My Role Is To Give People Who Don't Like What the Historical Stock-Return Data Says About the Effect of Valuations on Long-Term Returns Somebody To Yell At On Internet Discussion Boards."



    Rob Bennett at Bogleheads Forum
    (Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting)

  • "It Really Is a Shame and Indefensible That So Many Feel the Need to Jump Into It With No Interest of Posting on the Topic But Just to Disrupt. Are You That Insecure? Some on the Forum Have an Interest in This Topic. If You Don't, Stay Out!"



    Poster at Bogleheads Forum
    [Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting]

  • "Irrational Behavior Does Follow Patterns. But How Many Experts in Behavioral Finance Believe That Such Knowledge Can Be Used to Predict Markets? Basically, None. Your Model Cannot Attain the Level of Predictive Value You Claim."



    Poster at Bogleheads Forum
    [Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting]

  • "The Safe Withdrawal Rate Studies Are Based on History. This [The Retirement Risk Evaluator] Shows, Based on the Same History, What the Probabilities Are for the Future at Various Starting Points. If the First Has Value, Then Surely This Does Too."



    Poster at Bogleheads Forum

  • "There Are Hundreds of People Who Contributed to This. This Calculator [The Stock-Return Predictor] Demonstrates in a Compelling Way the Power of This New Internet Discussion-Board Communications Medium."




    Rob Bennett at the Bogleheads Forum
    (Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting)

  • "A P/E10 of'26' Is Bad. Now Look at the 30-Year Return Predicted by the Calculator -- 5.4 Percent Real. That's Not Bad. There Are All Sorts of Strategic Implications That Follow From Understanding That Stocks Provide Different Sorts of Returns Over Different Sorts of Time-Periods."




    Rob Bennett

  • "I Would Never Invest in Anything Without Having Any Idea What the Expected Return Is. For Instance, I Would Not Walk Into a Bank And Say "I'll Take One Certificate of Deposit, Please" WIthout Asking What Rate They Are Offering."



    Poster at Bogleheads Forum
    [Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting]

  • "I've Seen Things Said on Investing Boards That I Have Never Heard Said in Discussions of Any Non-Investing Topic. The Question of Whether Valuations Affect Long-Term Returns Is a Topic That Causes People More Emotional Angst Than Does Abortion or Impeachment Proceedings or the War in Iraq."



    Rob Bennett at the Bogleheads Forum

  • "It's Not Possible For Those Who Have Come to Believe That Stocks Are Always Best to Accept that Valuations Matter. The Two Beliefs Are Mutually Exclusive. If Valuations Matter, There Is Obviously Some Valuation Level At Which Stocks Are Not Best. The Two Paradigms Cannot Be Reconciled."


    Rob Bennett

  • "The Great Safe Withdrawal Rate Is Over. Rob Bennett Has Won.The Technical Evidence Supporting This Assertion Is Rock Solid."




    John Walter Russell,
    Owner of the Early Retirement Planning Insights Site
    [This Statement Was Put Forward on August 3, 2003.]

  • "I Am Afraid that the Emperor SWR [for "Safe Withdrawal Rate"] Has No Clothes."





    A Poster at the Early Retirement Forum
    [This Statement Was Put Forward on October 8, 2003.]

  • "I Cite You and John Walter Russell in My Paper as the Earliest and Strongest Advocates of This Approach [New School Safe Withdrawal Rate Research]."




    Wade Pfau, Professor of Retirement Income
    at The American College

  • "Dear Rob -- I Just Became Aware of Your Past Research in September. Since Then, I've Read Archives From Many Discussion Boards and Websites, and I Always Find Your Writing to Be Very Interesting and Intriguing."



    Wade Pfau, Professor of Retirement Income
    at The American College

  • "I Think Rob Bennett Did Provide An Important Contribution in Terms of Describing a Way for P/E10 to Guide Asset Allocation for Long-Term Conservative Investors. I Also Think He Was Right on the Issue of Safe Withdrawal Rates."


    Wade Pfau, Professor of Retirement Income
    at The American College

  • "What Studies Show This [That Long-Term Timing Doesn't Work]? In Particular, Are There Some Academic Studies That I Haven't Found Yet? That's All I Want to Know."




    Academic Researcher Wade Pfau at the Bogleheads Forum After His Own Search of the Literature Turned Up Not a Single Such Study

  • "Because the Precise Timing of This Mean Reversion Is Not Known in Advance, Expecting the Result to Happen in the Short-Term Will Not Be Possible. But Long-Term Investors Who Can Be Patient Can Wait for This Mean Reversion and Will Eventually Come Out Ahead."




    Academic Researcher Wade Pfau

  • "Your Work Is at Odds with the Ethos of the Board -- Here the Theme is John Bogle's Philosophy, Which Eschews Market Timing. This Board Came Into Existence to ESCAPE One Individual, the Very Individual With Whom You Have Openly Aligned Yourself."




    A Lindaurhead (to Researcher Wade Pfau)

  • "The Problem With Long-Term Market Timing Is That It Takes Too Long to Find Out If You Are Right or Wrong."






    A Poster at the Bogleheads Forum

  • "Why Is It Such an Odious Violation of the Tenets of Bogleheadism to Explore Whether Someone Who Has Enough Patience Might Be Able to Benefit from the Transitory Nature of Speculative Returns (the Idea That the P/E Ratio Eventually Ends Up Where It Started)?"




    A Poster at the Bogleheads Forum

  • "Let Me Explain Why I Posted About This Here. Valuation-Informed Indexing Has Had Critics for Years. But Until Norbert Did It In 2008, Nobody Seemed to Have Provided a Serious Investigation of It. I Couldn't Understand Why. That Bothered Me."



    Researcher Wade Pfau at the Bogleheads Forum
    (Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting)

  • "If You Really Don't Like Market Timing in Any and All Forms, You May Not See Any Point in an Empirical Investigation. You View Me as One of a Long Line of Hucksters Trying to Sell You Some Snake Oil. I Don't Want to Be Such a Person."



    Researcher Wade Pfau at the Bogleheads Forum
    (Prior to the Ban on Honest Posting)

  • "Having a Completely Ineleastic Demand for Equities Is a Bit Bonkers. No One Acts That Way with Life's Other Important Commodities. Campbell Advocates a Linear Valuations-Based Strategy so That You Wouldn't Be Making Big Changes. This Would Be Like Rebalancing But More Flexible."



    A Poster at the Bogleheads Forum

  • "The Whole Idea of Valuation-Informed Indexing Belongs to You. Do You Mind if I call the Paper 'Valuation-Informed Indexing'? I Would Give You Credit. I Have Been Toying With the Idea of Sending the Paper to the Journal of Finance, Which Is the Most Prestigious Journal in Academic Finance."


    Academic Researcher Wade Pfau, in an E-Mail to Rob

  • "I Definitely Need to Cite You as the Founder of Valuation-Informed Indexing, As I Have Not Found Anyone Else Who Can Lay Claim to That. Shiller Pointed Out the Predictive Power of P/E10 But Never Discussed How to Incorporate It Into Asset Allocation, As Far As I Know."




    Academic Researcher Wade Pfau

  • "I Tested a Wide Variety of Assumptions About Asset Allocation, Valuation-Based Decision Rules, Whether the Period Is 10, 20, 30 or 40 Years, and Lump-Sum vs. Dollar-Cost Averaging To Show That the Results Are Quite Robust to Changes In Any of These Assumptions."




    Academic Researcher Wade Pfau

  • "Yes, Virginia, Valuation-Informed Indexing Works!"




    Academic Researcher Wade Pfau
    (Wade Holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton.)
    (The Buy-and-Hold Mafia Threatened to Get Wade Fired From His Job When He Reported His Findings.)

  • "I Wrote Up the Programs to Test Your Valuation-Informed Indexing Strategies Against Buy-and-Hold and I Am Quite Excited. You Say in the RobCast That VII Should Beat Buy-and-Hold About 90 Percent of the Time. I Am Getting Results That Support This."




    Academic Researcher Wade Pfau

  • "Never Underestimate the Power of a Dominant Academic Idea to Choke Off Competing Ideas, and Never Underestimate the Unwillingness of Academics to Change Their Views in the Face of Evidence. They Have Decades of Their Research and Academic Standing to Defend."




    Jeremy Grantham

  • "There's So Much That's False and Nutty
    in Modern Investing Practice."






    Warren Buffett

  • "Following Conventional Wisdom Has Led a Generation of Investors Down the Road to Ruin."






    Steve Hanke

  • "It Is Sad That the Idea That Price Doesn't Matter...Should Ever Have Been Seriously Considered".






    Andrew Smithers, Co-Author of Valuing Wall Street

  • "The Conventional Wisdom of Modern Investing Is Largely Myth and Urban Legend."





    Rob Arnott, Former Editor of
    Fianncial Analysts Journal

  • "Economics Is a Dog's Breakfast of Theoretical Ideas and Alleged Causal Relationships That Are At All Times Unproven and In Dispute."





    Terence Corcoran, Editor of National Post

  • "Since They Did Not Diagnose the Disease, There Is Little Popular Confidence That They Know the Cure. What If Economics Is, Actually, At the Same Level as Medicine Was When Doctors Still Believed in the Application of Leeches?"




    Gideon Rachman, Financial Times

  • "One of the Most Remarkable Errors
    in the History of Economics."



    Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller
    (Referring to the Logical Leap from the Finding That Short-Term Price Changes Are Unpredictable to the Conclusion That the Market Sets Prices Properly)

  • "Everything Has Fallen Apart."






    Peter Bernstein, Author of Against the Gods
    (Referring to Old Views About How Markets Work)

  • "We Wonder Why Funds and Banks, Full of the Best and Brightest, Have Made Such a Mess of Things. Part of the Reason Is That We Have Taught Economic Nonsense to Two Generations of Students."




    John Mauldin, Thoughts From the Frontline

  • "Perhaps Most Scandalously, the Theory [Behind Buy-and-Hold] Remained Received Wisdom Long After Empirical and Theoretical Arguments Had Demolished It Within the Academic Community."




    John Authers, Financial Times

  • "I Love the Humans Dearly (the Title of the Book I Am Writing Is Investing for Humans: How to Get What Works on Paper to Work in Real Life) But They Can Be a Trial at Times. Hey! Helping the Humans Learn What It Takes to Invest Effectively Is Not All That Different From Being Married!



    Rob Bennett

  • "We Are Going to See Hearts Melt Following the Next Crash. I Will Be Working Side-By-Side With All of My Many Buy-and-Hold Friends to Rebuild Our Broken Economy."





    Rob Bennett

  • "Wow, I Did Not Realize You Had Achieved This Much Success and Had Many Devoted Believers/Followers. That’s Great, Then Ignore the Opposition. It Is Great to Have Opposition: That Means You Are Doing Something Right."




    Robert Savickas, Associate Finance Professor
    at George Washington University

  • "I Do NOT Believe I Know It All. I Believe That Shiller Discovered Something Very Important and It Appalls Me That More People Are Not Exploring the Implications of His Findings. My Aim Is To Launch a National Debate."




    Rob Bennett

  • "I Can See How Many Readers Would Be Put Off by the Somewhat Sensational/Scandalist Tone and Would Not Persevere to Read, Thinking You Are Losing Your Mind."




    Robert Savickas, Associate Finance Professor
    at George Washington University

  • "I LOVE Everything About Buy-and-Hold Other Than the Failure to Encourage Investors to Take Price Into Consideration When Setting Their Stock Allocations. That's a Mistake That Was Made Because Shiller’s Research Was Not Available at the Time The Strategy Was Being Developed."



    Rob Bennett

  • "Valuation-Informed Indexing Sounds Like a Real Thing. If It Is and I Can Thoroughly Understand It, Then It Will End Up In My Classrooms and in My Students' Minds (Of Course, With References to You and Wade)."




    Robert Savickas, Associate Finance Professor
    at George Washington University

  • "I Can Confirm Wade Pfau's Experience. Whenever I Send My Papers to the Financial Analysts Journal or Similar Traditional Journals, I Get Rejected."





    Joachim Klement, CIO at Wellershoff & Partners

  • "As a Fan of Thomas Kuhn's The Structure of Scientific Revolutions, I Know That Progress Can Be Frustratingly Slow and What Is Typically Needed Is Either a Crisis or the Ascent of a New Generation of Scientists Who Did Not Build Their Careers on the Old Models and Theories."




    Joachim Klement, CIO at Wellershoff & Partners

  • "We Trace the Deeper Roots [of the Financial Crisis] to the Economics' Profession's Insistence on Constructing Models That, By Design, Disregard the Key Elements Driving Outcomes in Real World Markets."




    Knowledge@Wharton

  • "Rob Gets Himself So Worked Up Over What Someone Else Is Doing With Their Own Money and Not Bothering Rob in the Least. As Long As They Aren't Knocking on Your Basement Door, What Do You Care? They Are Happy and Content. Leave Well Enough Alone and Focus on Your Own Account."


    Dab, One of the Greaney Goons

  • "I've Been on Forum Since the BBS Days and I Think Rob is Special. He Could Be an Internet Meme If He Put Some Effort Into It. Someday, He Will Realize That the Only Thing He's Good At Is Being an Epic Loser. He Just Needs to Embrace That Idea and Run With It. Watch Out, LOLCats, Here Comes Pathetic Guy!"


    Wabmaster, One of the Greaney Goons

  • "Your Lies Are Not Even in the Realm of the Possible, Much Less Actually Credible, Much Less Actually True."






    Drip Guy, One of the Greaney Goons

  • "I'm Your Friend. I Am Not a Boil on Your Ass."






    Rob Bennett, In a Response Comment
    to One of the Greaney Goons

  • "You Guys [the Greaney Goons] Are the Same Jokers Who Have Done This Before, Sparring with Rob Over Nonsensical Issues On This Site and Others, Leveling Personal Attacks, and You Don't Even Use Real Names! Rob Is Entitled to His Opinion, But the Fact That You Challenge Every Jot and Tittle of What He Says Makes It Clear You Have An Unholy Agenda. Please Take It Elsehwere."

    Kevin Mercadante,
    Owner of the Out of Your Rut Site

  • "Rob, Take This As Friendly Advice. You're a Smart and Articulate Guy and You Could Be Making Valuable Contributions to This Discussion. I've Dealt with the Mentally Ill Before and I've Found That They Sometimes Can Be Reasonable If Gently Redirected."



    Goon Poster

  • "Always Remember Others May Hate You, But Those Who Hate You Don't Win Unless You Hate Them, and Then You Destroy Yourself."





    Richard Nixon

  • "I’m a Numbers Guy. And I Believe I Understand Rob’s Thesis, that Future Returns, Over the Next Decade, Have a Tight Inverse Correlation to the PE10 for the Starting Point. Remember, Correlation Doesn’t Need to be 100%, Only That There’s a Bell Curve of Potential Outcomes that Shift Meaningfully Based on the Input."


    Owner of Joe Taxpayer Blog

  • "What a Difference a Threat to Get the Father of Two Small Children Fired From His Job Has on an Investing Discussion, Eh? Long Live Buy-and-Hold! It’s Science! With a Marketing Twist!"




    Rob, Referring to the Wade Pfau Matter

  • "I Respect Rob and His Analysis. He's Bright, Energetic and Passionate. [The Goon Stuff] Is Really Nonsense. I Enjoy a Thought-Provoking Conversation With People I Respect."





    Owner of Joe Taxpayer Blog

  • "The Fact that Shiller is a Proponent of the Approach Takes it from a Fringe View to Mainstream, in my Opinion."






    Owner of Joe Taxpayer Blog

  • "I Have had Academic Researchers Tell Me That They Dream of the Day When They Will be Able to do Honest Research Once Again. I Have had Investment Advisors Tell me That They Dream of the Day When They Will be Able to Give Honest Investing Advice Again."



    Rob Bennett

  • "Let’s Call a Spade a Spade, Shall We? Wade Pfau Stole Your Research and Put His Name on it, Throwing You Just a Tiny Crumb of Acknowledgement to Ward Off a Lawsuit. He’s Profiting Handsomely By His Theft, Leading a Charmed Life, Widely Published, Widely Respected. While Rob Bennett Continues to Toil in Total Obscurity. It’s So Incredibly Unfair, I Think If It Happened to Me, It Could Actually Drive Me Insane."

    One of the Greaney Goons

Navigation Menu 
  • About Us
    • Rob’s Bio
    • Rob’s Bio
    • Contact Rob
    • Rob’s Book
    • Don’t Sue Me!
  • Blog
  • Passion Saving
    • 20 Dangerous Money Myths — They Think We’re Stupid!
    • 10 Unconventional Money Saving Tips
    • Why Your Money or Your Life Rocked the World
    • This Book Saves Marriages — The Complete Tightwad Gazette
    • How to Start Saving Money
  • Valuation-Informed Indexing
    • Why Buy-and-Hold Investing Can Never WorkThe Buy-and-Holders are not evil people. They are smart and good people. They made a mistake. They were so excited about their early findings that they experienced cognitive dissonance when the mistake was revealed. They painted themselves into a corner and now don’t know how to get out. This article explains how the mistake was made and how we came to find ourselves in the trap we are in today.
    • About Valuation-Informed IndexingBackground, Basics and Links to Materials Giving More In-Depth Information
    • The Stock-Return PredictorStocks are NOT always worth buying. That’s a Wall Street lie! This calculator performs a regression analysis on the 140 years of historical stock-return data to reveal the most likely annualized 10-year return for stocks starting from any valuation level. It essentially tells you the price tag for stocks so that you can know whether they are worth buying or not.
    • The Retirement Risk EvaluatorRob pointed out the errors in the Old School safe withdrawal rate studies in May 2002. That post kicked off the biggest controversy in the history of the internet. Today, The Wall Street Journal, Smart Money and The Economist all acknowledge that Rob had it right all along. But they still don’t provide calculators that give the right numbers! The safe withdrawal rate is not a constant number but VARIES with changes in the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins. This calculator provides all the details you need for effective planning.
    • The Investor’s Scenario SurferI have run this calculator hundreds of time. it is in my assessment the most powerful tool for learning how stock investing works available today. You have the option of choosing a new stock allocation in each year of a realistic 30-year sequence of returns. You can compare your results with what you would have achieved with a Buy-and-Hold strategy. You will find that Valuation-Informed Indexing strategies yield larger portfolios in 90 percent of your tests of the concept. What matters is what happens in the long term! This tool tells you what strategies give the best results in the long term.
    • The Investment Strategy TesterIf you are worried about losses you have suffered in recent years, you can use this tool to learn what you need to do to get back on the track to early financial freedom. The Strategy Tester lets you design a strategy you want to check out. Then it runs the hundreds of Scenario Surfer tests to see how the strategy compares with other possibilities you identify. The color-coded graphic gives you a good idea of what the odds are of good and bad outcomes for up to four investing strategies at a time.
    • The Returns Sequence Reality CheckerWe all root for price gains in the stock market. Should we? This calculator says “no!” Today’s price increase lowers tomorrow’s price increase. This has been so for the entire history of the market. So the question is whether you should want to pay more for stocks now or later. You are far better off paying more later because that means you get to acquire more gain-producing goodness earlier in life and thus you will enjoy more compounding return magic. This one will blow your mind. It’s a very simple concept but a highly counter-intutive one and one that will someday soon change how we all think about stock investing.
    • Nine Valuation-Informed-Indexing Portfolio Allocation StrategiesThis is the most popular of the 200 hour-long RobCasts that I provide at the site. It explores the nuts-and-bolts aspects of Valuation-Informed Indexing — How often do you change your allocation and by how much?
  • The Buy-and-Hold Crisis
    • Academic Researcher Silenced by Threats to Get Him Fired From His Job After Showing Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing StrategiesMy aim is to get this story reported on the front page of the New York Times. On the day that happens, all the nastiness will stop. We will all be working together to bring the economic crisis to an end and to enter the greatest period of economic growth in our history.
    • Academic Researcher Silenced By Threats to Get Him Fired From His Job After Showing Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing Strategies — Teaser VersionThis is a briefer version of the same article, the article that I believe is the most important one that I have written in my 30-year journalism career. I believe that the story told at this web site is the most important economic and political story of any of our lifetimes and this article sums up the key points in one little package of dynamite. If Buy-and-Hold were a legitimate strategy, every Buy-and-Holder would be ashamed to learn that even one academic researcher was threatened. We cannot move forward so long as the intimidation tactics of the Buy-and-Holders dominate all discussions of what works in stock investing. I use this short version of the article in my e-mail campaigns aimed at getting researcher and stock advisors and bloggers and journalists and policymakers involved in our effort to open the internet up to honest posting on ALL investing topics. Please help get others involved if you can. We are all in this together!
    • Corruption in the Investing Advice Field — The Wade Pfau StoryThis article provides links to all of my reports on my 16 months of correspondence with Academic Researcher Wade Pfau, the collaboration that produced the research we co-authored that shows millions of middle-class investors how to reduce the risk of stock investing by 70 percent (Ssshh! The Wall Street Con Men don’t want this one getting out!) If you retain doubts re whether Valuation-Informed Indexing is a real thing, looking over the materials available at this page and then reading a few of the reports that strike you as particularly important will dispel them. I believe that Wade will someday win a Nobel prize for the work he did here. The reports show his own skepticism and his transformed into excited BELIEVER in the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept.
    • The Bennett/Pfau Research Showing Middle-Class Investors How to Reduce the Risk of Stock Investing by 70 PercentYou do not have to take on a large amount of risk to obtain good returns. Why should you? When you buy an index fund, you are buying a tin share in the productivity of the U.S. economy. The U.S. economy has been sufficiently productive to support an average annual stock return of 6.5 percent real for 140 years now. So that’s what you can expect if you invest in a sensible way. But you are not being sensible if you follow a Buy-and-Hold strategy. You MUST consider price when buying stocks just as much as you must consider price when buying anything else. This is the most important investing research published in 30 years. It frees all of us from dependence on Wall Street “experts.”
    • Buy-and-Hold Caused the Economic CrisisThe first step to curing an illness is coming up with a correct diagnosis. What we have been hearing thus far about what caused the economic crisis is Democrats yelling at Republicans and Republicans yelling at Democrats. This political attack-game gibberish will not cut it. We borrowed huge amounts of money from our future selves to finance the insane bull of the late 1990s. Now we are our future selves! Now we are paying the price! It hurts to know we caused this. Buy you know what? We never have to suffer through something like this again once we acknowledge the realities.
    • The True Cause of the Current Financial Crisis — Questions and AnswersYale Economics Professor Robert Shiller predicted the economic crisis in his book “Irrational Exuberance,” published in March 2000. How did he know? Shiller knows how stock investing works. He knows that the Pretend Money created during times of overvaluation ALWAYS disappears over the course of 10 years or so. When that money disappears from our portfolios, we cannot afford to spend as much. So tens of thousands of businesses fail and millions lose their jobs. We avoid economic crises by avoiding out-of-control bull markets. We avoid out-of-control bull markets by letting investors know the truth — When stocks are selling at insanely inflated prices, they offer a very poor long-term value proposition. The lies that Wall Street tells about stocks are destroying out free-market economic system.
    • Investing Discussion Boards Ban Honest Posting on ValuationsLots of people hate me. There was a time when I was receiving fresh death threats in my e-mail inbox on an almost daily basis. But lots of people love me too. Thousands of my fellow community members have told me that I am the first person who ever described how stock investing works in a way that truly hangs together. This article offers 101 comments of my fellow community members asking the Buy-and-Holders to knock off the funny business and permit civil and reasoned discussion of the last 30 years of peer-reviewed academic research. This article reveals the emotionalism of the Buy-and-Holders and it is the fact that Buy-and-Hold causes such emotionalism that tells me that it can never work in the long run.
    • Wall Street Journal Calls Buy-and-Hold a “Myth,” Endorses Valuation-Informed IndexingLot of smart people know that Buy-and-Hold is a big pile of smelly garbage. They are afraid to speak out today because they know what will happen to them if they do. But they try to position themselves for the post-next-crash period, when “Buy-and-Hold” will be an obscene phrase. Bret Arends tells us that the Wall Street Con Men “are leaving out half the story.” Precisely so. The purpose of this web site is to let you in on the half of the story that the Wall Street Con Men have been keeping from you for 32 years now.

Copies of VII Columns

December 18, 2019 By Rob

Valuation-Informed Indexing #256

by Rob Bennett

My friend Wade Pfau has written an important article on Valuation-Informed Indexing that I encourage you to read in full. The article is titled: Is High CAPE Cause for Alarm? Part Two: Valuation-Based Asset Allocation.

The article refers to me directly. It states: “We have historical evidence to suggest that mean reversion can be expected at some point, but it most certainly cannot be predicted. Since the precise timing of mean reversion is entirely random and unpredictable, expecting the result to occur in the short-term is unwise. One internet blogger has been using PE10 to predict a 65% drop in the S&P 500 by the end of 2015. This is not how the concept should be applied.”

I am the internet blogger being referred to here. There are points made in that paragraph re which I am in agreement with Wade. But I am very much NOT in agreement with him re the question of whether we should be expecting a price crash of roughly 65 percent by the end of 2016 (I once predicted that we would see the crash by the end of 2015, but that was a good number of year back — I have been predicting it by the end of 2016 for a long time now). The question of whether there comes a time when relatively short-term predictions are feasible is an important one and one that needs to be much more widely discussed.

I agree 100 percent with Wade that mean reversion can be expected whenever prices get too far out of hand. I disagree with his naked statement that “it certainly cannot be predicted.” It is certainly true that there are limits to our ability to predict when mean reversion will take place. But it is not true that no effective predictions are possible. In fact, it is dangerous and irresponsible (in my view!) to pretend that this is the case.

Even the statement that mean reversion always takes place is a prediction. It is not at all a precise prediction. But it is a prediction all the same. The question is not: Are predictions possible? The question is: What sorts of predictions are possible?

I predict that we will see a price crash by the end of 2016. That is only 18 months out and so it is a short-term prediction. The general rule is indeed that short-term predictions do not work. The general rule is that only predictions that go ten years out work. So, looking at things on a surface level, what Wade is saying is in tune with that the research shows.

But there’s a problem.

The P/E10 level peaked in January 2000. The research showed at that time that we would see a crash within 10 years. We of course did indeed see a crash in that time-period — prices fell dramatically in late 2008. So that prediction worked.

But the bull/bear cycle that began in 1982 did not resolve with the 2008 crash. There has never been a bull/bear cycle that ended before the P/E10 level dropped to 8 or lower. This is why Robert Shiller was telling people in early 2009 to stay out of stocks until the P/E10 level dropped below 10. We never got there. The Fed pumped money into the market to block it from falling below 13 and they have continued trying to hold off the deeper price crash that we need to experience before a new cycle can begin. We still have to go to 8 or below, which is a price drop of a bit more than 65 percent from where we stand today.

It’s important to know when we will see that price crash. The answer affects all sorts of things. It obviously affect the efforts of investors to finance their retirements. It also affects the economic recovery we all want to see. Each time prices crash investors lose trillions of dollars of pretend bull-market wealth. That means they cut back on spending. That means that hundreds of thousands of businesses fail. That means that millions of workers lose their jobs. This question of whether it is ever possible to make relatively short-term predictions of where stock prices are headed is a matter of great public policy import.

I do not feel comfortable making short-term predictions. I agree wholeheartedly with Wade that as a general rule “this is not how the concept should be applied.” But I have a big problem with holding back from making the 65-percent-crash-within-two-years prediction in the circumstances that apply today.

The first crash took place in September 2008. As a society we permitted P/E10 levels to reach such insanely high levels in the late 1990s that a single crash was not enough to bring prices to the levels they need to reach for the old bull/bear cycle (which dates back to 1982) to resolve itself and for a new one to begin. So there has to be another crash. Using the ten-year rule (which is the rule supported by the 145 years of historical data available to us today), we should be expecting that second crash by the end of 2018.

So I acknowledge that the prediction that I often put forward — that we will see the next crash by the end of 2016 — may not come through. It is hard to be precise about these things. Shiller famously was “wrong” about the prediction he made to the Federal Reserve that we would see the crash we saw in 2008 by the end of 2006. I put scare quotes around the word “wrong” because it is my view that Shiller was more right than wrong in his 1996 prediction. No, he didn’t get it precisely right. But he got it a lot more right than the many “experts” who were saying that there might not be a huge price to be paid for the insane price levels we saw in the late 1990s. I would rather be roughly right than wildly and irresponsibly wrong (as was just about every expert in this field not named “Shiller” back in 1996).

There are two reasons why I predict that we will see a crash by the end of 2016 rather than by the end of 2018 (the far safer prediction).

One reason is that a lot of my critics insist that I offer claims that can be verified as proof that the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept works. I always explain that precise predictions generally cannot be made. However, I do have some sympathy for their position. To say “there will be a crash someday because prices must revert to the mean but we have no idea when that will happen” is to say just about nothing. It is not fair for critics of Valuation-Informed Indexing to demand more precision than is possible. But it is also at least a little bit unfair for Valuation-Informed Indexers to offer any precision whatsoever. I think we should always employ caveats when we make predictions. But I think we also need to try to be a bit more specific than to say “there will be another crash someday.”

Valuation levels  have been headed downward for nearly 16 years. It’s been seven years since first crash. Ten years is not the amount of time we should expect to see pass before we see a second crash; it is the longest amount of time we should expect to see pass before we see that second crash. At the end of 2016, we will have seen eight years pass. I think it is reasonable to expect to see the second crash by then. It hardly seems fair to say in 2008 that we should expect to see another crash within 10 years and then to continue to say in 2015 that we should expect to see another crash within 10 years. If the 2008 prediction was valid (it was), then it should be possible to say in 2015 that we will see a crash within three years. And, given that that is the longest it should take for the crash to take place, it does not seem to far out to me to say that we should expect to see the crash by the end of 2016.

I don’t offer guarantees. I certainly acknowledge that my prediction could be proven wrong. But I see strong support for that prediction in the 145 years of historical return data available to us today.

The second reason is that I think it would be irresponsible to offer no prediction at all. That’s the safe thing to do. My critics can never catch me in a wrong prediction if I never put forward a prediction.

But the stakes are high here. Millions of people are going to experience failed retirements as a result of the second crash in the event that it plays out anything at all as we should expect to see it play out based on the 145 years of peer-reviewed research available to us. Shouldn’t we at least be trying to warn people of what very much appears to be in the cards? If we cannot be 100 percent precise in our predictions (we cannot be), shouldn’t we at least try to be as precise as possible?

It seems to me that we should be as precise as possible. I do not say that I am certain that we will see a 65 percent price crash by the end of 2016. I say that that’s the best prediction that I am able to advance, given what I have been able to learn from studying the historical data for a long time and in great depth.

I’ll tell you what I would like to see. I would like to see lots of other people making the best predictions that they are able to make. Wade doesn’t think much of my prediction. That’s fair enough. But can he offer some prediction of his own? I think it would be a great learning experience for him and lots of others to try. It’s by trying to form good predictions that we learn more about “how this concept should be applied”

Wade knows a lot. It may well be that he knows more than me. But I wish that he would put himself on the line a bit more. It’s hard for me to accept that he doesn’t think that we can know more than that prices will revert to the mean someday in the future, perhaps next year, perhaps 200 years from now. No, we cannot be entirely. But can we not be more precise than that? If we cannot be more precise than that, I don’t think that Valuation-Informed Indexing will ever catch on. If we cannot be more precise than that, I don’t see that it offers much value to anyone. People need (at least somewhat) actionable information.

I of course don’t mean to direct those words only to Wade Pfau. I’d like to see more predictions from Jack Bogle. I’d like to see more predictions from Robert Shiller. People in this field have a great worry about appearing foolish. But the most foolish thing of all is to let this crash come and not try hard to warn people about it. We cannot get it all right. That option is not available to us today. But we should be trying to learn as much as we can as quickly as we can. Trying to form intelligent predictions as to when that darn crash will arrive can be a great learning experience.

We don’t and can’t know it all. But we can and do know more than a lot of us are letting on. We all need to try harder to address these very important questions in public while of course always attaching the appropriate caveats to the predictions that we do advance.

Rob Bennett’s bio is here.

Filed Under: Uncategorized

How to Invest in Stocks: 101 Reasons Why I Believe That Buy-and-Hold Can Never Work for a Single, Long-Term Investor

December 7, 2019 By Rob

1) Buy-and-Holders stay at the same stock allocation no matter what valuation level applies. That is, they ignore price when buying stocks. How can it ever be a good idea to ignore price when buying something?

2) It’s not just that common sense tells us that there is zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work. We now have 140 years of historical return data confirming that what common sense tells us must be so is in fact so. That’s as far back as we have good records.

3) It’s not just that common sense says that price discipline (considering price when setting your stock allocation) is required and that the entire history of the U.S. stock market confirms that this is so. Most of the experts who advocate Buy-and-Hold have made statements showing that they do not truly believe that Buy-and-Hold makes sense. For example, Vanguard Founder John Bogle has said that “Reversion to the Mean” (prices returning to fair-value levels) is an “Iron Law” of stock investing. If that’s so, stocks must offer a far better long-term value proposition when prices are low (and the Iron Law is pulling them up) than when prices are high (and the Iron Law is pulling them down).

4) It’s not just common sense and the entire historical record and what the experts say that tells us that Buy-and-Hold is a doomed strategy. I have been posting about the dangers of Buy-and-Hold on internet discussion boards and blogs for 12 years. The reaction of the Buy-and-Holders has been to demand that discussion of the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that Buy-and-Hold can never work for a single long-term investor be banned. Why wouldn’t the Buy-and-Holders welcome civil and reasoned discussion of the merits of their strategy if they possessed confidence in it.

5) The researcher who showed that Buy-and-Hold can never work (Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller) has been awarded a Nobel Prize in Economics for his work.

6) I am the co-author (with Wade Pfau, who holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton) of research that shows that giving up Buy-and-Hold and going with a common-sense investing strategy (Valuation-Informed Indexing, a strategy in which you consider price when setting your stock allocation) reduces the risk of stock investing by 70 percent.

7) I have sent a link to the Bennett/Pfau research to 30,000 academic researchers. Not one found any problems with it.

8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed Under: Uncategorized

Irrational Abusiveness — 101 Acts of Intimidation Used by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to Protect Its Turf

December 6, 2019 By Rob

Intimidation Act #1: I Failed to Report on the Errors in the Greaney Retirement Study for the First Three Years That I Posted at the Motley Fool board. I was afraid of what Buy-and-Holders would say about me if I revealed my sincere beliefs about the value of a retirement study that did not contain an adjustment for the valuation level that applied on the day the retirement begins.

Intimidation Act #2: When a Reader Asked the Editors of Money Magazine in the Wake of the 2008 Crash  “Just How Bad Would Thing Have to Get Before You Changed Your Advice?” They Responded By Doubling Down on Their Support of Buy-and-Hold Rather Than Abandoning It for Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Intimidation Act #3: Carl Richards, the Owner of the Behavior Gap Blog, Banned Me from His Site After Telling Me That He Thought My Work Has “Huge Value.”

Carl explained that my comments “dominate” the discussion. They do dominate. That’s a good thing. For years now the Wall Street Con Men have been telling us what we want to hear rather than what we need to hear. So honest comments about what the research says cause a stir. Good. It is by having a spirited debate that we learn together and then move forward. Is that not the normal way of proceeding when new ideas are introduced on important topics? Should I try to water down my insights enough so that they no longer dominate discussions so much?

I told Carl that I could not apologize for trying to add value. I also told Carl that “I am not ashamed…despite the efforts of many to make me feel shame.” I noted how odd I found it that “someone who finds huge value in the work reacts with hostility” to me sharing it with his readers. Carl asked me to “please consider changing the way you deliver the message so that you don’t kill it.”  I pointed out that “there is no soft way of saying that Buy-and-Hold i dangerous.”  He told me that: “I’d rather not ignore requests of what appears to be a significant portion of my readership.”

Intimidation Act #4: The Bogleheads Forum Was Created to Escape One Poster — Me.

The community that meets there used to meet at the Vanguard Diehards board at the Morningstar.com site. They created the new board and asked everyone to move over there when I announced that I would be attending the annual meeting of the Vanguard Diehards and that I intended to ask John Bogle some questions about why he had not come out in support of having the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies corrected.

Has there ever before in the history on the internet been such a large discussion board (the Vanguard Diehards board generated hundreds of posts ever day) abandoned because of a felt need to escape the contributions of a single poster who never once put up an abusive post (the Goons pleaded in vain with Morningstar to ban me but Morningstar was not willing to go along because I had never violated a posting rule)?

Does this fact along not tell us that there is something very wrong with the Buy-and-Hold “idea”? Why are the investors who follow it so emotional?

Intimidation Act #5: When The New Coffeehouse Investor Author Bill Schultheis Declared My Site “Great Stuff,” The Buy-and-Hold Mafia Jumped Into Action and Intimidated Bill Out of His Earlier-Expressed Intent to Engage in Follow-Up Correspondence on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Strategies.  After Bill was threatened, he sent me an e-mail objecting to my quoting his words of praise for me and my site.

Intimidation Act #6:  Greaney Inserted My Name As a Search Term Into a Page of Pornography So That, When People Go to a Search Engine Trying to Find Out About My Book, They Pull Up a Page of Pornography With My Name On It Instead of What They Are Looking For. After doing this, Greaney put up a post at his site saying: “Maybe we should start a new board Investigating the Tie Between Rob Bennett and Internet Porn.

Intimidation Act #7: The Owner of the Invest It Wisely Blog Deleted a Link He Posted to My Article Reporting on How Academic Researcher Wade Pfau was Threatened by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia After Wade Requested the Deletion.

My article on the threats made to Wade Pfau is an important piece of journalism. It reports on the greatest act of financial fraud in U.S. history (the 12-year cover-up of the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies). It explains to millions of middle-class workers why we are today in an economic crisis. It get out in the open the information we all need to know about to bring the Ban on Honest Posting to a full and complete stop so that we can begin benefitting from honest contributions by Wade, Jack Bogle, Bill Bernstein, Larry Swedroe, Scott Burns and many others.

The fact that Wade would write to a blogger and ask him to take down the link reveals the shame he feels over having permitted the Goons to cause him to put forward dishonest public statements endorsing them.

The fact that Kevin agreed to take down the link shows the power of the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to intimidate people who would like to tell the true story about Buy-and-Hold. When they get someone like Kevin to fold, other bloggers notice this and the problem grows worse. We all should be united in opposition to death threats, demands for unjustified board bannings, tens of thousands of acts of defamation and threats to get academic researchers fired from their jobs. If there really were research somewhere supporting Buy-and-Hold, do you think that even one Buy-and-Holder would behave in this way or tolerate this behavior in others?

I don’t think so either. When we all start calling out the Buy-and-Holders on their desperation tactics, those tactics will stop working for them. That will be to everyone’s benefit.

Intimidation Act #8: The Owner of the Money and Such Blog Observed When He Saw the Reactions of the Goons to A Guest Blog Entry That I Posted to His Site That: “It Appears That I HAve Inadvertently Stumbled Into the Middle of a Religious War.” Buy-and-Hold purports to be a research-based strategy. Would the move to a true research-based approach have made investors less emotional rather than more so?

Intimidation Act #9: The Owner of the Monevator Blog Expressed Interest in Some Principles of Valuation-Informed Indexing But, When Faced with Insanely Abusive Comments of the Greaney Goons, Concluded That: It’s Not My Fight.”

Intimidation Act #10: When I Described Buy-and-Hold as a “Get Rich Quick Scheme” at Another Blog, One Community Member Observed That He Had Never Before Heard Anyone Advance That Claim.” There is now 33 years of academic research showing that Buy-and-Hold is the purest and most dangerous Get Rich Quick scheme every concocted by the human mind. Yet many middle-class investors don’t even know that there is a problem with this strategy. Most investing advisors are more concerned about making a buck than they are about helping their clients or readers to invest effectively. And so long as the Buy-and-Hold Mafia is so ruthless in its attacks on those who report honestly what the academic research says, those concerned primarily about making a buck are going to remain extremely reluctant to spill the beans about what the last 33 years of academic research says.

Intimidation Act #11: When I Announced Plans to Attend the Annual Meeting of the Vanguard Diehards and To Ask Jack Bogle Questions About the Cover-Up of the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies, I Was Told That “You Will Not Be Allowed to Attend.”

Intimidation Act #12: When I Asked the Owner of the Mr. Money Mustache Blog to Help Publicize the Ban on Honest Posting, He Said: “The Interpersonal He Said/She Said Stuff Is Something I Try Not to Get Involved in Since There Is Always an Unlimited Supply of Complainers Against Any Good Idea.”

Intimidation Act #13: Former Financial Analyst Journal Editor Rob Arnott Told Me That “Your Ideas Are Sound” and That He Has Experienced Hostility Himself from Buy-and-Hold Dogmatics, But That “I’m Too Embroiled in My Own Controversies to Magnify Them Further with Collaberation.”

I told Rob that: “The illustrations you offer of Buy-and-Hold dogmatism are shocking. I know from my discussions with financial planners and bloggers that may others have had similar experiences. This must stop.”

Intimidation Act #14: I Gave a Talk to the 2013 Financial Bloggers Conference (FinCon13) Titled “How to Become the Most Hated Blogger on the Internet.” It Was Designed to Offer a Lighthearted Examination of the Intimidation Tactic of the Buy-and-Holders. I Was Told That Several People in the Audience Concluded That I Was Bitter. 

We experience cognitive dissonance when a truth is placed before us that is too painful to accept. Million of Buy-and-Holders experience cognitive dissonance when they learn what the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years tells us about how stock investing works in the real world. It is the job of experts in this field to help those people overcome their pain, not to encourage them to place their confidence in long-discredited fantasies that ultimately cause them to feel even more emotional and financial pain.

Intimidation Act #15: Dallas Morning News Columnist Scott Burns Told Me That: “If You Didn’t View Everything As a Highly Personal and Heroic Struggle Pitting You Against the Evil, Ignorance and Untruth of Anyone Who Didn’t Agree With You, You’d Have a Lot More Fun on the Playground.”

I wrote back to Scott an response saying: “Perhaps I am one of the unfortunate humans who cannot see his own flaws even when they are pointed out to him…. I feel that I can say that we are friends again.”

Intimidation Act #16: The owner of the Finantage Blog Told Me of Plans to Write a Series of Articles on Valuation-Informed Indexing But Urged Me to Drop My Claim That the Promotion of Buy-and-Hold Caused the Economic Crisis.

I make note of this because this fellow was obviously trying to be helpful. There’s nothing even a tiny bit far-fetched about my claim that Buy-and-Hold caused the economic crisis. Shiller predicted the economic crisis in his book Irrational Exuberance. Shiller has been awarded the Nobel Prize in Economics for his work in this field. So why did everyone not identify the true cause of the economic crisis immediately after it hit? Because we don’t talk about the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing the dangers of Buy-and-Hold. Because we don’t talk about the realities, not many of us know them. Then, when one of us asks why we don’t talk about them more, someone responds that his readers don’t feel comfortable hearing about stuff they never heard about before. The only way to help people get over their discomfort is to talk about this stuff more, not less.

Intimidation Act #17: Larry at the Investor Junkie Blog Told Me That: “I Have Seen People Often Claim That You Are — Let Me Put It in a Nice Way — Abrasive.”

I was 45 years old on the morning of May 13, 2002, when I put forward my famous post pointing out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies. I cannot recall a single time in those 45 years when someone used the adjective “abrasive” to describe me. I was the most popular poster on the entire Motley Fool site at that time. John Greaney, the fellow who has led the smear campaign against me for 12 years now, had Motley Fool post a note at the Retire Early board there telling all newcomers to read all of my posts first since they were the most important materials yet published in the Retire Early Field. My “Secrets of Retiring Early” report was the #1 best-seller in the history of the Soapbox.com site. Motley Fool hired me to teach its online retirement course. Would all these things have happened if I had been an “abrasive” individual. One regular poster at that community described me as “a puppy dog poster” in the days before I worked up the courage to “cross” Greaney by pointing out the errors in his study (errors that were confirmed 10 years later by the Wall Street Journal and numerous other top-grade publications.

Was it abrasive of me to ask that Greaney be removed from the Motley Fool site when he threatened to kill my wife and children?

Was it abrasive of me to work for 16 months with Academic Researcher Wade Pfau to produce the most important piece of peer-reviewed research published in this field in over 30 years, research that shows millions of middle-class investors how to reduce the risk of stock investing by 70 percent?

Was it abrasive of me to send e-mails to 30,000 academic researchers seeking their help in getting the Greaney Goons to drop their threats to get Wade fired from his job so that he would feel free to produce honest research once again and so that thousands of other fine academic researchers would join me in doing accurate and honest work showing the dangers of Buy-and-Hold investing strategies?

Larry is shooting straight when he reports that people say that I am “abrasive.” This is a 100 percent accurate report.

But do people say this because I truly am abrasive? Or do people say it because it hurts them to realize that they have been taken and that they have set their retirements back by many years by putting their confidence in a Get Rich Quick investing strategy that has been marketed as something very different?

I’m not abrasive. I am honest about what the last 33 years of peer-reviewed research tells us about how stock investing works in the real world. People who are trying to believe in Buy-and-Hold despite what their common sense tells them feel that my words are abrasive because they are not able to imagine any good response to them.

Who will be viewed as abrasive following the next price crash, when these people have lost most of their retirement savings and are too old to make up for the lost time they spent pursuing Buy-and-Hold fantasies?

I will be the one offering up defenses of my Buy-and-Hold friends at that time. I will be the one saying that they were suffering from cognitive dissonance and were not able to understand what the research says because it hurt too much for them to let it in.

It is the threats of violence that are abrasive. It is the demands for unjustified board bannings that are abrasive. It is the tens of thousands of acts of defamation that are abrasive. It is the threats to get academic researchers fired from their jobs that are abrasive.

Learning is not abrasive. Learning is wonderful. It is by learning that we move past all the ugliness and bring this economic crisis to an end. It is by learning that we all pull together and realize once again why our economic and political systems produce such amazing results in the long run.

I am sure.

Intimidation Act #18: The Owner of the Financial Uproar Blog Wrote Some Very Kind Words About Me (“He’s Passionate. He’s Intelligent. He’s Writing Things That Go Against the Grain”) But Felt Obligated to Add a Suggestion That I Am “Crazy.”

The blogger wrote that: “Rob is doing his best impression of Galileo or Bill Gates….Maybe the problem is that Rob is so intelligent that what he says goes right over my head.” Many people have said such things. I do think that my understanding of investing is today superior to that of most of today’s “experts.” But it is not because I possess more I.Q. points than them. It is because I gave up on Buy-and-Hold back in 2002 and I just keep digging and digging to learn more about how stock investing really works. Knowledge of a subject does not come in a flash. It is acquired through a long-term process of gradual accumulation of new insights. Most of the experts in this field are still trying to rationalize a belief in Buy-and-Hold. If Buy-and-Hold had never been invented, our knowledge of stock investing would today be far greater than it is. Had Shiller published his revolutionary research in 1966 rather than in 1981, we would all be Valuation-Informed Indexers today. False knowledge is worse than a lack of knowledge. A lack of knowledge often spurs people to acquire knowledge. False knowledge can cause people to shun new knowledge because accepting it requires them to accept that they made mistakes in the past and doing this causes some people great discomfort.

I ended up writing several guest blog entries for this blogger. Then the Greaney Goons threatened to destroy him and he agreed not to publish any further guest blogs from me.

Intimidation Act #19:  Adam Butler, Director of Wealth Management at Butler, Philbrick and Associates, Told Me That: “The Wealth Management Industry Seems Intent on Containing This Discussion for Fear That Clients Might Discover the Emperor Has No Clothes.”

Adam obviously did not intend to intimidate me with this message, he was being a straight-shooting friend. Still, the reality IS scary. I am no investing expert! And yet I am years and years ahead of the people who claim to be experts! That’s messed up! And things that are said in this field have huge public-policy implications. The failure to correct the errors in the Buy-and-Hold retirement studies will in days to come cause millions of failed retirements; we will have to use government money to bail out those retirements (the people who followed the uncorrected studies did nothing to deserve such a fate — they did just what the “experts” said). And the next price crash will deepen the economic crisis brought on by the relentless promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies. I think it would be fair to say that the investing advice field is today 100 percent corrupt. It’s pretty darn scary to be going up against the Wall Street Con Men, who obviously do not want the truth to come out and who obviously possess the financial and political resources to bury someone like me.

Am I afraid that they will try to do so?

I am.

However, I am even more afraid of what is going to happen to support for our economic and political system if someone like me does not manage to bring down the Buy-and-Hold Mafia. At least when I take on the Mafia I feel that I am doing what a patriot does for his country. If I were playing it the other way, I would still feel afraid but I would also feel creeped out by my own behavior.

One thing that makes me a little less afraid is that I have a strong sense that most of the members of the Buy-and-Hold Mafia want to be brought down. Bogle sprinkles honest insights in with the Buy-and-Hold garbage he is forever pumping out. So does Bernstein. So does Burns. So does Swedroe. So do most of the others.

Why do they do this? You need to answer that one to possess a complete understanding of why we are living through a prolonged economic crisis today.

I believe that Adam is hinting at something important when he notes that the Wall Street Con Men have a “fear that clients might discover the emperor has no clothes. We live in a litigious society. There is 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for even a single long-term investor. Millions of people are going to see their retirement plans wiped out in the next price crash. I believe that a lot of the Wall Street Con Men feel trapped. They don’t want to keep pumping out the Buy-and-Hold garbage. But they feel that they will be sued for everything they own if they come clean at this stage. In some cases, they probably fear that they will be going to prison for financial fraud. What does a person do in that situation? I think it would be fair to say that most feel at least a temptation to keep quiet about the doubts that they feel about Buy-and-Hold.

Should we have Congress adopt some form of immunity for investing advisors who once thought Buy-and-Hold was a real thing and now are reluctant to go public with their doubts because of a concern of lawsuits that will be filed against them? I think it makes sense to consider the idea. We need to move forward. We need the investing experts working on our side again.

But, if we are going to go that route, it seems very important to me that we go that route prior to the next price crash. Once prices crash, people are going to be angry. It will be 20 times harder to persuade people to support legislation helping out the Wall Street Con Men then that it would be to do so today.

This is something we need to decide as a society. It’s obviously not my call, I get one vote like everybody else. I just wish that there were more people discussing constructive options.

Intimidation Act #20: Larry Evans Acknowledged that Valuation-Informed Indexing Could Change Dramatically Change How the Entire Investment Industry Manages Risk and Talked About Finding Venture Capitalists to Fund Educational Efforts — But Got Cold Feet When He Considered What the Goons Would Say About Him If He Were to Make the Case That Honest Posting Should Be Permitted.

I pointed out to Larry how, if just one pension manager used accurate numbers, he would be fired. Shiller discussed this in the Afterword to the paperback edition of his book. He wrote: “One investment manager for a pension plan spoke to me about how difficult it was for him to suggest in his public statements that people should perhaps be concerned about the overpricing of the stock market. Despite his considerable reputation and apparent sympathy with the views expressed in my book, he seemed to be saying that it was not within his authority to make bold and unprovable statements contrary to the conventional wisdom. He seemed to view his charge as interpreting received doctrine, and that it would be considered a dereliction of his duty to voice contrary opinions that came only from his own judgment.” My view is the opposite. My view is that a pension-plan manager who fails to exercise his independent judgment has failed to protect the members of the pension plan in a reasonable manner. The pension-plan manager is being paid to exercise his judgment and must do so.

Larry, who was very much a skeptic when he discovered my site, once told me: “I am now a 100 percent believer” and that “I think I may be matching your passion on this subject!” Larry added in a follow-up e-mail that: “I will do whatever I can to help from this point forward. I may even start a site myself and link to your site. My mind is spinning with positive ways to get the word out.”

However, Larry was very concerned re how people react to the word “timing.” He felt that it was essential to characterize the tools used by Valuation-Informed Indexers as tools aimed at helping people make asset allocation decisions rather than as tools to help people engage in long-term market timing (these are of course just different terms signifying the same thing and I have never known one of the Buy-and-Hold Goons to be fooled by this kind of trickery). Larry said: “I can’t visualize large institutional investors telling their clients that they are engaged in market timing.” I pointed out to Larry that the idea that long-term market timing might not be required was the result of a mistake that was made in 1965 when it was discovered that short-term timing doesn’t work. The academics jumped to a hasty conclusion that it is all forms of market timing that do not work even though they had not checked whether long-term timing works or not. Shiller was the first to check that and he of course found that long-term timing always works and is always required. I argued that, instead of focusing on semantics, we should stress the need to have the mistake acknowledged and corrected since, from that day forward, everyone would be on the same page and working toward the same goal — to help people learn how to invest more effectively.

Larry responded with an e-mail saying: “I think what you have done is beyond awesome. However, I think you spend way too much time and energy battling old foes. I’m just trying to help bring  the positive aspects of your work to the next level.” I pointed out that my experience dating back to May 13, 2002, is that the vast majority of people want to enjoy a learning experience. The Goons are a minority that very, very much does not want anyone to enjoy a learning experience. Every board and blog to which I have posted has rules prohibiting use of the tactics that the Goons use to block people from enjoying learning experiences. And of course there are laws prohibiting the extreme acts that have been used to extend the fraudulent cover-up of the errors in the Old School retirement studies. But most of the people who express a desire for a learning experience, like Larry, are unwilling to call the Goons out on their nonsense. So the Goons get what they want even though they represent only a minority of the investing community.

Larry wrote a kind and frank response quoting the Bible. He pointed me to the Gospel story in which Jesus tells his Apostles to move to the next town because no one in the current town is listening to the message. He advised me to “dust your feet off and move on to people who will listen.” I gave old Larry the what-for and explained why Jesus is on my side re this SWR thing (that’s a joke). I wrote: “Jesus did not hold back from saying what He felt needed to be said out of fear that some would become angry on hearing it, did He? He put forward some Hard Sayings. And He certainly did not limit Himself to speaking only to those who were in 100 percent agreement with him from the start. He spoke to sinners. Well, the Buy-and-Hold Investors are the sinners of InvestoWorld. We need to talk to them. Talking is caring. I view it as the easy way out to say “Oh, well, I will only talk to those who praise me from the first time they hear me.” I CARE about the sinners, Larry. Because I am a sinner. I believed in Buy-and-Hold Investing once upon a time. I have an inner Goon. I do dumb stuff. I fall for marketing slogans. And I LEARN from the sinners…. The Goons do not want to destroy their lives. They do not want to delay their retirements. On some level they do not want to be Goons. They want to be humans. In that sense they are like me. Or like you. We all have Goonishness within us, Larry. That’s a big part of the story being revealed here.”

Larry wrote back that: ” Jesus did speak up expecially to the pharisees and know it alls of his day. He did not limit his world to the “good” people of the day. We  have all  fallen short. Myself included. I need to process your thoughts for a day or so.” Ultimately, he told me that he needed to put more time into managing his girl’s vollyball team. I reconnected with Larry for a brief time a few years later when Todd Tressider wrote a long article confirming my May 13, 2002, claim that the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies do not include a valuations adjustment and thus get all the numbers wildly wrong. Larry had become a regular poster at Todd’s site and we had a chance to say hello to each other when I commented on Todd’s SWR article.

Intimidation Act #21: Justin Fox, the Author of a Book (The Myth of the Rational Market) Explaining That the Entire Buy-and-Hold Model Is Rooted in a Mistake, Did Not Respond to My E-Mail on the Valuation-Informed Indexing Model, the Model Which Fixes the Mistake That Ruined Buy-and-Hold.

Justin performed an important public service in doing such a good job of describing the mistake. But millions of middle-class people need to know how stock investing really works. I suspect that the reason why Justin does not want to write a follow-up book telling that story is that that is what sets off the Buy-and-Hold Mafia. There is too much deference to the people who make money promoting Buy-and-Hold strategies and not enough to the people who retirement dreams have been destroyed by the relentless promotion of the discredited Buy-and-Hold strategy.

Intimidation Act #22: I Spent Two Hours on  the Telephone Explaining Valuation-Informed Indexing and the Efforts of the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to Limit Discussion Of It to Journalist Patrick Courrielche, But He Ended Up Not Writing An Article About It.

Patrick expressed a genuine interest in the story. I am not able to say why he did not go forward; I sent him a follow-up e-mail but he did not respond to it. It could be that his editor was concerned about lawsuits being filed by the Wall Street Con Men, who obviously possess a big money advantage. But it also could be that Patrick didn’t feel that he understood the issues well enough to write about them. The issues are not complex but many people are intimidated by the number of experts who swear by Buy-and-Hold or who at least minimize its dangers. Or it could be that re ran the idea past some journalist friends and most had a negative reaction. Many good and smart people have a mental block that makes it hard for them to appreciate the importance of this story. It just seems hard to believe that no one else has written it in all this time!

Intimidation Act #23: I Was “Asked Nicely to Refrain from Commenting” at the Free Money Finance Site on Grounds That “You’ve Had More Than Your Chance to Be Heard.”

Valuation-Informed Indexing is the investing strategy rooted in what we have learned from the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research in this field. Buy-and-Hold is a strategy that was once mistakenly thought to have been rooted in academic research but which had been discredited by the past 33 years of academic research. Yet Buy-and-Hold remain the more popular strategy today because most investors have not heard of Valuation-Informed Indexing or have only heard about it a few times and not on enough occasions to come to have confidence in it. How can the solution to the problem be to limit the number of times that Valuation-Informed Indexing can be discussed at a site? We need to have it discussed at every board and blog on the internet on a daily basis! We need to insure that every investor on the planet has all of his or her questions about it answered! This sort of banning is the result of defensiveness on the part of Buy-and-Holders who want people to believe that there really is research supporting the Buy-and-Hold concept.

The owner of the site complained that: “you’re starting to dominate the investing and retirement posts.” That’s because people are excited to hear stuff that truly hangs together for the first time. That’s a good thing. If Valuation-Informed Indexing did not stand up to scrutiny, it would not dominate all discussions into which it is introduced. It dominates because people want to learn more. The problem is the small number of Buy-and-Hold dogmatics who cannot bear to learn more because it hurts for them to realize that they have made a terrible mistake in their retirement planning efforts.

It is the Buy-and0-Holders who have had more than their chance to be heard. They need to chill out and give some new ideas a chance to catch on.

Intimidation Act #24: Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller, the Grandfather of Valuation-Informed Indexing, Did Not Respond to My E-Mail Asking for His Reaction to the Insights I Have Developed as Implications of His Findings.

Shiller was awarded the Nobel Prize in Economics for his “revolutionary” (Shiller’s word) for his 1981 finding that valuations affect long-term returns, a finding that discredits the Efficient Market Theory and the Buy-and-Hold investing strategy built on a belief in it. I have spent 12 years developing scores of powerful insights rooted in Shiller’s revolutionary findings and my work has been applauded by thousands of ordinary investors as well as dozens of the biggest names in the field. I naturally do not want to say anything about the implications of Shiller’s ideas that does not stand up to scrutiny. In ordinary circumstances, Shiller would want to correct any mistakes in my work that he discovered and would want to promote any important insights that I developed of which he was not aware. No?

Intimidation Act #25: Taylor Larimore, Co-Author of The Bogleheads Guide to Investing, Initially Denied an Error He Made in His Book and Numerous Members of the Bogleheads Forum Initially Encouraged Him in His Defensiveness.

The book claims that the worst loss that an investor can experience is 50 percent. The average loss in secular bear markets has been 68 percent real. This is something that could be looked up by anyone who cared to know the reality. Larimore eventually acknowledged the error. But why did it take so long for him to be persuaded to do so? And why were so many Buy-and-Holders eager to help him cover up an error that could cost them their retirements? People make mistakes. That’s not the point here. I hate to imagine what these Buy-and-Holders would be saying about a Valuation-Informed Indexer who made such an error. What is it about the Buy-and-Hold strategy that causes those who promote it to adopt so arrogant an attitude?

Intimidation Act #26: One of the Lead Goons Told Me (In a Roundabout Way) That the Goons Know That They Are Wrong and I am Right, Saying That “You’re Sitting on a Winning Lottery Ticket.…I’d Do Anything To Have What You’ve Got.”

That’s the message being sent in that one, is it not? I am not able to come up with another way of interpreting those words. At first glance, this might not seem like an act of intimidation. But there is sense in which this is one of the scariest messages that the Goons have delivered to me. If they act the way they do because they believe they are right, there is always the chance that they can be convinced. If they believe that they are not capable of thinking more clearly, there is no hope. I of course pick up on the suggestion that I direct my efforts to experts rather than to the people who congregate at discussion boards. But that is of course precisely what I did when I worked with Wade Pfau and numerous others whom the Goons attacked when they learned that they were working with me, The Goons will be exposed if experts report the realities and they of course know it. And the experts of course know how angry they will make millions of ordinary investors if they report the realities in clear and understandable language. So how do we resolve this short of enduring another price crash and the Second Great Depression that is likely going to result from it?  My way of seeing things is that we are ALL sitting on a winning lottery ticket and we just need to give ourselves permission to start enjoying our winning

Intimidation Act #27: I Was Banned from the Monevator Blog for Saying That Stocks Are Dangerous When Overpriced on Grounds That My Comments Were “Misleading and Dangerous” Because Everyone Already Know That Stocks Are Dangerous When Overpriced.

The owner of the blog cited Benjamin Graham, who recommended that investors go with a 75 percent stock allocation when prices are low, a 50 percent stock allocation when prices are moderate and a 25 percent stock allocation when prices are high. That’s Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Intimidation Act #28: Wall Street Journal Columnist Jonathan Clements Engaged in Word-Game “Defenses” of the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies When I Informed Him of the Errors in Them. Clements acknowledged that the Old School studies were “not the last word” in safe-withdrawal-rate analysis but elected not to report on the New School calculator that I co-developed with John Walter Russell. Reactions of posters at discussion boards who followed Buy-and-Hold strategies included comments that: (1) “My guess is that they are laughing their buns off at the Wall Street Journal”; and (2) “My guess is that Clements deleted the message before reaching the end of the first paragraph.” Several posters expressed interest in being able to take part in a learning experience. One said: “I have heard many rip Rob but truthfully I don’t know what the counter-argument is…. Is there a counter-argument?” The Buy-and-Holders ignored these comments. Bill Sholar, the creator of the calculator that Clements described as “not the last word,” banned me from his forum. Clements did not report on any of these reactions at the Wall Street Journal.

Intimidation Act #29: When I Reported on How My Posts Were Being Deleted at the Get Rich Slowly Blog, Site Owner J.D. Roth Threatened Me. I believe that the deletions were the result of a technical malfunction. Still, the words that J.D. directed at me were less than friendly, especially given that the technical malfunction had taken place at his blog. J.D. (whom I consider a friend), wrote: “I’m serious: You need to take this down, and now. It’s not a trivial matter to make false accusations. My reputation is all I have on the internet, and I will NOT have it tarnished by your misperceptions and allegations. I’m now asking you to not only remove the two paragraphs in question, but also your comments. In fact, I’d recommend removing this entire post.”

Intimidation Act #30: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Did Not Respond to a May 2006 E-Mail from Me Asking to Hear His Thoughts on the Valuation-Informed Indexing Concept. The allocation shifting strategy that I described in the e-mail (75/50/25) is the one endorsed by Benjamin Graham (Warren Buffett’s mentor) in his book Security Analysis, published in the 1930s. At the time that I sent the e-mail, Bogle was visiting the Vanguard Diehards board on a weekly basis and Mel Lindauer and his Goon Squad were engaging in an almost-daily Campaign of Terror against the hundreds of member of that board community that had expressed a desire to learn about the decades of peer-reviewed academic research showing the superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing over Buy-and-Hold. It was when I expressed an intent to attend an annual meeting of the Vanguard Diehards at which Bogle would have been present and subject to questioning that the leaders of the board opened a new board that would not be subject to Morningstar.com administrative decisions and asked that all community members move to the new board to escape my posts reporting on the last three decades of peer-reviewed academic research in this field.

Intimidation Act #31: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Did Not Respond to a July 2009 E-Mail That I Sent Him Asking His Help in Steering the Indexing Revolution to a New and More Promising Path than the Discredited Buy-and-Hold Path That Led to So Much Abusive Posting at the Vanguard Diehards Board and the Bogleheads Forum Board. I explained to Jack that: “I do not ask you to endorse Valuation-Informed Indexing today. I ask you to endorse an end to the ugliness that has blocked civil and reasonable debate on these questions for a good number of years now. The indexing movement needs to leave that ugliness behind us once and for all.”

Intimidation Act #32: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Did Not Respond to a ____ E-Mail

Intimidation Act #33: The Owner of the Investor Junkie Blog Wrote; “In Rob Bennett’s Case, He Was Banned for No Known Listed Forum Policy, Except His Viewpoint Was Different From Other Bogleheads and [He Was Perceived As] a Threat.”

Has there ever been anyone else who was banned from 15 different sites without once violating a posting rule? There must be something that I am saying that makes a lot of powerful people look very, very bad, no? How do you think millions of middle-class people are going to react when it finally comes out? It will, you know. My guess is that it comes out following the next price crash.

Intimidation Act #34:  The Owner of the My Journey to Millions Blog Sent Me a Note on Twitter Saying: “I Still Don’t Understand Why You Fight. Who Cares?”

All signs are that his expression of bewilderment is sincere. If Evan feels that way, my guess is that many others feel that way. This is one the hurdles that I need to overcome. This is part of the Big Black Wall of Cognitive Dissonance. I not only have to fight the bad guys. I have to fight the good guys who don’t understand how the bad stuff done by the bad guys is killing us all.

The answer to the question is: Once honest posting by one person (me) is permitted on one important topic (safe withdrawal rates), the entire wall of intimidation will fall and we will be hearing thousands of people posting honestly on scores of topics. It won’t be just Wade Pfau publishing honest research. Hundreds of academic researchers will join him once they feel it is safe to do so. Bogle will be sharing with us his sincere views. So will Bernstein. So will Swedroe. So will Burns. We will be learning from all sorts of people and we will be generating new insights of our own as a result of what we learn from them. There are now 33 years of insights that we have denied ourselves. Once we open the floodgates, we will be advancing in our understanding of how stock investing works at warp speed. There’s huge leverage in the idea of opening the internet to honest posting on the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research. 

Intimidation Act #35: Financial Planner Michael Kitces Published a Study Reporting that Valuations Affect Safe Withdrawal Rates — But Argued That Valuations Can Only Increase the SWR and Never Lower Them!

Business Week wrote about the Kitces study but failed to point out the obvious analytical error.

Intimidation Act #36: When I Pointed Out the Analytical Error in Michael Kitces’ SWR Study to him, He Responded By Saying That: “At This Point, It’s Reasoned Speculation…That Today’s Retirement Advice is Dangerous.”

I asked for Michael’s help in calming the insane dogmatism that has evidenced itself at numerous discussion boards. He politely declined to get involved other than to express concern for those who may face “some painful choices ahead.”

I pointed out in a follow-up e-mail that many investors still do not understand that long-term return are highly predictable for those who take valuations into consideration and asked why he thought the Old School SWR studies were set up the way they were.  He said that the reason is that “there’s only one worst-case scenario.”

I responded that “different worst-case scenarios apply at different valuation levels.” Michael said that: “It’s still an evolving body of research.” 

I pointed out that: “The common belief is that the studies are just reporting what the numbers say.”  Michael replied that: “There are significant risks inherent in the Passive Investing approach that are not understood by most.”

My next e-mail to Michael argued that: “What we need to see is for all investors to be exposed to a broader range of viewpoints.”  Michael said: “I still intend to do more research in this area.”

I wrote back that: “A sound methodology would inspire confidence, not defensiveness.” Michael’s reply e-mail argued that: “While most find it [the Efficient Market Theory, the academic construct on which the Buy-and-Hold strategy was built], discredited….it’s the best assumption framework we have.”

I told Michael about the great enthusiasm we had seen for honest discussions of how stock investing works in the days before the Goons poisoned our boards with abusiveness. Michael reported back that he had written a blog post stating that: “If Russell’s projections of a sub-2% withdrawal rate prove to be true, or are anywhere close, those who retired back in 2000 may ultimately find that the “4% safe withdrawal rate” was still far too aggressive, making the point once again about how critical it is to incorporate market valuation into retirement projections! I thanked Michael. He sent me an e-mail saying that he too enjoyed “the great dialogue.” 

I shared additional findings of John Walter Russell’s research with Michael. Michael expressed enthusiasm re Russell’s work. I encouraged Michael to make waves.  The Goons sent Michael a link to a comment I made on a discussion board saying that, while Michael agrees that many will suffer financial losses as a result of the errors in the Old School SWR studies, Michael did not want to warn them about the studies because to do so would be to “disrespect” the studies. Michael expressed “shock” re this comment, saying: “PLEASE be more careful with how you attribute statements I have made and the context in which I made them. This is not an accurate reflection of what I have stated, nor of my beliefs themselves.”

I told Michael that: “I am unable to make sense of your lack of alarm over the effects [of the cover-up of the errors in the Old School SWR studies] on real live investors.” Michael said that he found the Old School SWR studies to be analytically valid so long as the P/E10 value remained below 30 [the P/E10 value rose to 44 in early 2000].” John Walter Russell wrote that : “Just because the Year 2000 sequence may turn out to survive at a higher rate does not mean that it will have been SAFE.” I followed up on John’s comments by arguing that: “If we were starting with a clean slate…no one…would recommend…the Old School studies.”  Michael said that he agreed with John’s comments. He explained that : “I’m not saying that New School is wrong. I’m just saying that I don’t think it’s appropriate to state that the New School has proven the Old School wrong to the point that the Old School should be utterly and completely dismissed. ”

 Intimidation Act #39: California Financial Planner Bill Bengen, the Originator of the “4 Percent Rule” That Animates Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies, Advised His Clients to Get Out of Stocks Following the 2008 Crash But Did Not Publicly Acknowledge That It Violates the Core Principle on Which the Old School Studies Were Developed to Encourage Investors to Sell Shares When Prices Drop. A small number of Buy-and-Holders acknowledged that Bengen was violating the core principle of Buy-and-Hold at the worst possible time for doing so. Most kept the matter hushed up.
Intimidation Act #40: When I wrote to Bill Bengen About His Decision to Recommend that His Clients Get Out of Stocks Following the 2008 Price Crash, He Denied That His Advice Constituted “Market Timing.” Few of the Buy-and-Holders who attacked me savagely for recommending that investors lower their stock allocations prior to the crash offered any criticism of Bengen for recommending that his clients get out of stocks after prices crashed.

Intimidation Act #41: The Virginia Police Did Not Respond In An Effective Manner When I Informed Them of the Campaign of Terror (Which Included Death Threats Directed at Community Members Who Posted Honestly on the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies) Led by John Greaney and Mel Linduaer against Our Board and Blog Communities.

Intimidation Act #42: When the Frugal Dad Blog Asked “Have We Been Sold a Bunch of Lies?”, I Wrote to Frugal Dad Asking for His Help in Publicizing the Campaign of Terror Against Our Board and Blog Communities Led by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia, But He Did Not Respond. I argued in a follow-up e-mail that Buy-and-Hold “is the result of a mistake, not a lie.” I implored Frugal Dad not to give up on stocks because middle-class people need to invest in stocks to achieve decent retirements. When Frugal Dad suggested that the price crash had lowered the safe withdrawal rate, I argued that giving in to feelings of doom and gloom cause people to miss out on buying stocks at times when prices are good and thereby causes as much harm as ignoring the dangers of stocks when they are selling at high prices.

Intimidation Act #43: A Popular Poster (“Retired at 48”) at the Bogleheads Forum Was Banned for Honest Posting and Entered Negotiations with the Owners of the Morningstar.com Site to Re-Open That Board Community to Honest Posting on Stock Investing Issues.

Intimidation Act #44: I Started a Thread at a Money Bloggers Discussion Forum Titled “Problems with the Conventional Investing Advice.” It Generated Strong Interest Until “Defenders” of the Buy-and-Hold Concept Got Ugly. The Greaney Goons threatened the site administrator (the owner of the All Financial Matters blog) and he deleted the entire thread. He explained that he deleted the entire thread (which contained lots of helpful posts from people with a sincere desire to learn about the subject matter) rather than just the abusive garbage put forward by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia because “It was easier to delete the whole thread (one-click) than to weed through the posts that I thought were pointless.” This same practice has been followed by many other site owners, handing the Buy-and-Holder a quick and easy way to stop people interested in learning about the dangers of Buy-and-Hold strategies from doing so.

Intimidation Act #45: The Owner of the Lazy Man and Money Published my Guest Blog Entry Titled Passive Investing Is a Strategy for Extremists But Then Took What He Described As an “Unprecedented Act” Of Deleting the Entire Thread (Which Contained Numerous Helpful Comment) After the Buy-and-Hold Mafia Objected. Lazy Man became upset when I started a thread at a money blogger’s forum urging that we join together to neutralize the efforts of The Buy-and-Hold Mafia.

Intimidation Act #46: The Owner of the Money and Such Blog Told Me That “The Question Is Whether There Is a Problem with Translating What May Be a Sound Concept to a Real-World Environment,” But Did Not Call for the National Debate That Would Be Needed for Skeptics to Become Convinced. Skepticism is justified. I applaud it. But how can I change minds if I cannot post at the leading blogs and forum because of the demands for unjustified board bannings advanced at every site at which Buy-and-Hold is challenged in a serious way by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia. A big part of the reason why we have not been able to advance the ball for 12 years is that, when I find people who are open-minded on the substantive issues, they express great reluctance to the idea of taking action of the process side.

Intimidation Act #47: The Owner of the Options for Rookies Blog Expressed Enthusiasm for a Guest Blog Entry of Mine That He Published At His Site But Then Deleted the Entire Discussion Thread After the Buy-and-Hold Mafia Objected to It.

Intimidation Act #48: J.D. Roth, the Owner of the Get Rich Slowly Blog, Told Me That: “You Might Want to See Somebody — This is Paranoia!”

It’s not paranoia if someone is really out to get you, J.D.!

I told J.D. that all bloggers should be united in opposition to the tactics employed by the Goons. Even Buy-and-Holders should not want to be associated with those sorts of tactics and should want to bring an end to them so that we can all enjoy the benefits of a community learning experience. J.D. sent a reply in which he engaged in word games and I told him that I believed that the word games were hurting all of us. I specifically noted that “reasonable people are not going to believe that you are concerned about my mental health. J.D.”

We kinda, sorta patched things up in the exchange of e-mails reported on in this post. It should be noted here that I have had numerous exchanges with J.D. in the years since both by e-mail and in person (at Financial Blogger Conferences) and that I consider him a good (but sometimes misguided!) blogger friend.

Intimidation Act #49: When I Asked J.D. Roth for Help in Organizing Financial Bloggers to Prevent Goons from Intimidating Our Readers, His Response Was to Tell Me That “You Are Your Own Worst Enemy in This Matter.”

The owner of the Lazy Man and Money blog had suggested that I contact J.D. He noted in an e-mail to J.D. that: “He says that some goons have been trying to stop him wherever he posts. If there’s truth to what he’s saying, a site with the popularity of yours could put this injustice out there and maybe help you both out.”

I pointed out that: “I cannot post dishonestly on safe withdrawal rates…I don’t have any wiggle room — It’s a numerical calculation.”

Intimidation Act #50: The Publisher of the Index Universe Site Invited Me to Write a Column on Valuation-Informed Indexing and Then Backed Away from the Idea After His Editor Evidenced Concern re How the Lindauerheads Would React.

Site Publisher Jim Wiandt compared me to Rob Arnott, asking “What is it with guys named Rob?” and trouble-making in the investing field.

Site Editor Matt Hougan sent me an e-mail re my reporting on the death threats and other intimidation tactics employed by the owners of the Bogleheads Forum to block honest posting on the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research during the time that the discussion-board community was housed at Morningstar.com (which permitted honest posting, to the consternation of Mel Linduaer and his Goon Squad. Matt wrote that: “I’m not intimately involved in your dispute with the Diehards board, and I’m not taking one side or the other. I do not, however, want our discussion boards to become the forum for interpersonal disputes between you and other posters. I want to keep the forum open, but some of the recent posts by both you and others have crossed the line of civility. I’m going to delete many of the posts in the recent thread, which I have discretion to do as moderator.” The article on the Bogleheads Forum that Matt published at the Index Universe site failed to report on its long history of abusive posting and financial fraud, realities that are of obvious importance to the readers of any board being used by people seeking advice on how to invest their retirement money. Matt made clear with these words that he was not concerned about correcting this oversight. In fact, he was taking steps to see that readers of the article did not learn the realities via comments posted re the article.

I told Matt that: “I have never put forward a post that crosses the line of civility. I never will. You do not need to be “intimately involved” in a “dispute” to know that making death threats is wrong.”

I sent Matt a follow-up e-mail reporting on an abusive post put to his site by one of the Goons and asked him how he would like me to handle it. He said that he would handle it by deleting ALL the comments posted to the discussion thread, meaning that the readers of the article on the Bogleheads Forum were denied the information they needed to know that the owners of the Forum has engaged in multiple acts of financial fraud by making use of death threats and other intimidation tactics to block discussions of the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal rate studies.

I told Matt that: “That sends exactly the wrong signal. The Goons who destroyed the Vanguard Diehards board are watching what you do to see what they can get away with. The purpose of the abusive posting on this thread was to have the thread taken down, just as the purpose of the abusive posting on the Vanguard Diehards board was to have the board destroyed as a learning resource. The proper response is to administer the rules of the site in a reasonable way.

Jim sent me a response to my first column entry that said: ” This is what all the fuss is about?…. It seems pretty harmless to me.  That doesn’t mean I agree with it- but it’s not like you’re proposing some kind of wild new idea.” He told me to work with Matt to arrange for a publication data.

I explained to Jim that the “fuss” was because of the multiple acts of financial fraud engaged in by Mel Linduaer and John Greaney, that because I had called them out on their felonies they saw me as a threat and would do anything to insure that my message not be heard. Jim elected to send the same pro-Goon signal that Matt had sent, saying: “The personal stuff is a waste of time, so that’s the kind of thing we’ll nip in the bud to ensure that the discussion is, sure, lively, but also civil and substantive.” Of course, financial fraud is not “personal stuff,” it is a felony under the laws of the United States. It is because the cover-up of the errors in the Old School retirement studies have been covered up for 12 years that we are in an economic crisis today. And it is because numerous site owners have elected to aid in the cover-up by failing to exercise their responsibilities to enforce their posting rules in a reasonable manner that the cover-up of the errors in the retirement studies (and of the dangers of Buy-and-Hold investing strategies in general) has continued for so long.

Jim had told me to work with Matt to set a publication date for the article. Matt was not responsive to my e-mails. So I sent an e-mail to Jim asking for his help. At that point Matt wrote me with his first comments on the article: “My general sense is that it would need a dose of academic rigor before we would add it to the site. We really like our columnists to break new ground AND to support that with hard data (think charts, tables, and return series). If you revisited the piece and added in strong data and such, I’d be willing to look at it again.”

I explained to Matt that I had intended the first entry for the column to offer an overview of the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept and that I planned to add academic rigor in follow-up pieces. Matt responded with a note saying: “The issue is that you are, to be frank, a lightening rod of controversy. I don’t really know why (nor do I care).” This suggests to my ears that Matt had been in contact with the Lindaurheads. He said in this e-mail that my articles would be judged by a different standing than what applied for articles by anyone who was not a target of the Linduaerheads — “Anything you publish on our site has to be extra-well-documented and fully supported by hard facts and research.”

I thanked Matt for his frankness and told him that I agreed both that Valuation-Informed Indexing is pure common sense AND that it has generated huge amounts of controversy in an era in which Buy-and-Hold strategies have been promoted so relentlessly. I pointed out that thousands have responded in very positive ways and that those people have a right to hear more about them even if there is a group of people that hates the idea of people hearing about the ideas with a burning passion. Matt said that he could not respond right away because he was swamped with deadlines but promised that “we’ll figure something out.” After I wrote numerous e-mails asking where things stood, he told me: “I’m going to decline to run your articles at this time…. I’m not sold enough on the concept to roll it out in pieces over time, as you suggest … I’d have to be 100% on board before I did that … and that would require seeing the data in a concise article format.”

I sent Matt an e-mail summarizing the mountain of research showing the superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing strategies and the dangers of Buy-and-Hold strategies. He sent me a five-word e-mail in response: “Thanks for the information, Rob.”

 Intimidation Act #51: A Discussion That I Had With the Value Investing Congress Group on LinkedIn.com Ended With the Conclusion That: “It Is Very Difficult for the Average Person Because Most in the Professional Money Management Business Are More Focused on Making a Living Themselves By Getting Their Cut Rather Than On Maximizing Returns to the Investors.”

What’s so intimidating about that? That sounds supportive, no?

The intimidating part is that there are lots of smart and good and  influential people in the Value Investing Congress. I was told that I am right about how stock investing work, which is of course nice. But the indication here is that none of the people in this group are going to do anything about the problem. The Wall Street Con Men are powerful people. If we are going to find a way to get accurate investing information out to millions of middle-class people, we need to be united in demanding that. All conservatives and all liberals should be involved. All young people and all old people should be involved. All white people and all brown people and all black people should be involved. All Christians and all Muslims and all Jews and all Atheists should be involved. All women and all men and all children should be involved.

It’s intimidating to hear that some are complacent about these issues. It’s intimidating to hear that some do not see it as their fight and would prefer that others take the lead.

Intimidation Act #52: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Has Spoken In Support of Several Key Principles of Valuation-Informed Indexing But the Buy-and-Hold Mafia Does Not Acknowledge the Common Ground and Continues to Employ Vicious Smear Tactics to Create the Impression That There Is No Common Ground.

Intimidation Act #53: The Wall Street Journal Published a Column Reporting That Buy-and-Hold is “Hooey,” That the Wall Street Con Men Have Been “Leaving Out Half the Story” and Advising Investors Not to Be “Bullied” By Those Who Claim Falsely That There Is Academic Research Supporting the Buy-and-Hold Claims.

Again, the intimidating part re this one is the lack of reaction among the many journalists and bloggers and investment professional who have advocated Buy-and-Hold strategies in recent decades. The Wall Street Journal is a well-edited newspaper. The Journal would not have run this column if there were nothing to the article. So everyone working in this field should have responded in some way to this breakthrough article. Those who have long had doubts about it should have cited it as part of an ongoing effort to educate millions of middle-class investors as to the destructive power of this dangerous investing “strategy.” Those who still believed in Buy-and=Hold should have written articles stating why they believe the Wall Street Journal got it so wrong.

But the article did not go viral. Not by a long shot. That’s intimidating. That suggests that a lot of us believe that The Stock-Selling Industry is so corrupt that it is beyond redemption. And that suggests that a good number of people have given up on the ideals that made our country a great one in earlier days.

I don’t believe that we have given up. I believe that we will rise up and demand that honest posting be permitted following the next price crash, which will likely put us in the Second Great Depression. But I don’t like it that it appears that it is going to take a Second Great Depression for us to start taking advantage of the wonderful things we have learned about how stock investing works as a result of the last 33 year of peer-reviewed academic research. It scares me that it has come to that and to experience that fear re the future of my country is to experience a form of intimidation.

Intimidation Act #53: Morningstar Reaffirmed Its Ban on Honest Posting When Several Community Members Expressed a Desire to Hear Both Sides of the Story. Morningstar justified its ban on honest posting by saying that accurate reports on what the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years tells us about how stock investing works is “inflammatory” in communities populated largely by Buy-and-Holders.

Intimidation Act #54: After Years of Making Use of Insanely Abusive Posting Practices to Block Their Readers From Learning About the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal Rate Studies, the Owners of the Bogleheads Forum Approved a Wiki Statement Covering Up This History and Suggesting That the “Next Logical Step” in SWR Analysis Would Be to Determine Accurately What Withdrawal Rates Are Safe. The Wiki states: ““Unfortunately, the term ‘Safe Withdrawal Rate’ is necessarily an ambiguous term. This is because initial methods utilized historical data to statically determine what would have been safe given the actual results that past portfolios would have generated with the variables given. The next logical step, of course, was to use that information to predict future SWRs. Either use is technically correct, but one should always be sure to be clear whether the use is in reference to past or projected SWRs, so that unnecessary argument can be prevented.” The author of the Wiki statement engaged in further word games in a comment that he put to my blog.

Intimidation Act #55: Shiller Pulls His Punches on a Number of Issues.

Intimidation Act #56: When I Began Posting at Blogs, the Greaney Goons Took Their Campaign of Terror to the Personal Finance Blogosphere. Most Bloggers Responded Not By Banning the Goons But By Banning Discussion of the Issues that the Goons Wanted to See Blocked. In the link above, Mike, the author of the Quest for Four Pillars Blog, notes that the Goons were posting at blogs only to cause trouble and that they were not regular participants at the blogs at which they were posting abusive comments. Mike later banned honest posting at his own blog (which is now titled the Money Smarts blog.

 Intimidation Act #57: J.D. Roth, Owner of the Get Rich Slowly Blog, Sent E-Mails to Those Participating at His Forum Asking Them Not to Respond to My Comments.

Why would a blogger not want people to participate in a discussion being held at his forum?

Intimidation Act #58 The Owner of the Quest for Four Pillars Blog (Now the Money Smarts Blog) Is In General a Big Advocate of Free Speech But Saw Fit to Ban Honest Posting on the Last 33 Years of Peer-Reviwed Academic Research All The Same. Mike had on earlier occasions stuck up for me when I was attacked by Goons. But when his own readers began to appreciate how dangerous a strategy Buy-and-Hold is, he prohibited honest posting at his own blog.

Intimidation Act #59: The Owner of the Bad Money Advice Blog Told Me That “I Am Not Yet Convinced You Have a Powerful Enough Equity-Market Prediction Model,” But Did Not Call for the National Debate That Would Be Needed for Skeptics to Become Convinced. Frank is sincere. He is a good guy and a smart guy. But he needs to hear more people saying what I am saying to be convinced. And, to persuade more people to come forward, we need to bring the Campaign of Terror to a full and complete stop.

Intimidation Act #60: The Pop Economics Blog Praised My Work But Suggested That I Was Somehow to Blame for the Campaign of Terror Against Me Led By Mel Linduaer and John Greaney.

Pop noted that many people “simply hate the guy.” That’s so. But there are also thousands of community members who have said that they would like to see honest posting permitted. What people really hate is the intimidation tactics that have been employed by the Buy-and-Holders. And please note that Pop was not speaking out in opposition to those tactics in his introduction. The Buy-and-Hold Goons continue to employ the intimidation tactics because intimidation tactics get them what they want — a silencing of the research-based challenges to their Buy-and-Hold claims. If site owners like Pop called them out on their b.s., they would stop using those tactics and we all would be rewarded with the national debate on what really works in stock investing that we all very much need to hear.

Intimidation Act #61: The Owner of the Pop Economics Blog Promised to Rein in the Goons at His Site But Then Failed to Honor the Promise.

After the Goons ate Pop alive, he vowed never again to permit anyone to post a guest blog entry at his site. The community that reads Pop’s blog suffered but the Goons got everything they wanted.  What’s their secret. There was once a poem written about how “the good have lost all conviction” and “the bad are filled with a passionate intensity.” The Goons are the lowest among us. But they fight and they fight and they fight and they fight. And that counts for something in this world. If the Normals possessed one-tenth of the fighting spirit of the Goons, the Campaign of Terror would have been brought to an end on the afternoon of May 13, 2002. They know what’ at stake (the biggest advance in our understanding of how stock investing works ever achieved in our history) and so they fight like crazy. They hurt themselves with their fighting even more than they hurt millions of others because that is how Goons play it. But no one can say that they don’t fight hard. And no one can say that we Normals do (I like to think that I am a big-time exception — my aim is to fight for the Normals as hard as the Goons fight against them).

Intimidation Act #62: The Owner of the Pop Economics Blog Expressed Great Interest in the Valuation-Informed Indexing Concept But Signaled to the Goons That He Would Ban Discussion of It if the Goons Would Be Willing to Advance Just a Single Abusive Post.

Please understand that the site owner really did love Valuation-Informed Indexing. He offered numerous comments in my dealings with him that showed me that that was so. He also was being sincere when he said that he would give the Goons everything they wanted if only they would post abusively at his site. Yes, it is hard to figure this sort of thing out. But that is the job. It is only by figuring out what smart and good people like the owner of the Pop Economics blog behave in this manner that we can move forward together. We shouldn’t ignore these odd developments because they are difficult to understand. We should focus on them until we are able to make sense of them. My response to Pop is here.

Intimidation Act #63: The Owner of the Pop Economics Blog Told Me That We Need to Come Up With Some Means of Helping the Buy-and-Holders Save Face But Then Asked That I Not Quote His Words.

The owner of the Pop Economics blog possesses great insight into human nature. He pointed out that the key to moving forward is finding some means by which the Buy-and-Holders to save face. Bingo! The is precisely correct! I have been trying to do this for 12 years by saying that Jack Bogle built the foundation on which Valuation-Informed Indexing was built and that the I respect and like the Buy-and-Hold Pioneers and appreciate that all pioneers make mistakes and all this sort of thing. However, the key to making this strategy work is bringing the nastiness to an end and helping everyone to learn the realities revealed by the last 33 years of peer-reviewed research, In other words, the way to take things to a positive place is to persuade everyone to come clean. We need to stand up to the Goons to help them. Pop is right about the spirit that we need to employ to bring things to a successful conclusion. But his reluctance to being quoted sends a message to the Goons that he still fears them and sending that message encourages them in their self-destructivenes. It would have been a lot easier to help the Buy-and-Holders save face had we all joined together to call them out on their b.s. re safe withdrawal rates on the morning of May 13, 2002, rather than waiting until today or even some date subsequent to today to work up the courage to do what we all know deep in our hearts eventually needs to be done.

Intimidation Act #64: The Owner of the Financial Samurai Blog Said That “I Don’t Understand the Rift” Between Those Who Believe That Honest Posting on the Last 33 Years of Peer-Reviewed Academic Research Should Be Permitted and the Buy-and-Hold Goons.

The thought has occurred that Sam might be pulling our legs just a wee bit.

Just another one of those crazy hunches that I have been known to experience from time to time.

Sam took delight in J.D. Roth’s unwillingness to help out. In a subsequent comment, he told me: It’s never a one-sided fault. Takes both sides to move forward.” So when John Greaney threatened to kill my wife and children if I continued to post honestly on safe withdrawal rates, it was half my fault for having a wife and children to threaten!

I don’t buy it. The fault is with the person who put forward the death threat. And with the people (like Sam) who failed to speak up in opposition to the use of death threats to intimidate people telling the truth about stock investing into silence. I don’t apologize for pointing out the errors in Greaney’s retirement study. I am proud of having done so. I say that Greaney was in the wrong for not correcting the errors when he learned of them. And I say that Sam is wrong for pretending that both sides are at fault when one party threatens to kill family members of the other rather than to acknowledge getting an important number wrong in a retirement study. We ALL benefit when errors in retirement studies are corrected. Including the authors of those studies. It is by acknowledging errors that we are able to learn new things.

Intimidation Act #65: Maryland Financial Planner Michael Kitces told me following the 2008 Crash That “A Lot of Planners Are Starting to Question Their Passive Investing Beliefs.” This is obviously something that millions of middle-class investors needed to know about. Why didn’t we hear lots of media reports? The financial planners were afraid to have word get out to their clients that the investing advice they had used to invest their retirement money as gravely flawed. I told Michael that I would like to make www.PassionSaving.com the meeting place for financial planners who had lost confidence in Buy-and-Hold and who were looking for to learn about more realistic long-term strategies.

Intimidation Act #66: Maryland FInancial Planner Michael Kitces, Who Evidences More Honesty and Smarts in His Comments on Stock Investing Than Just About Any Other Financial Planner I Have Encountered, Explained His Reluctance to Criticize Buy-and-Hold on Grounds That “A Large Number of People Will Harm Themselves Is They Do Anything Besides Being Passive.” Michael was responded to an e-mail from me in which I argued that no one can attain true expertise in this field until we see a national debate on the merits and dangers of Buy-and-Hold strategies.

Intimidation Act #67: Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Banned Dicussion of Mel Lindauer’s Campaign of Terror Against Those Who Posted Honestly on the Three Decades of Peer-Reviewed Academic Research Showing the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing Strategies. Mike told me at the 2011 meeting of the Financial Bloggers Conference that he views Lindauer as “a jerk” but that he does not object to his abusive posting practices because he fears that Lindauer would try to destroy his business if he did. Mike believe that Valuation-Informed Indexing can work even though he forbids discussion of it at his blog. He explained that: “I do see (at least a potential) value in adjusting asset allocations as a function of current price levels. But to be honest, I see the misinformation spread by the financial services industry (about active management, picking stocks, etc.) as a far larger issue. And until that battle is won — which I doubt will ever completely happen — I don’t foresee myself taking on any other issues with my writings.”

Intimidation Act #68: Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Told Me That He Received E-Mails From His Readers That Described My Comments at the Blog as “Spammy” and “Obnoxious.” Mike told me in the same e-mail that be views me as “a genuinely good guy” who is sincere about his message.

Intimidation Act #69:  Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Deleted a Comment In Which I Pointed Out that Mel Linduaer and Taylor Larimore, Authors of The Bogleheads Guide to Investing, Evidenced a Lack of Personal Integrity By Supporting a Ban on Honest Posting on Safe Withdrawal Rates at the Bogleheads Forum. I argued in the deleted comment that “the book does not say the same things about retirement that it would say if Taylor and Mel had permitted honest discussions of the flaws in the Old School studies and had learned from those discussions.” and that “The reason why discussions of the errors made in the Old School studies have been so contentious is that there are integrity issues involved in the failure of the community of Passive Investing advocates to address these issues for over seven years now. ” I contended that: “We are not going to be able to duck these issues indefinitely. Our integrity is part of what makes us human.”

Intimidation Act #70: Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Acknowledged That My Comment on the Lack of Integrity Evidenced By Mel Linduaer and Taylor Larimore By Supporting a Ban on Honest Posting on Safe Withdrawal Rates Was “Respectful” But Justified the Ban on Grounds That “It Brings Up Things That Happened at Another Forum, Which, Frankly, Most of My Readers Don’t Seem to Care About.” We all care about whether the people whose investment advice we follow possess personal integrity. One of the reasons why our 12 years of discussions have been so contentious is that the Buy-and-Holders had been covering up the errors in the Buy-and-Hold strategy long before I came on the scene. When I came on the scene, people were not willing to own up to the cover-up because it demonstrated a lack of personal integrity among the people promoting Buy-and-Hold strategies. Mike didn’t delete my comment because no one cares about whether people offering investing advice possess personal integrity or not. He deleted it because everyone knows that personal integrity matters and that those who have been ignoring Shiller’s findings for over three decades have shown that they do not possess it. People want to believe in Buy-and-Hold. But they do not know how to do so without silencing those who bring up the personal integrity matter. So as a society we are playing  a stupid and dangerous game in which we pretend that personal integrity does not matter in the investing advice field.  The reality is that it matters as much in this field as in any other and the long time-period in which those pointing out the importance of personal integrity have been silenced has created a pent-up desire for personal integrity among investing advisors that will end up hurting Buy-and-Holders following the next price crash. At that point, I will be trying to help people understand the unique circumstances that caused so many of us to pretend for so long that personal integrity does not matter in this one particular field of life endeavor.

Intimidation Act #71: One of the Greaney Goons Accused Me of “Hubris and Self-Absorption” When I Argued to Mike Piper That “Integrity Issues Are Always On-Topic.” Mike Piper agreed to my request that he include a note at his blog saying that I had written a blog entry at my site explaining why the comment had been deleted. That was a classy move. We would all be in a better place today if other Buy-and-Holders made as much effort as Mike has on several occasions to understand the other fellow’s point of view.

Intimidation Act #72: Mike Piper Told Me That He Does Not Like to Ban People But That He Was Banning Me But That I Should Not View That As An Act of Intimidation.

Mike was responding to an e-mail in which I argued that having a successful blog was not going to mean much of we see an economic depression. In response to his e-mail, I told Mike that I certainly viewed the banning as an act of intimidation. I said that “it makes me feel there is something dirty or rude about challenging passive investing at your blog.” Mike said that he would not feel a need to ban me if I posted less frequently. But doesn’t the entire problem stem from the fact that Mike’s readers have not heard about the dangers of Buy-and-Hold a lot more frequently? No one would be shocked to learn what the academic research says if that message was being repeated daily at every board and blog on the internet. It is because people have heard Buy-and-Hold promoted so often that so many have adopted the strategy as their own and now are upset to hear that there is 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that it never works. The only way in which I could justify posting less frequently is if one of the Buy-and-Holders found something wrong in what I was saying. None has ever done that. Instead, I always hear that I should post accurate information less frequently. My view is that we all need to hear accurate information post more frequently and inaccurate information (information that promotes Buy-and-Hold strategies) less frequently. Accurate information helps people. Inaccurate information hurts people. No?

I told Michael that: “You should be writing about the fact that you have community members who are upset to hear criticisms of Passive Investing. That’s part of the story. That’s news.” We ALL should be talking about the defensiveness of the Buy-and-Holders, which evidences itself at every board and blog at which they congregate. True research-based strategies inspire a calm confidence, not a panicky defensiveness. The Buy-and-Holders are telling us in the manner in which they respond to challenges to their strategy that the strategy is a loser.

Mike’s response was to say that: “There IS something rude about disagreeing with me repeatedly at my own blog” Huh? Why open a blog comment to discussion if you view disagreement as “rude”? Do advocates of any idea other than Buy-and-Hold Investing adopt this attitude toward people who disagree with them?

I told Mike that “this cannot be put off indefinitely.”

Intimidation Act #73: Mike Piper Told Me That “There Are Certain Social Norms Regarding Blog” and That One of Them Is That “It Is Generally Regarded As Rude to Repeatedly Disagree With the Blogger.”

I pointed out to Mike that there are decades of peer-reviewed academic research showing that Buy-and-Hold has never in the history of the U.S. market worked out well for a single long-term investor and that in ordinary circumstances “your response would be to stop making the false claims once you became aware of the errors in them.” I explained that his readers felt uneasy because they were being told two opposite things and that the ordinary way of calming them would be to resolve the differences through fair and full and civil discussion of them. I said that instead of ducking the issues Mike should be directing his talents to figuring out the realities and then sharing his sincere take with his readers.

Mike denied ducking the questions. I proposed that Mike give me space at his blog on a once-per-month basis to make the case for Valuation-Informed Indexing in return for an agreement on my part not to comment on his many posts each month promoting Buy-and-Hold.  Mike pondered the idea for the better part of the day but ultimately rejected it. He explained that he believes that the people who sign up for his blog want to hear only his views. He said that he does not want to squelch other viewpoints, he just does not want to provide his readers any opportunity to learn about them by reading his blog. I thanked Michael for his willingness to consider the idea.

I sent Michael an article that links to 20 studies pointing out the dangers of the Buy-and-Hold strategies he promotes at his site. He said that he would not link to the post announcing the article because “All the stuff going on in the comments is precisely what I want no part of. All the back and forth name calling (and worse) is something I don’t want to be connected with in any way.”

Intimidation Act #74: Mike Piper Objected to “Back-and-Forth Name-Calling At My Blog When All of the Intimidation Tactics Were Tactics Being Employed by the Buy-and-Hold Goons in an Effort to ‘Persuade’ Me to Stop Posting Honestly on Safe Withdrawal Rates and Other Important Topics.

I argued that: “We’re all involved, Mike. Anyone with any interest in the subject of investing is involved. Anyone who cares about John Bogle’s many wonderful contributions and the reputation he is going to have in future days is involved. Anyone who has a blog (on investing or any other topic) is involved. Anyone who wants to see the U.S. economic and political system survive its current troubles is involved. Anyone who is human or cares about other humans is involved. A man is not an island. We all benefit from our connections with others. When we stop caring about the others to the extent we need to stop caring about the others to permit this sort of ugliness to continue, we sacrifice what makes us human in doing so.”

Mike advised that I contact law enforcement authorities re the death threats advanced by those trying to “defend” Buy-and-Hold in the face of the decades of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is precisely zero chance that it could ever work for a single long-term investor. I told him that I had done this but that the law enforcement authorities, like him, had not wanted to get involved given the power and money and connections possessed by the Wall Street Con Men who have been pushing Buy-and-Hold strategies so relentlessly and for so many years.

Intimidation Act #75: The Bad Money Advice Blog Offered a Reasoned Case Against Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Again, the intimidation here was the lack of follow-up. If this fellow could do it, why couldn’t hundreds of other bloggers who still believe in Buy-and-Hold do it? Why isn’t every blogger trying to get to the bottom of this?

They are afraid to even suggest that Buy-ad-Hold might be flawed because they will lose readers if they do and because the Wall Street Con Men and their Internet Goon Squads will attack them if they do.

Their fearfulness should scare anyone hoping that we will proceed in the way Americans of the past have always proceeded when such issues were brought to the table.

Intimidation Act #76: Readers of the Hope to Prosper Blog Responded in a Warm and Friendly Way to My Guest Post on the Merits of Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Again, this obviously made me happy. But, again, I couldn’t help wondering why these people (many of whom were bloggers themselves) did not get more involved in an effort to spread the word.

There are two sides to all controversial issues. The problem with this one is that those who favor Valuation-Informed Indexing are so much less intense than those who do not. That holds back progress.

The Hope to Prosper thread is a sign that things are changing and so it fairly can be described as encouraging. But there is a sense in which it hurts more to hear encouraging responses that don’t really accomplish much than it is to hear Goon responses. Goons are Goons and over time you come to accept that they are going to behave goonishly. The good and smart people who participated on that Hope to Prosper thread could make things happen if they put their minds to it. But something within them (I think it is a desire not to offend the millions of people who still believe in Buy-and-Hold) holds them back. That turns the otherwise positive development into something bittersweet.

I’ve included these surface-positive incidents in the list of 101 acts of intimidation because I have found that they take more wind out of my sails than do the Goon attacks. The Goon attacks are cartoonish. The real scandal of the 12 years is that we have seen so many cases in which good and smart people see the problem well and yet elect not to get involved on grounds that it is someone else’s battle. We all live in the same economic system. We all get hurt when our economic system collapses. We all should love our country and step up to protect it when it is under attack.

I don’t mean to say that the people who fail to act don’t love their country. I believe they do. My point is that they see the problems with Buy-and-Hold but don’t spend enough energy exploring its long-term dangers to see that the continued promotion of this long-discredited strategy constitutes an attack on our way of life. The Goons wouldn’t get away with one-tenth of what they get away with if the many people who see them for what they are realized the consequences that follow for millions of us as a result of our failure to take effective action.

Intimidation Act #77: Bill Bernstein and Scott Burns, Who Both for Years Participated in the Cover-Up of the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate, Acknowledges at the Bogleheads Forum That the Studies Are Garbage Without Offering Any Apologies to the Millions of Middle-Class People Whose Lives They Destroyed.

Nor did any of the hundreds of community members who watched the cover-up unfold on their computer screens speak up. It’s not about helping the millions of middle-class people who turn to the experts in this field for honest and helpful advice It’s about making a buck and building a reputation as the sort of expert who never acknowledges a mistake, consequences to millions of middle-class people be damned.

This one is a special form of sickening. I feel great affection and respect for both Bill and Scott. But I intend to testify honestly re this one when called to the stand. Yowsa!

Intimidation Act #78: A Reader of One of My Weekly Columns Told Me That: “To Blame Bogle for the Economic Crisis Is Slinging Mud.”

The crushing part here is that this fellow is not a Goon. He is stating his sincere view.

If investing idea that I had promoted for years had caused an economic crisis putting millions of people out of work, I would want my friends calling me out on it.

The full truth here is that Bogle has asked that his friends tell him when they discover mistakes he had made.

Intimidation Act #79: Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller Has Not Endorsed My Writings or Identified Any Points Re Which I Have Gone Off Track.

I have spent 12 years exploring the implications of Shiller’s “revolutionary” (his word) finding that valuations affect long-term returns. Surely he either finds merit in the work I have done or see flaws in it. Wouldn’t it be the obvious thing for him either to encourage this work or discourage it? Reading between the lines of some comments that Shiller has made re the lack of respect that many in this field hold for Behavioral Finance insights, I interpret this lack of comment re my work as evidence of Shiller’s desire to avoid controversy. It’s intimidating, given how brutal the attacks are that are coming from the other side of the table. If those who believe in Behavioral Finance stuck up for each other to the extent that those who believe in Buy-and-Hold stick together, we all would make much quicker progress.

Intimidation Act #80: A Community Member Who Participated in Discussions at the Early Retirement Forum Posted a Comment to My Blog That Was Largely Supportive of Me But Then Referred to the Threats That John Greaney Made to Kill My Wife and Children If I Continued to Post Honestly on Safe Withdrawal Rates as “Alleged.”

My wife did not consider those threats to kill Timothy (who was age 2 at the time) and Robert (who was an infant) as “alleged.”

You shouldn’t  have to be a critic of Buy-and-Hold to speak up firmly and clearly in opposition to threats to kill small children because their father posted honestly on errors made in a retirement study.

We are ashamed of our behavior during the Buy-and-Hold years. That’s what is really going on here. It is not that the case against Buy-and-Hold is not strong enough. It is that the case is so strong that it makes us ashamed to acknowledge that we went along with promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies for all those years.

Intimidation Act #69: Alex Fract, Site Administrator for the Bogleheads Forum, Acknowledged Publicly That I Was Banned from the Forum Even Though I Never Violated Any Posting Rules — He Said That I Represent a “Threat to the Community.”

Is that anything like being an Enemy of the State?

The truth here is that I represent a threat to Buy-and-Hold. The community would thrive if we all worked together to bury the smelly Buy-and-Hold garbage 30 feet in the ground where it can do no further harm to humans and other living things.

Intimidation Act #70: Academic Researcher Wade Pfau, Who Holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton University, Posted an Entry at His Blog Declaring that “Valuation-Informed Indexing Works!”

Again, the intimidating aspect of this is the fact that everyone who had banned me or smeared me for years did not offer immediate apologies on learning of this exciting development.

In this case, a further intimidating element to the story is that Wade took the blog post down after the Greaney Goons threatened to send defamatory e-mails to his employer if he continued publishing honest research. My good friend Jack Bogle indicated that he is okay with that. Oh, my!

Intimidation Act #71: The Bogleheads Forum Examined the Research That I Co-Authored with Wade Pfau Showing that Valuation-Informed Indexing Beat Buy-and-Hold in 102 of 110 30-Year Time-Periods in the Historical Record — But Did Not Lift the Ban on Honest Posting That Applies At That Board.

Wade offered a great comment: “WHY IS IT SUCH AN ODIOUS VIOLATION OF THE TENETS OF BOGLEHEADISM TO EXPLORE WHETHER SOMEONE WHO HAS ENOUGH PATIENCE AND ENOUGH TIME ON THEIR HANDS MIGHT BE ABLE TO BENEFIT FROM THE TRANSITORY NATURE OF SPECULATIVE RETURNS (I.E. THE IDEA THAT THE P/E RATIO EVENTUALLY ENDS UP WHERE IT STARTED)?” [The caps were in the original.]

Those were the days!

Intimidation Act #72: Several Community Members at the Bogleheads Forum Asked That I Be Reinstated When They Saw the Research That Wade Pfau and I Co-Authored Showing the Superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing over Buy-and-Hold — The Site Administrator Deleted the Posts and Threatened the Posters Who Put Them Forward With Bannings If They Ever Again Objected to the Ban on Honest Posting.

Buy-and-Hold is science.

Isn’t it?

Intimidation Act #73: I Let My Good Friend Jack Bogle Know About Alex Fract’s Behavior at the Discussion Forum Bearing Jack’s Name — and Jack Did Not Respond!

I try to adopt a light tone when talking about this sort of thing. But Jack really is a hero of mine. And his involvement in what at least appears to be an act of financial fraud (I am holding out hope that Jack’s behavior can be excused by cognitive dissonance) truly makes me sad.

Do you think this might be why so few bloggers and journalists are afraid to speak out about the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is precisely zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for a single long-term investor?

Yeah, I kinda think this might have something to do with it too.

Intimidation Act #74: A Number of My Fellow Bloggers Got Involved in a Great Discussion in Response to One of My Guest Blog Entries — But Held Back from Calling for All Bloggers Unite in Opposition to the Ban on Honest Posting.

The Goons know that they can cut any of our heads off so long as they are going against us one at a time. They also know that, if we present a united front, they are finished. Bullies are cowards. They go running when their intended victims work up the courage to hit back. That’s one of the reasons why I am no longer willing to sit in silence when I see them trying to trick my friends with their b.s. marketing mumbo-jumbo.

Intimidation Act #75:  I Mentioned That I Was Going After the Guinness Book of World Records Entry for “Most Times Banned from An Investing Site Without Cause” And a Fellow Blogger (Jim Yih) Told Me That He Would Be Happy to Help Me Out By Banning Me from His Site As Well.

This is not an act of intimidation. This is the opposite of an act of intimidation. This is an act of friendship. I post there here to show the contrast between how things are and how things should be.

Would doing more of this sort of thing really be so hard, people? A little more joking around like this would shut those Goons up quick-like.

The moral of the story is — People can question our investing strategies and still remain our friends.

Or at least that should be the case!

Intimidation Act #76: Wade Pfau Argued re the Old School Safe-Withdrawal Rate Studies That: “We Will Not Know If There Is Going to Be an Increased Failure Rate for Another 20/30 Years.”

And if the tobacco companies came out with a study stating that “if you start smoking four packs per day at age 20, you will live to be 100,” we would not know for 80 years whether the claim turned out to be true or not.

That is not how you determine whether the methodology used in a study is analytically valid or not.

We know that the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins has a huge effect on the returns earned in the early years of the retirement. We know that the returns earned early in the retirement determine whether the retirement succeeds or fails. Thus, we know that it is an insanely irresponsible act to fail to take into consideration the valuation level that applies on the day a retirement begin in any analysis of whether the withdrawal rate called for in the retirement plan is safe or not.

All of that is simple and easy to understand. All of the complexity and confusion we have witnessed over the past 12 years came about because of the efforts of smart people to come up with some means of rationalizing the failure of the authors of the Old School studies to consider the most important factor bearing on the safe withdrawal rate question in their studies purporting to identify the safe withdrawal rate.

The honest path is a simple. The dishonest path is an insanely complicated one. And adding all these layers of complexity helps precisely no one.

Intimidation Act #77: When I Called Wade Out on the Silliness of the Claim He Was Making in Item #76 Above, He Took It As a Challenge and Topped Himself By Arguing That “Perhaps the Trinity Study Was Not Meant to Be a Safe Withdrawal Rate Study.” [Please See the Comments Section.]

I suppose that in the final analysis it all depends on what the meaning of the word “is” is.

Intimidation Act #78: Wade Pfau Finally Put on His Hero Shoes and Contacted the Authors of the Trinity Study About the Analytical Errors in Their Retirement Study — and Drip Guy (One of the Greaney Goons) Immediately Shot Back with Threats.

Here are Drip Guy’s words:

“Rob,

You likely think yourself quite clever for actually enlisting an apparently naive but scholarly dupe as your proxy to contact the Trinity authors about these supposed ‘errors’ (yet to be elucidated) that only you seem capable of seeing; leading YOU and you alone to come up with all kinds of self-invented grandiose names for what are merely your own delusions, misunderstandings, and confabulations.

As watchers of your bizarre shenanigans are well aware, you have attempted this same technique of ‘daring’ or goading others to make your arguments for you many times before, but usually to no avail.

I think you will be surprised at how this apparently initially successful attempt will backfire on you, as do all your Wile E. Coyote-like schemes, because while Wade has certainly shown he is mostly mild mannered in demeanor, I think he is doggedly determined in being accurate.

He is very much, in that respect, the Anti-Hocus. I think you will shortly be adding him to Scott Burns, Michael Kitces and others who have innocently engaged you, only to discover your true nature after the fact.

Oh, and Hocus — I dare you — I triple dare you, to let this reply stand on your site, and not be immediately swept off through your ruthless moderation to the bit bucket like pretty much any post containing criticism of you, your wacky ideas, or your disgusting and transparently manipulative methods.”

It’s a good thing that The Science of Buy-and-Hold has done away with investor emotionalism for those who follow its principles. No?

Intimidation Act #79: A Long-Time Buy-and-Holder Responded to the Research on the Superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing That I Co-Authored with Wade Pfau by Saying: “At First Glance, I Find This Interesting.”

This isn’t an act of intimidation per se. I note the incident here because it illustrates what the power of that research to convert long-term Buy-and-Holders. This reaction hints at where we would be today if there were no Campaign of Terror being waged against our board and blog communities.

Intimidation Act #80: A Non-Goon Poster Told Me That: “Your Outlandish Statements Create a Giant Chasm That Regular People View as Just Another Infomercial, Over-the-Top Claim.”

I know what the guy is getting at. I was a Buy-and-Holder myself on the morning of May 13, 2002. I flipped on the evening of August 27, when John Greaney (the author of one of the discredited Old School SWR studies) threatened to kill my wife and children if I continued to “cross” him by posting honestly on the SWR topic and 200 of my fellow community members endorsed his position. Now that was an outlandish statement!

What that told me was that Buy-and-Hold is pure emotionalism, there is no true intellectual content to it, the intellectual content is there only to foster rationalization.

Intimidation Act #81: My Good Friend Jack Bogle Put Forward a Statement Indicating a Good Bit of Support for Valuation-Informed Indexing But Included a Crazy Claim That Valuation Changes Should Not Be More Than 15 Percent.

My Buy-and-Hold friends will no doubt take this the wrong way but I am convinced that Jack pulled that 15-percent-limit thing out of his backside. The research shows that the most likely 10-year annualized return in 1982 was 15 percent real. In 2000, it was a negative 1 percent real. An 80 percent stock allocation makes sense in the former case and a 20 percent stock allocation makes sense in the latter case. That’s a change of 60 percent, which is four times 15 percent. So Jack is off the mark only by a factor of 400 percent.

Am I making fun of my good friend Jack? I am.

Is that not what friends do in circumstances like this? Would Jack not prefer getting shaken out of his stupor to seeing his investing ideas cause an even deeper collapse of the U.S. economy?

I love Jack. I love him enough to want to shake him when he puts forward stupid ideas like this one about how investors should never change their stock allocations by more than 15 percent regardless of how high stock valuations go.

There is no limit. To know how much you need to change your stock allocation, you need to check how out of control prices are.

The limit is 100 percent. You probably shouldn’t lower your stock allocation by more than 100 percent except in extremely unusual circumstances.

I challenge anyone to provide us with the URL for a piece of peer-reviewed academic research supporting this crazy claim that allocation adjustments should be maxed at 15 percent.

Intimidation Act #82: Todd Tresidder Wrote a Great Article on the Errors in the Old School SWR Studies but Asked Me Not to Offer In-Depth Comments At His Site.

Todd called me on the phone and told me that he did not want to upset his readers by permitting me to provide too much background on the 12-year cover-up of the errors in the studies.

We have to come clean to move forward at a quick pace. All this pussyfooting around about the greatest act of financial fraud in U.S. history hurts everyone.

The prison sentences will be shorter if we come clean sooner. The financial liabilities will be smaller if we come clean sooner.

None of us can feel safe doing our best work until we come to possess confidence that honest posting is socially acceptable once again.

This is common sense. It is not the mistake that is killing us. It is the cover-up of the mistake that is killing us.

Intimidation Act #83: The Book The Myth of the Rational Market Does a Great Job of Describing the Mistake That Caused the Academic to Think Buy-and-Hold Could Work — But Fails to Describe the Strategy That Makes Sense (Valuation-Informed Indexing) Now That We Know That the Buy-and-Hold Concept Is Rooted in Error.

I sent Justin an e-mail describing Valuation-Informed Indexing but he did not write back.

Intimidation Act #84: Wade Pfau Told Me That “Your Comment About Mr. Bengen Causing Failed Retirements Is Too Harsh.”

Who worries about the millions of middle-class people who will be suffering failed retirements as a result of Bill’s mistake?

I don’t fault him for the mistake. I fault him for the cover-up of the mistake.

There are responsibilities that come into play when you elect to offer investment advice for money.

Is it really necessary that I say these things? Is the idea of high-paid professionals taking responsibility for their mistakes rather than covering them up really such a controversial notion?

How do people in this field think that middle-class people are going to react following the next crash, when they realize that much of their life savings is gone and won’t be coming back?

I like Bill Bengen, by the way. That’s one of the reasons why I have tried to help him out.

Intimidation Act #85: When Wade Pfau First Posted About Me at the Bogleheads Forum, He Employed Defamatory Language So That the Goons Who Posted There Would Like Him.

Wade apologized. But why did he feel a need to do this? He said that the board was “hostile.” Why? And why do so many otherwise good and smart people fail to do anything about it?

Why doesn’t my good friend Jack Bogle do something about it? His name is on the board. The hostile atmosphere reflects poorly on him, does it not?

Intimidation Act #86: Academic Researcher Wade Pfau Noticed That Taylor Larimore, the Co-Author of The Bogleheads Guide to Investing, was “Mischaracterizing Bogle’s Position” But Thought It Best to Keep His Mouth Shut About It.

Wade observed that: “Other people have already pointed it out to him and he doesn’t seem to care.”

 

Intimidation Act #88: After Wade Was Threatened and Flipped to the Dark Side, He Said: “Bennett Desperately Wants Someone Besides Him to Say That the Trinity Study Needs to Be Corrected, But I’ve Explained That This Isn’t How Research Works.”

It isn’t how things work in the investing research field in the Buy-and-Hold Era, that much is certainly clear at this point.

But why? What would happen if investing researchers acknowledged their mistakes when they discovered them? Would the idea that Buy-and-Hold strategies can work disappear from the face of the earth?

Yeah, that’s what I thing as well.

Intimidation Act #89: When Wade Presented Our Research at the Bogleheads Forum, Mel Linduaer Accused Him of “Data-Mining.”

Wade took offense at the time.

I believe that a big part of the explanation for why Wade later flipped to the dark side is that so few community members came to his defense when Linduaer came after him. It’s hard to imagine that Jack Bogle’s failure to speak up didn’t leave a particular mark.

Intimidation Act #90: Wade Sent FInancial Columnist Scott Burns (Who Popularized the Now-Discredited “4 Percent Rule”) His New School SWR Studies and Received a Polite Brushoff in Return.”

Intimidation Act #91: When the Goons Threatened to Send Defamatory E-Mails to Wade’s Employer in an Effort to Get Him Fired From His Job, He Did Not Report Them to the Police But Reacted in Fear, Thereby Empowering Them.”

This has got to be the low point.

I’ve said that before and been proven wrong.

But we cannot fall any lower than this, can we?

 

Intimidation Act #93:Wade Expressed a Fear That the Goons Would Send Hate E-Mails to the Editors of the Journal of Financial Planning But He Continued Posting at Discussion Boards Controlled by the Goons Without Telling People Reading His Words That These Were Corrupt Enterprises.

Intimidation Act #94: Wade Warned the Editor of the Journal of Finance Planning that the Goons Might Be Sending Hate Mail.

His concern was that he not do anything to “antagonize” the Goons.

It’s very important that we all be careful never to do anything to antagonize those Goons! They can get pretty darn grumpy when antagonized!

Intimidation Act #95: Wade Agreed to the Goons’ Demand that He Post the Following Words: “If I Did Lack Personal Integrity, I Could Have Made This All Stop by Saying the Meaningless Sentence You Want So Desperately to Hear — I Think the Errors in the Traditional Safe Withdrawal Rate Studies Must Be Corrected by Using Rob’s Analytically Valid Method.”

A bookkeeper can be fired for getting the numbers wrong in a company’s financial statements. But there is no need for researchers who get the numbers wildly wrong in retirement studies used by millions of middle-class people to plan their retirements to apologize for the errors and to correct them. In that case, it is better to cover things up. Makes sense!

Intimidation Act #96: A Community Member at the Bogleheads Forum Noted That the Research Paper That I Co-Authored With Wade “Refutes a Central Tenet of the Boglehead Investing Philosophy” But I Did Not Receive a “Thank You” Note from Jack Bogle Later That Day.”

The Goons who own the Bogleheads Forum deleted the comment.

 

Intimidation Act #98: The Peer Review Group That Rejected the Research Paper That Wade and I Co-Authored Gave a Reason for Rejecting It That Actually Argues for Publishing It, Saying: “The Elephant-in-the-Living-Room Question Is — What Is the Ultimate Criterion for One to Conclude With Confidence That One Strategy Is Better Than the Other?”

That’s a wonderful question. We can answer it effectively only by educating ourselves as to all the issues. We do this by holding a debate. And to be sure that the debate is informed, we need to have the top journals accepting for publication breakthrough research re these questions. How are we ever going to learn which strategy is better without talking about what the historical return data has to tell us on this question?

Intimidation Act #99: Academic Researcher Wade Pfau Wrote: “Now That I Am Accounting for Risk, I Am Even More Amazed by How Well Valuation-Informed Indexing Works…. Why Haven’t Academics Already Published Research About This?

Wade didn’t intend these words as an act of intimidation at the time he wrote them. But now that he knows the answer to his question, I think that it would be fair to say that any academics entertaining thoughts of doing honest research who come across these words will see the threat to their careers suggested in them.

Intimidation Act #87: Wade Pfau Said in Regard to a Comment by One of the Greaney Goons at the Bogleheads Forum That: “If You Can Get Over the Fact That He Compared You to the Potato Famine and the Black Plague, I Think You Can Find a Compliment Buried in His Remarks.”

Those who have read this far down merit some comic relief.

Intimidation Act #100: Academic Researcher Silenced by Threats to Get Him Fired From His Job After Reporting on Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing Strategies.

I’ve sent e-mails linking to this article to the 30,000 academic researchers listed in the Social Science Research Network database. What does it tell us that fewer than one in one-hundred sent back responses either asking questions or asking how they could help?

 

 

Intimidation Act #101: When Community Members at the Vanguard Diehards Board Complained About the Influx of Abusive Posters, I Explained How Linduaer Was Working With Greaney to Keep Honest Posting on the Last 33 Years of Academic Research Off the Board — Morningstar’s Response Was to Play Word Games and then to Threaten to Ban Me.

I explained to the Morningstar site administrator that: The Greaney supporters openly discuss tactics for disrupting Morningstar threads.… They Have taken comfort in the posts by Mel Linduaer.”

I also explained that: “A Poster Named “Galeno” [This was Greaney’s #1 supporter at the Motley Fool board] put forward threats of physical violence against me and that one was a threat to come to my house with a baseball bat to kill my wife and children.” 

Morningstar’s response e-mail said: “ “Consider this a formal warning.”

 

Intimidation Act #92: Wade Told Me That He Viewed It as “Unethical” of Me to Report on the Goon Threats to Destroy His Career and on How His E-Mail Correspondence WIth Me Showed That Those Threats Caused Him to Reverse His Public Position on Scores of Critically Important Investment-Related Topics (Including the Need for Corrections to the Old School SWR Studies.

Intimidation Act #104: The Owner of the Invest It Wisely Blog Went Out on a Limb and Said Publicly That In His Dealing With Me He Found Me to Be “Not Insane.”

I told him that I was going to use that as a blurb on the back cover of my book on investing. It’s been a long time since anyone has offered so kind an assessment of my work.

Please understand that it is not my intent here to take a dig at Kevin. I find these attempt at humor warm and helpful and humanizing. We need more of this sort of thing.

 

 

Filed Under: Intimidation of VII Advocates

The Stock Investing Advice That I’m Not Supposed to Tell You About — 101 Rarely Publicized Insights From the Academic Research of the Past 33 Years

December 5, 2019 By Rob

Stock Investing Advice Insight #1: Rebalancing Hurts as Often As It Helps.

To rebalance is to bring your stock allocation back to a level that you determined was right for someone with your risk tolerance. The mistake at the core of this idea is the belief that there is one stock allocation that is right for any one investor. Valuations affect long-term returns. So risk increases with increases in stock valuations. So an investor must change his stock allocation to keep his risk profile constant. Rebalancing back to some single predefined stock allocation does not make sense in a world in which valuations affect long-term return. Say that an investor was going with a stock allocation of 70 percent during a time when prices were insanely high and his proper stock allocation was 20 percent. If prices went further up, rebalancing would bring his stock allocation back down to 70 percent, which would be better than letting it rise higher. But if prices went down, rebalancing would bring his stock allocation back up to 70 percent, which is a negative for an investor who ideally would be going with a 20 percent stock allocation.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #2: You Don’t Have to Sacrifice Return to Lower Risk.

Buy-and-Holders teach that higher returns are paid to investors willing to take on added risk. Another way of saying it is that you must take on more risk to obtain the returns you need to secure a good retirement. But risk, like return, is not a constant. Stocks are more risky when prices are higher. For money invested at the prices that applied in 1982, the worst-case scenario for 10 years out was an annualized return of 8.5 percent real. Stocks are essentially a risk-free asset class when selling at those prices. Yet the returns obtained on stocks purchased at those prices are very appealing. In contrast, risk was sky-high in 2000 and super-safe asset classes like TIPS offered far higher long-term returns than stocks.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #3: The Proper Price Change Each Year Is an Increase of 6.5 Percent Real.

Stock investors are paid for lending their money out to the companies that make use of it to produce profits. The U.S. economy has been sufficiently productive for 140 years to support an annual increase in the price of stock of 6.5 percent real. So that’s the amount that the price of a broad stock index should increase each year. There should not be bigger increases in years when economic conditions are going well because those conditions are temporary and will soon be countered by years when economic conditions are poor. In fact, the foundation for future growth is often laid in recessions. The value of stocks is increasing in those years even if the profit statements don’t show it because changes that are made to the underlying businesses in recession years bring about the big profits enjoyed when the recession has passed. We should not let the crazy ups and downs of market prices influence our judgments as to what our shares are worth. The shares of a broad index fund increase by roughly 6.5 percent real per year in good times and bad.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #4: The Market Is Backward-Looking.

Buy-and-Holders often argue that the market is forward-looking, that it anticipates economic or political developments fated to take place in coming months. So, for example, market prices are said to rise months in advance of an economic recovery. The market is backward looking. There is a high correlation between the P/E10 level that applies today and the market price that will apply 10 years from today. The reason is that the gap between the current market price and the fair-value market prices always is in the process of closing over the long term. When stocks are selling at high prices that are gradually moving in the direction of fair-value prices, it is not because investors are anticipating developments that will justify high prices in coming days. It is because investors are emotionally attached to even higher prices that applied in earlier days and are looking backwards to those prices and wishing that they could apply again. Market prices change as investors make psychological adjustments to realities that they have been trying to ignore. Those realities are in the past, not the future. It is true that prices often rise in advance of an economic recovery. This is because economic recoveries often begin at times when stocks are insanely underpriced. When stocks are insanely underpriced, investors are ignoring realities that would naturally cause stocks to be priced higher than they are. As investors come to terms with the realities, they shake off the depression that caused prices to drop to such low levels and prices rise from sub-fair-value levels to fair-value levels. The rise from sub-fair-value prices to fair-value prices creates billions in spending power, which causes the general economy to improve. It is not that the investors are anticipating the recovery, it is that investors are coming to terms with a mistake (pricing stocks at lower than fair-value levels) that they made at an earlier time.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #5: Micro-Efficiency Is Real, Macro-Efficiency Is a Mirage.

There’s reason to believe in Micro-Efficiency. If one car-maker is priced inappropriately compared to another car-maker, people smart enough to see the pricing disparity can make money from it in a relatively short amount of time. In contrast, it’s not possible to make money from mispricings of the entire market without being willing to wait 10 years for the realities to be better reflected in prices. At times when the market is overpriced, it is likely that both Car-Maker A and Car-Maker B are overpriced. But so long as the investor can identify relative pricing disparities, he can profit from exploiting them in a reasonable short amount of time.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #6: Stock Price Changes Are Not Random But Cyclical.

Stock prices have followed the same pattern for 140 years now (that’s as far back as we have records). Looking only at the long-term trends and ignoring the short-term ones focused on so much in most media reports, the P/E10 gradually over time increases from a low of 8 (half of fair value) to a high of 25 or higher and then gradually over time drops again to a low of 8. We have seen this pattern repeat four times in those 140 years and there has never been a case in which it did not apply. It is a virtual mathematical impossibility that this is the result of coincidence. A model that posits that price changes are caused by unforeseen economic developments cannot explain this historical reality; price changes would be random in a market in which that was so. A belief that stock price changes are caused primarily by shifts in investor emotions explains the historical reality. Investors determine prices. Investors possess a Get Rich Quick impulse that causes them to prefer high prices. But investors always possess a Common-Sense Understanding that there is a limit to how high prices can rise. For so long as the Get Rich Quick impulse remains the dominant psychological reality, valuation levels increase over time. A crash results when the Common-Sense Understanding assumes dominance. The crash causes an economic collapse by subtracting huge amounts of buying power from the economy and then sends the P/E10 level down to one-half of fair value. At that point, the Common-Sense Understanding argues for an increase in prices, and the price increases now add buying power to the economy. After prices have recovered to fair-value levels, the Get Rich Quick urge asserts itself once again to send them even higher.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #7: Overvaluation Is Theft.

If you purchase $3,000 worth of stocks when they are overpriced by a factor of three (as they were in January 2000), you are purchasing $1,000 worth of an asset class that will provide a long-term income stream of 6.5 percent real and $2,000 worth of cotton-candy nothingness fated to be blown away in the wind in the course of the following 10 years. This is an act of theft. If you paid for $90 worth of groceries and only $30 worth of groceries were placed in your bag, no one would question that a theft had occurred. The only reason why we don’t see stock mispricing as theft is that Shiller did not publish his research showing that valuation affect long-term returns until 1981 and we have not yet incorporated the implications of this revolutionary insight into our thinking about how stock investing works.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #8:  We Need to Discourage Bull Markets to Stabilize the Economy.

Every time the P/E10 value has risen to 25, we have seen a price crash and an economic crisis in the years following. There has never been a single exception. And in every case, prices continued going down until we hit a P/E10 level of 8 (half of fair value). Why? Because the drop from a P/E10 value of 25 to a P/E10 value of 15 (fair value) takes trillions of dollars of spending power out of the economy. Investors no longer have money to buy goods and services. So tens of thousands of businesses fail. And millions of workers are left unemployed. An economy built on the Pretend Gains of a bull market is like a household living on credit-card debt. The money that permits us all to enjoy more goods and services in a bull market is being borrowed from our future selves.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #9: Buy-and-Holders Do Not Collectively Obtain the Average Long-Term Return of 6.5 Percent Real Over Their Investing Lifetimes.

The average long-term return on U.S. stocks is 6.5 percent real.  Buy-and-Holders believe that they will obtain that return. If the market were efficient, they would indeed obtain that return because price changes would be randomly distributed across their investing lifetimes. Shiller showed that valuations affect long-term returns and that the market is thus NOT efficient. If the market is not efficient, it is a logical impossibility that a Buy-and-Holder could obtain the average long-term return over the course of his investing lifetime. Say that stocks were insanely overpriced when the investor entered the market. He would obtain a low return on the stocks he purchased early in his lifetime and a high return on the stocks he purchased in later years (after the price crash caused by the overvaluation took place and the high returns that follow a crash kicked in). The years of high returns would not counter the years of low returns because of the compounding returns phenomenon. In this case the compounding returns phenomenon would be working in reverse. The investor would be suffering not only large nominal losses but decades of lost compounding on all the dollars lost. Now say that stocks were inanely underpriced when the investor entered the market. In this case, the investor would experience huge gains in the early years of his investing lifetime and would enjoy decades of compounding on those gains. All that is a plus. But much of the gains and compounding would be wiped out by the crash that would arrive later in his investing lifetime, when he would have accumulated much more wealth. Investors who lowered their stock allocations when prices were high and who increased their stock allocations when price were low (Valuation-Informed Indexers) would obviously earn oversized returns over their investing lifetimes. If one group of investors is earning returns far in excess of 6.5 percent real and the overall average return in 6.5 percent real, investors not in that group must be collectively earning returns lower than the 6.5 percent real average return.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #10: There Are Four Proofs of the Superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing Over Buy-and-Hold.

One, common sense tells us that price must matter when buying stocks because it matters when buying everything other than stocks. Two, there is now 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research (based on 140 years of historical return data) confirming what common sense tells us must be so. Three, the lead promoters of Buy-and-Hold have offered numerous acknowledgements of key Valuation-Informed Indexing principles that cannot be valid if the key Buy-and-Hold principles that conflict with them are valid. For example, John Bogle has said that Reversion to the Mean is an “Iron Law” of stock investing. If Reversion to the Mean is a reality, then stocks are more risky when prices are high and set to go down dramatically. If risk is something that varies with valuation changes, then an investor cannot maintain his proper risk profile unless he is willing to change his stock allocation in response to big shifts in valuations. Four, ordinary Buy-and-Hold investors become insanely emotional when faced with the findings of the past 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research in this field. If they possessed confidence in their strategy, it would not upset them to hear the case for Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #11: Stocks Are Often Less Risky Than Long-Term Certificates of Deposit.

Long-term Certificates of Deposit are not a risk-free asset classes. Inflation can spike over a five-year time-period, leaving the owner of long-term CDs in a bad place. Stocks have built-in inflation protection because the long-term average return of 6.5 percent real is an inflation-adjusted number. The other risk of stocks is the volatility risk. You could purchase stocks at a time when prices are falling and see losses rather than gains. However, this risk is greatly minimized for investors willing to consider valuations when setting their stock allocation and willing to hold 10 years (which gives time for the purchase-day valuation level to affect the return). The Stock-Return Predictor shows that there is only a 20 percent chance of obtaining an annualized return of less than 3.3 percent real on the purchase of a broad index fund made at a time when the P/E10 level is 14 (fair value).  Contrast that with the purchase of a CD paying less than 3 percent real. The CD purchase pays a lower return and contains inflation risk. The one big caveat is that the stocks must be held for 10 years for the “guaranteed” (by the 140 years of historical return data available to us today) to apply. At five years out, stocks really are a risky asset class.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #12: Index Funds Are an Entirely New Asset Class.

Index funds are not just a new way to buy stocks. They are an entirely new asset class. Valuation-Informed Indexing does not work for purchases of individual stocks. There are too many factors affecting the performance of a single company for returns to be predictable. With index funds, there is only one factor — valuations– that needs to be taken into consideration. When you purchase a broad index fund, you get a mix of companies with good management and poor management and a mix of companies with good product pipelines and poor product pipelines. So factors like that are immaterial to your results. You are going to obtain the average long-term return for U.S. stocks (6.5 percent real) on your index fund purchase, as adjusted for the valuation level that applies on the day the purchase is made. It is a logical impossibility for the mispricing of the index to be priced into the price that applies for it. So the investor must understand that the value proposition he obtains from the purchase must be adjusted for the P/E10 level that applies on the day of the purchase. But, once this factor is considered, the long-term return on an index fund becomes highly predictable. Asset classes that provide highly predictable returns are not risky. So index funds are not risky for investors who consider valuations. Yet index funds provide the high returns that have always been provided by stocks. Index funds are the first high-return/low-risk asset class.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #13: Valuation-Informed Indexers Can Generally Retire Five Years Sooner Than Buy-and-Holders.

The edge that Valuation-Informed Indexers hold over Buy-and-Holders varies. There is always an edge when things are viewed from a risk-adjusted perspective because the Valuation-Informed Indexer keeps his risk profile roughly stable (that is, he “Stays the Course” in a meaningful way) while the Buy-and-Hold permits his risk profile to go wildly out of whack both at times of high prices and low prices. But the particular returns sequence that will pop up in any time-period is unknown. You could do the right thing from a risk perspective and end up with poor results just as a careful driver can end up in a terrible accident on a day when a drunk driver managed to beat the odd and get home safely.

The Investor’s Scenario Surfer lets us compare the results obtained over 30-year time-periods for Valuation-Informed Indexers with those obtained by Buy-and-Holders. My experience with the calculator has been that Valuation-Informed Indexers obtain better results in roughly 90 percent of the tests. In many cases, the VII portfolio greatly overperforms . I have seen numerous cases in which the dollar value of the VII portfolio is more than double the value of the Buy-and-Hold portfolio (please understand that’s not typical). In the small number of cases in which the Buy-and-Hold portfolio is larger, it is usually larger only by a small amount. I believe based on the testing that I have done that in most cases the VII investor will be able to retire five years sooner than the BH investor. In some cases, the differential will be a bit less. In other cases, the differential will be greater. In a few cases, it will be very much greater.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #14: There Is Zero Evidence Either That Long-Term Timing Does Not Work Or Is Not Required.

The idea that long-term timing might not work is the result of a hasty conclusion reached when University of Chicago Economics Professor Eugene Fama discovered in 1965 that short-term timing doesn’t work. Valuation-Informed Indexing was not an option in those days because index funds were not yet available. So, when people talked about market timing in those days, they were talking about short-term market timing. Fama jumped to the hasty conclusion that his finding that short-term timing doesn’t work was really a finding that no form of timing works. Timing became an option when Bogle founded Vanguard and not long after (in 1981) Shiller published research showing that long-term timing always works (if valuations affect long-term returns, it is a logical impossibility that long-term timing would not work).

The industry has already spent millions promoting the Buy-and-Hold concept, which is rooted in the idea that timing doesn’t work, and thousands of investing professional had built careers rooted in the idea that timing doesn’t work. So Shiller’s findings were ignored. For a long time, it didn’t matter because prices were insanely low in 1981 and did not rise to the dangerous level until 1996. The slow-leak crash that began in 2000 did not trouble investors who had earned large amounts of Pretend Gains through their reliance on Buy-and-Hold strategies and who gave Buy-and-Hold credit for those gains. Serious questioning of Buy-and-Hold did not begin until the 2008 price crash and the economic crisis that inevitably followed from it. By this time, the industry professionals were suffering cognitive dissonance re their failure to explore the implications of Shiller’s findings for several decades. It became an extremely sensitive matter to mention that the entire historical record shows that long-term timing works and is required for those seeking to have a realistic shot at long-term investing success.

Any lingering doubt re this question was removed when Academic Researcher Wade Pfau and I co-authored our research showing that investors who engage in long-term timing thereby reduce the risk of stock investing by 70 percent.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #15: Anyone Who Invests All of His or Her Money Is “Fully Invested” Regardless of the Asset Classes In Which He or She Is Invested.

It is often said that those who are holding their money in CDs or money market accounts or TIPS or IBonds are not “fully invested.” This way of speaking reveals a bias in favor of stocks and bonds on the part of the investing professionals who make more money when people are persuaded to buy stocks and bonds but in no way reflects any research-based reality. TIPS and IBonds were paying a return of 4 percent real in January 2000, when the most likely annualized 10-year return on stocks was a negative 1 percent real. Investors who were fully invested in asset classes other than stocks and bonds at that time earned enough of a differential over those who followed the “expert” advice to retire many years earlier. They earned a differential of 5 percent real on average for each of the following ten years. The total differential is 50 percent of the starting-point portfolio value. For someone with a portfolio of $500,000, that’s a differential of $250,000. TIPS and IBonds (and CDs in some circumstances) can be amazing asset classes.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #16: The Corruption of The Stock-Selling Industry Is Widely Known and Widely Ignored.

Brett Arends wrote in the Wall Street Journal that: “For years, the investment industry has tried to scare clients into staying fully invested in the stock market at all times, no matter how high stocks go…. It’s hooey…. They’re leaving out more than half the story…. Anyone who followed the numbers would have avoided the disaster of the 1970s or the past lost decade on Wall Street…. I wonder how many stayed fully invested because their brokers told them ‘you can’t time the market.’ Just about everyone in this field reads the Wall Street Journal. So every investing professional who to this day still promotes Buy-and-Hold strategies either has long known of the dangers of the strategy or at least could have known just by doing his ordinary, daily reading with an open mind.

The Arends article did not go viral. A Google search shows that it generated few mentions by those who had been relentlessly pushing the Buy-and-Hold idea for decades.  So just about everyone knows the realities on some level of consciousness. And just about everyone pretends that he does not know them.

In fairness, cognitive dissonance is a real thing. People in this field know that their careers will be destroyed if they challenge Buy-and-Hold by publicly exploring the implications of the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that it can never produce good results for a single long-term investor.

It is my belief that most experts keep quiet about this because they fear the lawsuits that will follow from investors who lost large sums of their retirement money as a result of the relentless promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies. People were afraid to speak up during the bull market because their clients were counting on the phony bull-market gains to finance their retirements and any professional who took a strong research-based stand would likely have found himself looking for another line of work. Now that the bull market is over and we are paying the price for those years of promotion of the ultimate Get Rich Quick strategy, people area afraid to explain to their customers why they are in the process of losing such money because they may be held financially liable for the losses they caused.

What a mess!

Stock Investing Advice Insight #17: Long-Term Market Timing Is the Means by Which Investors Exercise Price Discipline.

Fama is right that investors should act in their self-interests and that a market in which investors act in their self-interests would always price stocks properly.

The factor he missed is how mistaken conclusion (based on his finding that short-term timing does not work) that long-term market timing (changing your stock allocation in response to big valuation shifts with the understanding that you may not see a payoff for as long as 10 years) is not required.

Price discipline is the magic that makes markets work. A car dealer makes the case for a high price for a car and the potential customer makes the case for a low price and the market finds the proper middle ground as a result of millions of these batters. These battles would take place in the stock market if investors understood that the value proposition offered by stocks declines as prices increase. But the industry imposes harsh penalties on those who try to educate investors as to the realities. So investors are for the most part uninformed as to how to act in their own best interests. Lacking price discipline, the stock market has become dysfunctional.

An efficient market is a market in which all investors have access to tools like The Stock-Return Predictor, tools that help them distinguish the circumstances in which stocks are worth buying from the circumtances in which other asset classes offer a stronger long-term value proposition.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #18: Valuations Matter More for indexers Than They Do for Stock Pickers.

There are always some stocks that offer a strong long-term value proposition, even at times when the market as a whole is insanely overpriced. So effective stock pickers can succeed going with high stock allocations at times of high stocks prices (although it is harder for them to succeed at times of high prices than it is at times of low prices).

Indexers obtain the market return, and, at times of high prices, the market return is poor. So it it imperative that indexers take price into consideration when setting their stock allocations.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #19: John Bogle’s Claim that Investors Do Not Need to Reduce Their Stock Allocations By More Than 15 Percent at Times of Insane Overvaluation Is Not Supported by the Academic Research.

The most likely annualized 10-year return for stocks when they are priced as they were in 1982 is 15 percent real. When stocks are priced as they were in 2000, the number is a negative 1 percent real. A stock allocation of 80 percent makes sense in the former situation. A stock allocation of 20 percent makes sense in the latter situation. That’s a difference of 60 percentage points. Bogle’s number is off the mark by 400 percent. Bogle’s number is not the product of research. I don’t think that it would be too unfair to speculate that it is the product of a memo from the marketing department at Vanguard.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #20: The Risks of Deviations from Buy-and-Hold Are Felt by Financial Planners, Not Investors.

I applaud Maryland Financial Planner Michael Kitces for having the courage to report on this one at his blog. Buy-and-Holders often try to plant the idea in people’s heads that there is one stock allocation that represents neutral ground for a particular investor and that taking any deviation from that neutral ground constitutes taking a risk. This would be so if the market were efficient. Now that we know that valuations affect long-term returns, we also know that risk is a variable, not a constant. So it is the investor who refuses to make an allocation change when one is called for who is taking on added risk.

To adopt a Buy-and-Hold strategy is the riskiest choice of all. An investor who sticks with a stock allocation that makes sense at times of high valuations at all times is going with an inappropriate stock allocation at times of low and moderate valuations. An investor who sticks with a stock allocation that makes sense at times of moderate valuations at all times is going with an inappropriate stock allocation at times of high and low valuations. And an investor who sticks with a stock allocation that makes sense at times of low valuations is going with an inappropriate stock allocation at times of moderate and high valuations. That is, all Buy-and-Holders go with inappropriate stock allocations for roughly two-thirds of their investing lifetimes. Getting the most important element of the investing project wrong two-thirds of the time causes huge losses.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #21: Buy-and-Hold Is Rational Man Economics Applied to the Stock Market.

The flaws of Rational Man Economics have been known for a long time. The theory has stayed around because no one believes in the concept fully enough to stake his or her life on it. Practical people building businesses that generate profits go with what works, not with some theory promoted by some economist.

The problem with Buy-and-Hold is that it can appear to work for a long time. Buy-and-Hold was popularized by the book A Random Walk Down Wall Street, published in 1974. Prices were low at the time. So any strategy that called for a high stock allocation would have worked well. Buy-and-Hold was the new thing, so Buy-and-Hold got the credit. And it wasn’t until the 2008 crash that people began to question whether this idea of ignoring price when setting one’s stock allocation made sense or not.

So long as Rational Man Economics was just something that professors talked about, it could only do so much harm. When the terribly flawed idea became the core of an investing strategy taught to millions, it became truly dangerous. Investors are not rational. There has never been any reason to believe they were. It was just a silly theory. But people lost sight of that when they saw Buy-and-Holders obtaining good returns. People thought there must really be something to it or they wouldn’t hear so many people singing its praises. But there was never anything real about Buy-and-Hold. From 1965 through 1980, it was just an untested theory. From 1981 forward, it was a discredited theory.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #22: Buy-and-Hold Is Not Science Because It Cannot Be Disproven.

How would you go about disproving Buy-and-Hold? There has never been any proof offered for it. So there is nothing to disprove. Trying to do battle with the core premises of Buy-and-Hold is like trying to do battle with a ghost.

The core premise is that timing doesn’t work. Academic Researcher Wade Pfau (he holds a Ph.D. from Princeton) searched and searcher and never found a single study showing that there ever might be circumstances in which long-term timing might not work or might not be required. Wade was so amazed at what he discovered that he went to the Bogleheads Forum and asked if anyone there knew of a study that supported the foundational idea of the Buy-and-Hold strategy (that long-term timing is not required). John Bogle wasn’t able to provide the URL for a single study. Bill Bernstein wasn’t able to provide the URL for a single study. Larry Swedroe wasn’t able to provide the URL for a single study. Rick Ferri wasn’t able to provide the URL for a single study.

I wonder why.

Stock Investing Advice #23: The “Experts” Who Recommend Buy-and-Hold Strategies Are Suffering From Cognitive Dissonance.

I am often asked whether the reason why so many experts recommend Buy-and-Hold 33 years after it was discredited by the peer-reviewed academic research is that they are taking part in a grand conspiracy. That does not appear to me to be the case. I have challenged Buy-and-Hold in many places over the past 12 years and the reactions that I have seen suggest cognitive dissonance, not a conspiracy. Cognitive dissonance is a real phenomenon. It takes place when someone learns something that for emotional reasons he cannot accept as true. Investing professionals were very excited by Buy-and-Hold. When it seemed to be producing good results, they became convinced that it really works. To acknowledge that it does not work requires these professionals to accept that they are not as smart as they like to think they are, that they gave bad investing advice for many years, that they hurt the clients they were trying to help. These people are in emotional pain.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #24: The Biggest Downside of Valuation-Informed Indexing Is That It Will Not Work for Investors Who Do Not Possess a Clear Understanding of It Because Return Prediction Do Not Work in Time-Periods of Less Than 10 Years.

This is why I say that we need to open every investing discussion-board and blog to honest posting on the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years. People need to hear the message repeated over and over again to “get” it on a deep level.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #25: Extreme Allocation Percentages (Above 80 Percent or Below 20 Percent) Are Generally Not a Good Idea Because Prices Can Go Up for Several Years After Reaching High Levels or Can Go Down for Several Years After Reaching Low Levels.

Valuation-Informed Indexing is a long-term strategy. You don’t want to experience intense feelings of regret in the short term because those feelings may undermine your ability to stick to your long-term plan.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #26: The Promotion of Buy-and-Hold Strategies Was the Primary Cause of the Economic Crisis.

Stock were overpriced by $12 trillion in 2000. Shiller showed that overpricing disappears over the course of about ten years of time. So those who understand Shiller’s research knew that $12 trillion in spending power would be leaving our economy by the end of the first decade of the 21st Century. When $12 trillion of spending power is lost, tens of thousands of businesses fold and millions of workers are left jobless.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #27: The Second Great Depression Will Not Last Long.

Buy-and-Hold strategies have become popular four times in U.S. history (the early 1900s, the late 1920s, the mid-1960s and the late 1990s) and we have seen four economic crises follow in the wake of the out-of-control bull markets that were produced by a widespread belief in the idea that the price at which stocks are selling does not affect the value proposition that they provide. But there is a big difference that applies to this fourth economic crisis (which is about halfway completed in February 2014, when these words were written). This is the first time that we have available to us 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research teaching us the realities of stock investing.

We have not been able to take advantage of this research for so long as the most widespread case of cognitive dissonance in history has been clouding our thinking. But the onset of the Second Great Depression will sober us up.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #28: Stock Are Priced Today (February 2014) for a 65 Percent Price Drop.

Every secular bear market in U.S. history (we are today living through the fourth of these) ended with a P/E10 value of 8 or lower. Today’s P/E10 value is 25. So we should be expecting a price drop of about 65 percent something within the next few years. These things cannot be predicted with precision. It could be that the price drop will only be 50 percent. But the odds that it will be 80 percent are as good as the odds that it will be 50 percent. Our default expectation should be that the price drop will be 65 percent.

Such a price drop is insane. A P/E10 value of 8 is as crazy on the low side as a P/E10 value of 44 is crazy on the high side. Prices drop so low because the economic crises brought on when prices drop from insane highs and trillions of dollars of spending power disappears from the economy cause investors to become depressed about their futures and to hate stocks (even Buy-and-Holders realize on some level of consciousness that it does not make sense and that it causes crashes and economic crises). Emotional extremes in one direction beget emotional extremes in the other direction.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #29: Retirees Should Not Necessarily Be Afraid to Invest Heavily in Stocks.

Retirees need to be take a more cautious approach to investing than those who are in the early years of funding their retirements. But we now know that stock investing risk is not stable, that stocks are more risky when valuation levels are high. There’s less risk in a stock allocation of 80 percent employed when the P/E10 level is 8 than there is in a stock allocation of 50 percent when the P/E10 level is 26. And there is a downside associated with a retiree’s decision to go with a low stock allocation. Other asset classes might not provide the growth needed to cover unexpected increases in the retiree’s costs of living.

Retirees should be more concerned about risk. That part of the conventional wisdom stands up to scrutiny. But there are times when the risk associated with stock investing is sufficiently low and the likely return is sufficiently high that even retirees should consider going with moderate or even somewhat high stock allocations.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #30: The Correlation Between P/E10 Values and Long-Term Returns Is Stronger Than Most Realize.

At 20 years out, the R-Squared percentage is 63 percent. That’s a strong correlation.

But the reality is that there is not a 37 percent chance that the P/E10 value will cause you to make a bad allocation decision. If a high P/E10 value is causing you to go with a low stock allocation, there is a 19 percent (half of 37 percent) chance that the P/E10-based return prediction will be too high and a 19 percent chance that it will be too low. You are not hurt if the P/E10-based return prediction is too low (since you are protected by your low stock allocation in either event), only if it is too high. So the risk of a bad prediction is only 19 percent, not 37 percent.

Also, we should not expect perfect predictions to be possible under the theory that underlies the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept. The theory is that short-term predictions do not work, only long-term predictions work. If the R-Squaed percentage were 100 percent, that would disprove the VII concept because both short-term and long-term predictions would be working. An R-Squared percentage of 65 percent is just about what you would expect to see if the Valuation-Informed Indexing Model does a perfect job of explaining how stock investing works.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #31: The Fair-Value P/E10 Level Is Somewhere Between 14 and 16.

Shiller uses “16” as the number. This is not the number you get when you use the entire historical record to determine it. Shiller uses only the data from the 1920s forward. He argues that the fair-value P/E10 level has permanently risen to a higher level in recent times.

John Walter Russell used “14” a the number. John believed in using the entire historical record available to us, data going back to 1870. Russell also pointed out that stocks are priced for a huge crash and that the crash will pull down the historical average. Numbers taken from a time when we are working our way through an out-of-control bull market are always off the mark.

I go with “15.” I do this mostly because it is the mid-point between Shiller’s “16” and Russell’s “14.” Alao, it is a nice round number. None of the numbers we use are accurate to a high level of precision. Valuation-Informed Indexing is a model that aims to get things roughly right, a goal rooted in an understanding that it is the worst of all worlds to develop a dogmatic confidence in numbers that are precise but also wildly wrong.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #32: The Buy-and-Hold Model and the Valuation-Informed Indexing Model Cannot Be Reconciled.

The Buy-and-Hold Model logically follows from a belief that the market is efficient. If the market is efficient, risk is stable and returns are not predictable. So an investor needs to determine whether stocks are a good investment choice on an overall basis. Stocks are a wonderful investment choice on an overall basis. Thus, the sensible thing is to choose a high stock allocation and to stick to it.

The Valuation-Informed Indexing Model logically follows from a belief that valuations affect long-term returns. If valuations affect long-term returns, risk is variable and returns are predictable. So an investor needs to determine whether stocks offer a stronger long-term value proposition than the virtually risk-free asset classes and to purchase stocks only to the extent that the value proposition offered by them justifies the purchase. No one would dream of purchasing a money market account that was paying a negative return. No one should dream of purchasing stocks when they are priced to pay a negative long-term return either. The sensible thing to do is to determine the value proposition offered by stocks, compare it to the value propositions offered by risk-free asset classes, and set one’s stock allocation accordingly.

Most of today’s investors are seeking a middle-ground between the two models. Few investors believe that the market is efficient. Most acknowledge that valuations matter. But investors are afraid to use the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research for guidance on where to set their stock allocations. The “experts” argue with great intensity that long-term market timing (which is really just price discipline going by another name) is a mortal sin of stock investing. Most investors are intimidated by the experts, who they presume must know what they are talking about. So most of today’s investors are okay with lowering their stock allocations by a small amount when prices are insanely high but are upset to hear how much the past 33 years of research say that they should be lowering their allocations.

This is an either/or situation. If Buy-and-Hold works, Valuation-Informed Indexing is nonsense. If Valuation-Informed Indexing works, Buy-and-Hold is nonsense. Either the market is efficient or valuations affect long-term returns, it is not possible that both things are so. Getting your stock allocation right is 80 percent of what it takes to be a successful long-term investor. So investors who make the wrong choice of investing model are doomed; it is almost impossible to imagine circumstances in which they will obtain good results in the long term, even if they get every other element of the investing project right. In contrast, investors who choose the right model (that’s Valuation-Informed Indexing!) are almost certain to do well, even if they happen to get every other element of the investing project wrong.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #33: We Need a New Kind of Investment Research.

Most investment research is numbers-oriented. There’s value in that. But numbers-oriented research can never tell the entire story.

Starting on May 13, 2002, when I pointed out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies, I have seen hundreds of thousands of 100 percent inappropriate acts and comments advanced by Buy-and-Holders. Buy-and-Holders are in great emotional pain. They have staked their lives on the validity of the Buy-and-Hold Model but they lack confidence in it. We should be seeing research that reports on the emotionalism of the Buy-and-Hold strategy. The fact that this strategy causes its followers to experience such an insane level of emotionalism is a strong count against it. Emotional investors are not able to stick with their strategies for the long term.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #34: There Are at Least Nine Different Ways to Implement a Valuation-Informed Indexing Strategy.

You can follow a cliff approach in which you go with a high stock allocation when the P/E10 level is 20 or less. Or you can go with the split recommended by Benjamin Graham that calls for a 75 percent stock allocation when valuations are low and a 50 percent stock allocation when valuations are moderate and a 25 percent allocation when valuations are high. Or you can go with a 90/60/30 split. If you want to limit the number of allocation change you make, you can follow a latching strategy in which you change back to an old allocation only when the P/E10 level that ordinarily would call for a switch to that allocation level is surpassed by several points of P/E10 value. Or you can follow a gradualist approach in which you lower your stock allocation a tiny bit with each change in the P/E10 value (checking the P/E10 value once a year).

Stock Investing Advice Insight #35: Gradual Allocation Shifts Make the Most Sense.

The most theoretically pure way to go is to check the P/E10 level once a year and make a small allocation change in response to any small change in the P/E10 value.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #36: One Allocation Change Every Ten Years on Average Gets the Job Done.

If you feel uncomfortable making allocation changes, you can do fine making only one allocation change every 10 years or so on average. Prices were low or moderate from 1982 through 1996. So you could have stuck with that same allocation for that 14-year time-period. Prices were high from early 1996 through today (February 2014). So you could have stuck with the same stock allocation for that 18-year time-period. Prices were moderate for a few months in early 2009. You could have increased your stock allocation for those few months or you could have elected not to do so. Either choice works out fine in the long run, according to the research.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #37: There Is Never a Need to Make Hasty Allocation Shifts.

P/E10 levels rarely change dramatically in a short amount of time. If you prefer to make changes only at the beginning of each new year, that is fine. You don’t have to worry that you will miss out on opportunities if prices change quickly. They rarely do. And when they do, they usually flip back to where they were prior to the change. For example, valuations went to fair-value levels for only a short amount of time in early 2009. You could have taken advantage of that change and did well by lowering your stock allocation again when prices again rose to insanely high levels. But there was a risk attached to doing that. It was entirely possible that prices could have fallen to insanely low levels rather than heading back up to insanely high levels. You could have been stuck with a loss for a number of years. You didn’t miss out on anything by failing to increase your stock allocation when prices were at moderate levels. Prices always drop to one-half of fair value at the end of a secular bear market. So there will be another chance to take advantage of moderate and even low valuation levels in the not-too-distant future.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #38: Wall Street Would Make Larger Profits If We Made the Shift to Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Many people argue that the reason why the Wall Street Con Men will not tolerate honest posting on the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research is that they are in the business of  selling stocks and any industry would like to be able to trick consumers into believing that its product is worth buying at any price. There is no doubt some truth to that but it seems unlikely to me that that is the primary explanation of the problem. Buy-and-Hold has caused an economic crisis on each of the four times it has become popular. Economic crises hurt Wall Street. Price crashes scare people away from stocks. There is more than just the direct money-making angle going on here.

The more convincing explanation is that the Buy-and-Hold Pioneers were truly excited about their model when they developed it. They thought it was going to work and built their careers around promotion of Buy-and-Hold. Now they are concerned that they will be sued by their customers and by their readers if they acknowledge that there is 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is precisely zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for even a single long-term investors. In extreme cases (cases in which Wall Street Con Men have posted in “defense” of Mel Linduaer and John Greaney), there is the potential of prison terms (financial fraud is a felony and the 12-year cover-up of the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies is the biggest case of financial fraud in U.S. history — it makes the fraud committed by Bernie Madoff look like a drop of water in the Atlantic Ocean in comparison).

We should be looking at legislation to provide a partial amnesty to those who have advocated Buy-and-Hold despite knowing about the three decades of research showing that it cannot work. For the country’s sake, we need to move on. There is a need for justice here but there is also a need for mercy. Many of the Wall Street Con Men have shown that they very much want to be able to do honest work once again but feel that in today’s climate the price for telling the truth about what the research says (destruction of their careers) is just too high a price to pay.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #39: A Social Taboo Against Hurting the Feelings of Buy-and-Holders Restrains the Efforts of Valuation-Informed Indexing Advocates to Share the Word About The Wonderful Breakthroughs We Have Achieved.

The question of greatest importance to people who read investing guides is “How should I invest my money?” Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller devoted all of two paragraphs of his book Irrational Exuberance to this question. And Shiller pulls his punches all the time. He predicted the 2008 economic crisis in his book. But when the crisis he knew Buy-and-Hold would cause arrived, he failed to speak up when others offered other explanations for the crisis. Human are social creatures. We hate to hurt the feelings of the Buy-and-Holders by commenting honestly on what the last 33 years of research says. Ironically, we hurt the Buy-and-Holders by holding back. When they don’t hear regular criticisms of Buy-and-Hold, they reach the understandable but false conclusion that there might be something to it.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #40: Buy-and-Hold Is Popular Because of the $12 Trillion in Pretend Money It Created.

The stock market was overpriced by $12 trillion at the top of the bull market. That’s why Buy-and-Hold is popular, not because it possesses any intellectual merit. Any strategy that puts $12 trillion in people’s hands (even temporarily) is going win advocates. And those advocates are going to be defensive in response to research-based challenges to their beliefs because anyone with common sense knows that bull market gains are not real (is there anyone who believes that an economy the size of the U.S. economy could grow by 30 percent in a single year? — We have had stock market gains that large.) For our economic system to be stabilized, we must stop bull markets before they get out of control. The obvious way to do that is to provide millions of middle-class investors with tools like The Stock-Return Predictor that show them with numbers that stocks offer a poor long-term value proposition when insanely overpriced.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #41: During a Bull Market, the Stock Market Become a Respectable Ponzi Scheme.

Shiller pointed out in his book that, given that all the conditions for a Ponzi Scheme are present, the burden of proof should be on those who argue that the stock market does not become a Ponzi Scheme during a bull market.  Shiller’s point is so rarely reported that a supporter of mine told me that he thought I was going too far when I described the stock market as a Ponzi Scheme and demanded that I provide details of where Shiller aid this (he was satisfied when I did so). The thing that makes the stock market such a dangerous Ponzi scheme is that respectable people invest in stocks during bull markets. Millions of people who in ordinary circumstances would want nothing to do with a Ponzi Scheme see that their friends and neighbor and co-workers are investing their retirement money in stocks and that even “experts” say that there is no need for investors to lower their stock allocations when prices reach insanely dangerous levels, and conclude that they must be confused, that the stock market is for some reason that they are not able to understand an acceptable investing choice even in an out-of-control bull market.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #42: Long-Term Stock Price Predictions Work Because There Is No Need to See Into the Future to Make Them.

All of the information needed to make a long-term stock price prediction is in place on the day the prediction is made: (1) the current P/E10 level; and (2) the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that prices always revert to the mean. If you  buy stocks when the P/E10 level is 44 and stocks are always in the long term moving in the direction of a P/E10 level of 15, you are obviously making a dangerous investing choice. Valuation-based, long-term stock price predictions always work because all the things that need to happen for the prediction to come true have already taken place.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #43: The Long-Term Average Return of 6.5 Percent Real Is Not a Lock for the Future But It Is Unlikely that the Average Return Will Change Dramatically in an Advanced Economy.

The return predictions used by Valuation-Informed Indexers are rooted in a belief that the long-term average return of 6.5 percent real will continue to apply. That is certainly not a luck. But it is unlikely in an advanced economy that the long-term average return will change dramatically. Those who think our best days are behind us should adjust the numbers down a bit. Those who think we are about to enter our golden age should adjust the numbers up a bit.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #44: The Reason Why the Stock Market Does Not Behave Like Other Markets (Which Do a Better Job of Setting Prices Properly) Is That Buyers of Stocks Root for High Prices.

People who have not yet reached retirement age and thus are buying stocks regularly rather than selling them should be rooting for price drops. Buyers benefit from low prices and any artificial price drops will of course be countered by artificial price rises in later years, when those who today are buying stocks may have retired and may be selling them. It is this strange psychological reality of the stock market that makes it inefficient. If investors could come to appreciate their true self-interest (aided by the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research and the regular reiteration of its lessons by experts in the field), the market could well become efficient.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #45: The Market Longs to Be Efficient But Cannot Achieve This Goal Until the Human Investors Who Comprise It Are Educated As to How to Pursue Their Own Self-Interests in Their Investing Choices.

People often ask me why I focus on the Ban on Honest Posting. It is because this is the entire problem. We want to invest effectively. But we cannot do so until we are educated as to the realities. And we cannot become educated a to the realities until experts in the field feel free to report honestly on what the peer-reviewed academic research in this field teaches us. The Buy-and-Hold Mafia must be broken for millions of middle-class investors to learn how to finance their retirements successfully.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #46: There Is No Danger that the Benefits of Valuation-Informed Indexing Will Disappear Once Large Numbers of Investors Become Aware of Them.

Valuation-Informed Indexing is the product of an advance in our understanding of how stock investing works. It is not a gimmick. Its benefits do not disappear once large numbers of investors become aware of them. If every investor practiced Valuation-Informed Indexing, that would be the best thing that could happen for all of us. We could no longer earn the outsized returns available to us when prices are low but we would also no longer need to lower our participation in the stock market when prices are high. If all investors practiced Valuation-Informed Indexing, valuations would be stable and we would no longer see bull markets or bear markets or price crashes or economic crises. We would continue to earn the great returns long associated with stocks but risk would be virtually eliminated.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #47:  Federal Reserve Interventions Cannot Prop Up Stock Prices Indefinitely.

A key principle of Valuation-Informed Indexing is that humans are capable of believing in two opposite ideas at the same time. Alcoholics know that they have a drinking problem even while they adamantly deny this in their public statements. A spouse who has been growing more inclined to divorce his or her spouse for years can put on a show of happiness in public and to some extent believe in that show of happiness himself or herself. So it is with stock investors. We know that bull markets always end badly. But we silence the voice of concern within us so that we can participate in the fun. But that inner voice alway remains present and grows stronger as the irresponsibility continues. Federal Reserve efforts to prop up stock prices cannot indefinitely quiet the inner voices of millions of investors. When the inner voice is temporarily denied, it becomes stronger. So Federal Reserve efforts to prop up stock prices, while well-intentioned, usually create more problems than they solve.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #48: Behavioral Finance Hasn’t Amounted to Much Yet.

Please identify one way in which how people invest in stocks has changed as a result of Shiler’s “revolutionary” [this word comes from the subtitle of his book] insights. There are none. Behavioral Finance is the future of investing analysis. But until prices crash to levels below fair value, Buy-and-Hold will remain dominant because most investors want to continue to believe in their Get Rich Quick fantasies and will lash out at any “experts” citing the findings of the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research. Behavioral Finance advocates have much to offer. But they will not be able to do practical good for real people until they work up the courage to stand up to the Buy-and-Hold advocates and point out in clear and direct and firm language where they have gotten things wrong. It is not charitable to hold off on doing this. The Buy-and-Hold advocates deep in their hearts want to do good for people. They will not become liberated to do so until they have heard their beliefs questioned often enough to lose confidence in them. We should be trying to convert Buy-and-Holders to the first true research-based strategy, not enabling them to continue down a path that destroys both them and their clients/readers.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #49: There Would Be No Price Crashes in an Efficient Market.

Crashes do not make logical sene. They DO make emotional sense. Humans often deny their emotions until they cannot stand to do so anymore and then those emotions come out in an explosive manner. Stock markets crash because investors deny their concerns over bull-market prices until they cannot bear to do so anymore. Crashes will disappear once we become more self-aware.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #50:Investors Collectively Know How Overvalued Stocks Are Without Needing to Check the P/E10 Level.

To understand this one, you will need to read the book The Wisdom of Crowds. The book shows that communities of people are better at deciphering realities than even the smartest members of those communities. Investors don’t pull stock prices in the direction of fair value because they check the P/E10 value and engage in intentional efforts to pull prices in that direction. This sort of “planning” goes on at a level of consciousness of which the investors themselves are not aware. We know when prices have gotten out of hand in the way that we know that a job that we once loved is no longer right for us. The groundwork for the conclusion is laid gradually. At some point, it appears to us as an obvious and settled truth. When it becomes an obvious and settled truth that stock prices must crash, there is nothing that anyone can say to restore confidence in the market.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #51: Two-Thirds of Investment Advisors Don’t Believe That Valuations Need to Be Considered At All.

When it comes to investing analysis, we are living in the Dark Ages.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #52: The Long-Awaited Acknowledgment of the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies Is Only a Good First Step in the Right Direction.

We still need to see: (1) Corrections of the discredited studies; (2) Promotion of the New School studies and calculators; (3) Examination of why the errors were made; (4) Examination of why it took 10 years for the errors to be acknowledged by the “expert”: (5) Announcement of a plan to compensate the million of investors who were done harm both by the errors in the studies and by the long cover-up of the errors in the studies; and (6) Exploration of whether similar errors were made in other areas (they were). Getting the “experts” in this field to acknowledge mistakes is a difficult and frustrating business. That needs to change. There are responsibilities that follow from putting oneself forward as an investing expert.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #53:  Using a Variable Withdrawal Rate Is No Advance Over Using a Fixed One.

The variable-withdrawal approach does not tell the retiree in advance what sort of living standard he will enjoy in retirement. That’s not a step forwards. It’s a step backwards. Retirees seeking to plan successful retirements need to know in advance how much they are going to be able to spend in the remaining years of their lives.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #54: Stocks Will Be Insanely Overpriced and Insanely Underpriced at Least Once in Every Investing Lifetime.

We saw P/E10 values of 25 or higher in the early 1900, the late 1920s, the mid-1960s and the late 1990s. We saw P/E10 values of 8 or lower at the bottom of the secular bear markets that followed. It is how an investor acts at these extreme highs and lows that determine whether his or her lifetime investing career is a successful one or not.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #55: The Same P/E10 Level Can Mean Different Things in Different Circumstances.

A P/E10 level of 20 is the beginning of the danger zone.But it is possible to remain heavily invested in stocks when hitting a P/E10 level on the way up and still to enjoy good returns for a number of years. It is less likely for that to happen when you see a P/E10 level of 20 on the way down as secular downward movements are faster and are not exhausted until we hit a P/E10 level of 8.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #56: P/E10 Matters As Much at Moderate Levels As It Does at Extreme Levels.

Saying that we only need to pay attention to P/E10 when we reach extreme levels of overvaluation is like saying that you only need to pay attention to your diet when you are close to suffering a heart attack. The best time to fix a problem is before it gets out of hand. Informed investors don’t ever let P/E10 values reach extreme levels. That’s because they understand that valuations always matter and they set their allocations accordingly.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #57: Fama’s Finding That Short-Term Timing Never Works Can Be Reconciled With the Shiller/Bennett/Pfau Finding That Long-Term Timing Always Works.

It was data that showed the short-term timing never works.But it was NOT data that was behind the explanation that Fama provided for that finding. Fama’s explanation — that the market is efficient (or rational) — is only one possible explanation of the finding. Another possible explanation is that the market is highly emotional in the short term. Price changes that are caused by emotion are not predictable. If price changes were caused by shifts in investor emotion in the short-term but by economic realities in the long-run, the market would behave precisely as we have seen it behave for the 140 years for which we have record. This explanation is in accord with both the Fama findings and the Shiller/Bennett/Pfau findings. Fama’s Efficient Market Theory is in accord only with the Fama findings.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #58: The P/E10 Value That Applies When a New President Assumes Office Can Signal the Success of His Presidency.

Prices revert to the mean. So a President who assumes office when the P/E10 value is low is going to have the economic winds at his back while a President who assumes office when the P/E10 value is high is going to be fighting strong economic headwinds.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #59: We Should Assume That Stock Prices Are Predictable Unless Evidence Is Presented Otherwise Because the Price Paid Affects the Value Proposition of Every Other Good or Service Available for Sale.

To say that stock prices are not predictable is to say that stocks offer the same value proposition regardless of the price paid for them. Huh?

Stock Investing Advice Insight #60: The Return Differential Enjoyed by Valuation-Informed Indexers Over Buy-and-Holders Diminishes at Time-Periods in Excess of 30 Years But the Dollar Value Remain High Because a Small Return Differential Causes a Greater Loss of Compounding After the Passage of a Large Number of Years.

There is no edge from one year to ten years. The edge increases from 10 years to 25 year. From 30 years to 60 years, the edge diminishes, but the effect of the difference in compounding returns grows larger. At the end of 30 years, the Valuation-Informed Indexer is ahead in 90 percent of the cases I have examined. In some cases, the Valuation-Informed Indexing portfolio is double the size of the Buy-and-Hold portfolio at the end of 30 years.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #61: Most Investors Should Be in Index Funds, But Not for the Reason Usually Given.

The case that stock picking doesn’t work is weak. The claim that is often heard is that fund managers often fail to beat the market. Fund managers are often not free to include undervalued stocks in their portfolios because such stocks often do not provide a payoff for a long time. Many fund managers are more concerned with marketing success than with obtaining the best possible return for their customers. That said, indexing is the best choice for all investors except for the small percentage who possess the skills needed to pick stocks effectively. Picking stocks effectively provides a higher return. But indexing is far less risky than picking stocks for investors willing to take valuations into consideration when setting their stock allocations.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #63: It’s Not Possible to Measure Investing Success in Time-Periods of Less Than 10 Years.

The Buy-and-Hold Model posits that stock price changes are caused by economic developments. If that were so, obtaining good returns in the short term would be a meaningful thing because to fail to be in stocks when positive economic developments were taking place would be to miss out on those gains permanently. The Valuation-Informed Indexing Model posits that stock price changes are caused by investor emotions. An investor who is out of stocks when price increases caused by emotional shifts misses out on nothing because the emotional shifts are temporary and are fated to be countered by future emotional shifts in the opposite direction. Since the research shows that it takes 10 years for economic realities to become the dominant influence on stock prices, it is not possible for investors to measure their success by looking at results for time-periods of less than 10 years.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #64: Shiller and Others Who Predict Price Crashes When Valuations Are High Are Not “Bears.”

The words “bull’ and “bear” do not signify anything under the Valuation-Informed Indexing Model. Valuation-Informed Indexers predict price crashes when stock prices rise to insanely high levels because there is 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that we always experience price crashes in such circumstances. We are believers in using the research as a guide to how to invest effectively, not bear. We base our calls on an analysis of the 140 years of stock return data available to us, not on out personal feelings or expectations. We are trying to persuade investors to become less emotional. So it i insulting to refer to us as “bears,” a term which carries the suggestion that we are making guesses based on our personal assessments or feelings. Also, we take no position on how stocks will perform over the next one or two or three years. The research shows that short-term predictions do not work, so we avoid them.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #65: When Stock Prices Fall, the Money Disappears.

Every time there is a price crash, lots of people ask “Where did the money go?” People who invest in stocks need to understand that the number on their portfolio statement does not refer to a pile of money that exists somewhere. Investors can make that number be whatever they want it to be. We can push the number up to crazy, inflated levels if we like, and in recent years we have done just that. It’s important to know going in, though, that prices always crash after we push the number up to crazy, inflated levels. And when prices crash, the money just disappears. It was created from human psychology and it disappears because of a change in human psychology. This is a point that honest investing advisors should be making all the time. People’s views on the stock market change when they come to realize that bull markets always end in price crashes and that the money lost in price crash just disappears into nothingness.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #66: Vanguard Founder John Bogle Doesn’t Really Believe in Buy-and-Hold.

The market lost $9 trillion in value in the 2008 crash. Bogle said in early 2009 that it was crazy to believe that businesses really lost that amount of value in such a short amount of time. He’s right! All that was lost was the cotton-candy nothingness that had all along been responsible for the insane prices that applied prior to the crash. But Bogle was acknowledging that the Efficient Market Theory (the foundational principle of the Buy-and-Hold Model ) is nonsense. The Efficient Market Theory posits that stock price changes are caused by economic developments. Bogle was telling us that the lead advocate of Buy-and-Hold does not believe in its foundational principle.

Bogle did something similar when he said in an interview that he himself timed the market successfully in early 2000 (Bogle said that he lowered his stock allocation dramatically, in part because of a concern that valuations were too high). Bogle has a cute observation he often makes that not only does he not know of anyone who has timed the market successfully but that does not even know of anyone who knows of anyone who has timed the market successfully. The suggestion is that he does not know himself! Perhaps we should introduce him to himself!

I believe that Bogle is suffering from cognitive dissonance. He WANTS to believe in Buy-and-Hold. He cannot bear to accept that his investing ideas have ruined millions of middle-class lives. But he does not today possess confidence that he can defend the strategy in fair and civil debate.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #67: “Time” Is Not a Four-Letter Word.

I had a fellow tell me that he found the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept so exciting that he laid awake at night thinking about what could be done with it. He was talking about finding venture capitalists to promote the idea. He said that he could foresee state pension managers solving their funding problems by going with the first true research-based approach. He saw only one problem. He said that I must stop advocating long-term timing. He said that he could not imagine any serious person promoting a strategy that calls for market timing.

This is sillieness. Long-term timing is price discipline! Of course it always works! Of course it is 100 percent required! What would you expect? Price discipline is the magic that makes all markets work. Why would anyone thing that the stock market would be the only exception?

I don’t avoid using the term “market timing.” I oppose short-term timing because there really is a wealth of evidence showing that it doesn’t work. But there is now 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that market timing always works and is 100 percent required for any investor hoping to have a realistic chance of achieving long-term success. The answer to our economic troubles isn’t for those of us who promote the first true research-based strategy to be bashful about using certain terms because the “experts” in this field made a mistake many years ago when they were developing the Buy-and-Hold concept. The answer is for the “experts” who made the mistake to acknowledge it! Once they do, we can out all the nasty stuff behind us and join together to bring the economic crisis (caused by our failure to warn investors that they must, must, must ALWAYS practice long-term market timing!) to an end and to bring on the greatest period of economic growth in U.S. history.

Say it loud — I promote long-term market timing and I’m proud!

Stock Investing Advice Insight #68: Stock Prices Have Been Playing Out in a Highly Predictable Cycle for 140 Years Now.

The Buy-and-Hold Model posits that stock prices follow no predictable pattern but play out randomly. This is so in the short-term. But long-term prices have always followed a highly predictable pattern.

Prices rise and rise and rise as investors vote themselves bigger and bigger and bigger retirement accounts. Then investors panic that they have pushed the Get Rich Quick stuff too hard (when the P/E10 level has reached 25 or higher) and prices crash hard, falling to a P/E10 level of 8 or lower. Then valuation levels begin rising again.

The book Stock Cycles suggests that investors take into consideration the “season” in which they are purchasing stocks. There is a Spring season and a Summer season and a Fall season and a Winter season and stocks do not perform at all the same in each season. Stocks are essentially different asset classes in the different seasons.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #69: The Bull Market Started in 1975, Not 1982.

The big price jumps did not occur until the 1980s. But stocks offer returns of 6.5 percent real when valuation levels remain stable. So stocks were well worth buying in 1975. You don’t need the excitement of rapidly rising prices to make stocks a good investment. Steady gains can provide great support to your effort to finance your retirement plan. And of course the sorts of returns we saw from 1975 through 1982 are more sustainable than the out-of-control bull market stuff.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #70: There Are Circumstances in Which Stock Losses Are True Losses and There Are Circumstances in Which They Are Not.

If you lose money when stocks are priced at fair value, it will come back over the course of the next 10 years. If you lose money when stocks are insanely overpriced, it is gone for good. There’s a big difference between those two scenarios. That’s why stocks are so much more risky when they are insanely overpriced.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #71: The People Who Promote Buy-and-Hold Strategies Are Not Engaged in a Conspiracy to Destroy Millions of Middle-Class Portfolio, They Are Suffering from Cognitive Dissonance. 

Too many people have an inclination to see thing in black-and-white terms. People who love Buy-and-Hold think of those who promote the strategy as “saints.” People who see through the mumbo jumbo jump to the hasty conclusion that those who ignore the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that this stuff can never work are engaged in some sort of conspiracy. I have studied the matter in great depth and interacted with thousands of Buy-and-Holder and it is my strong personal belief that the people who promote Buy-and-Hold are suffering from cognitive dissonance. The implications of Shiller’s “revolutionary” (his word) findings are so far-reaching that the Buy-and-Holders cannot let them in. These people are wrong, but generally not evil (I’ve run into a few exceptions in my travels — Grrrr…).

Stock Investing Advice Insight #72: Our Discovery of the Missing Piece of the Stock Investing Story with the Publication of Shiller’s Breakthrough Research Constituted a Huge “Free Lunch.”

Buy-and-Holders are reluctant to even hear about the wonderful advances of the past 33 years because they reject the idea that there can ever be a “free lunch.” There are free lunches all the time! Life itself is a free lunch — None of us paid a ticket to participate in this wonderful adventure! The discovery of the cure for polio was a free lunch! All learning experiences are free lunches! The many powerful discoveries of the Buy-and-Hold Pioneers were free lunches! Shiller’s discovery of the missing piece of the puzzle was the biggest free lunch imaginable because it makes all the discoveries of the Buy-and-Holders workable in the real world!

Buy-and-Holders are trying to be tough and cynical when they reject the idea of the free lunch. But there is a time when excessive cynicism turns you sour. Wonderful things happen in this world from time to time, especially in dynamic societies like ours. We transform ourselves into knuckleheads when we refuse to enjoy the benefits of the free lunches that are offered to us. I hate it that my Buy-and-Hold friends have turned out discussions about the transition from Buy-and-Hold to Valuation-Informed Indexing into something ugly. Our discovery of how to reduce the risk of stock investing by 70 percent is the best thing that has happened in the personal finance field in my lifetime. How is it that some of us have managed to turn that into something ugly? Humans!

Stock Investing Advice Insight #73: TIPS and IBonds and CDs Are Generally Better Alternatives to Stocks Than Bonds When Stocks Are Overpriced.

Bonds are subject to inflation risk. It generally makes sense for the typical middle-class investor to go with stocks as his growth asset class and to move to super-safe asset classes at times when stocks are insanely overpriced. You want to be sure to preserve your capital and to have it available to invest in stocks when the stock prices drop enough to make stocks an appealing asset class.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #74:  There Was No Equity Risk Premium in January 2000.

The most likely annualized 10-year return was a negative 1 percent real. TIPS were paying 4 percent real.That’s a loss of 5 percentage points of real return every year for 10 years running — a total loss of 50 percent of the starting-point portfolio value. This was the riskiest time to own stocks in the 140-year history of the market available to us. That’s not a risk premium, it’s a risk penalty!

It is taking on perceived risk that earns an investor compensation.The perceived risk was something close to zero in 2000. The perceived risk was astronomic in 1982 (when the real risk was something close to zero). In 1982, the most likely annualized 10-year return return was 15 percent real.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #75: Buy-and-Hold Became Popular Because People Are Less Persuaded by Logic Than By Regular Repetition of an Idea.

People have heard so many experts endorse Buy-and-Hold that they believe there must be something to it. They don’t know that there has never been a single study published supporting the foundational idea of the strategy — that there is no need to consider price when setting your stock allocation. When people are apprised of this fact, they do not know how to respond to it. It undermines a belief that means a great deal to them but for which they cannot offer logical support.

All advertising is rooted in the principle that it is repetition of an idea that matters most. Wall Street has spent many hundreds of millions of dollars promoting the Buy-and-Hold “idea.” If we are going to persuade investors to adopt true research-based strategies, we are going to need to spend many millions promoting the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept. People believe in what they hear promoted over and over again and we need to persuade millions of people to follow investing strategies that work if we are to stabilize our economic system.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #76: Cash on the Sidelines Often Disappears Into Nothingness.

When stock prices drop, you often hear people talk about “cash on the sidelines” that will cause prices to go back up when the investors holding it reinvest it in stocks. The portion of a loss that reflects overvaluation is cotton-candy nothingness! It is not on the sidelines or anywhere else. It is Pretend Money that has disappeared. This is a basic point about the stock investing experience that all investors need to understand.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #77: We All Have a Responsibility to Prevent Forest Fires — and Bull Markets.

Many people defer to investing experts when it comes to investing questions. No! This is a terrible mistake and an irresponsible decision! Our retirements depend on a functioning and honest stock market. The people who sell us stocks are compromised. They often do not feel that they are in a position to tell us how much harm is done when we permit a bull market to develop. We all should be united in out efforts to insure that there is never a bull. This is one that joins together conservatives and liberals, the young and the old, women and men, blacks and whites and browns and yellows. We all want to retire someday. We all should be working together to prevent out-of-control forest fires — er, I mean, bull markets!

Stock Investing Advice Insight #78: Middle-Class Investors Are Not Too Dumb to Invest Effectively.

Cynics say that the investing advice field can never be reformed. Middle-class investors are just too dumb to learn how to invest effectively. It is their fault that they fell for the Buy-and-Hold mumbo jumbo!

I don’t buy it. My strong sense is that even Robert Shiller does not appreciate all of the implications of his revolutionary insights. Our knowledge of how stock investing works is primitive. We have made great strides in the past 30 year. But the full reality here is that we are ALL dummies. It is because we don’t really know what we are talking about that we come on so arrogant and full of ourselves to cover up our insecurities.

The middle-class investors are not dumb. They just are not able to devote enough time to this stuff to see through our b.s. As we learn more and become confident and brave enough to share it, they will figure things out just fine. I have communicated with tens of thousands of middle-class investors. I have seen thousands of then express a desire that the internet be opened to honest posting so that they can learn what really works. I mean no dig to my many Buy-and-Hold Expert friends, but I have seen many cases in which the ordinary investors that the Big Shots often speak down to have a better sense of how stock investing really works because they didn’t learn through years of schooling how important it is to lose your common sense when you turn to the subject of investing!

Stock Investing Advice Insight #79: Cash Is a Strategic Asset Class.

Say that stocks are so overpriced that the likely return is tiny and that you understand that following a price crash they will be priced to provide a very appealing long-term return. You invest your money in cash earning a return of close to zero. Are you missing out? Are you falling behind on your retirement financing goals?

You are not! You are investing strategically in an exciting asset class. Earn a 1 percent real return in cash for two years and then a 15 percent real return in stocks for 10 years running and you are way, way ahead of the game. It’s not what your investment choices earn you this year that matters. It’s what they provide you over the course of your investing lifetime. Cash is not a choice you make for a small amount of “safe” money. Investing in cash at the right times permits you to invest to a far greater extent in stock-investment-class goodness. It is those who avoid stocks when they should be avoided who end up investing to a greater extent in stocks when they are priced to perform than any other kind of investor.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #80: Only Valuations Matter — Everything Else Is Priced In.

The Buy-and-Holders are right that there is no need for an investor to pay attention to most of the factors discussed in the investing literature — All of that stuff is priced in! Other investors are coping with all the details and seeing to it that the factors that matter are reflected in the price of the index funds you buy. But mispricing can never be priced in — that would be an absurdity! So you must pay attention to one factor — mispricing (which can appear either as overvaluation or undervaluation).

Stock Investing Advice Insight #81: Dollar-Cost-Averaging Is a Loser Strategy.

Dollar-Cost-Averaging means that you buy the same amount of stocks each month regardless of the value proposition being offered. When stocks are offering an appealing long-term return, you are buying x shares. And when stocks are offering a poor long-term return, you are buying x shares. Why? Shouldn’t you be buying fewer shares when the long-term return is poor so that you have money available to buy more shares when the long-term value proposition is strong. Is there anyone who vows to buy the same amount of cereal each week regardless of the price charged? Doesn’t it make more sense to stock up on cereal when the price is low so that you can take a pass when the price is too high?

Stock Investing Advice Insight #82: The Intrinsic Value of Stocks Is a Secret We Are Keeping from Ourselves.

It’s not possible to know the intrinsic value of an individual stock. Someone like Warren Buffett can offer a good estimate. But there are too many factors for anyone to identify with a high degree of confidence the intrinsic value of any one particular stock. Even Buffett has to buy multiple stocks so that diversification protects him from suffering too much financially from his mistakes.

This is the big, huge change we have experienced with the introduction of index funds. When you buy an index fund, you don’t need to know whether a company’s management is good or whether a company’s product pipeline is good or whether a company is financially strong enough to weather a recession. A broad index funds contains a mix of companies with good, fair and poor management. You get the average result on every possible input for business success. Your return is the return of the market as a whole, which is another way of saying that your return is the result of the productivity of the economy as a whole. Indexing changes everything.

You must consider price. You cannot know the intrinsic value of an index fund if you are not willing to make adjustments to the nominal price to reflect the effect of mispricing. But if you are willing to do that (that is, if you are willing to reject the Buy-and-Hold mumbo jumbo), you can enjoy a level of confidence in your investment strategy that investors of earlier generations could not enjoy. You can know with a reasonable degree of precision the intrinsic value of the thing you are buying when you invest. That’s no small thing.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #83: Short-Term Timing Doesn’t Work Because the Market Is NOT Efficient.

All of our economic troubles stem from the fact that the Buy-and-Holders discovered that short-term timing doesn’t work and jumped to the hasty conclusion that this means that the market is efficient (that stocks are always priced properly). Short-term timing doesn’t work because the market is NOT efficient. It is investor emotion that plays the dominant role in setting prices in the short term. Emotions are irrational. Irrationality is unpredictable.

The combination of the realities that the market is driven by emotion in the short term and always reflects the economic realities in the long term creates a situation where long-term timing (price discipline) is absolutely required. It is only through the widespread practice of long-term timing that prices can ever be set right without us all enduring an economic crisis putting millions out of work. When large numbers of investors are persuaded to follow Buy-and-Hold strategies, there is no means available to the market to ever again get prices right except through a crash. A price crash removes trillions of dollars of spending power from the economy, causing hundreds of thousands of businesses to fail.

The Stock-Selling Industry has spent hundreds of millions of dollars persuading millions of investors to follow the most dangerous investing strategy ever concocted by the human mind (not intentionally so — but still…). As a society we need to find some means of overcoming the Buy-and-Hold Mafia and getting accurate and honest investing advice out to the millions of middle-class people who need it to finance their retirement plans.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #84:  It Makes Theoretical Sense to Borrow to Buy Stocks When Prices Are Low.

Jeremy Siegel argued in his book Stocks for the Long Run that it ALWAYS makes theoretical sense to borrow money to buy stocks because the average return is so high. His mistake was overlooking the decades of peer-reviewd academic research showing that valuations affect long-term returns; when prices are high, the idea of borrowing to buy stocks is dangerous. That said, the point that Siegel made in general applies with greater strength at times when prices are low. The most likely annualized ten-year return when prices are where they were in 1982 is 15 percent real. You can acquire most of the money you need for retirement in a short amount of time when that sort of return is available. Please understand that I do NOT advise taking advantage of this theoretical insight. Taking on leverage increases risk greatly and we never know precisely how long it is going to take for the magic of mean reversion to take place. Investing is tough enough without adding the worries that come with leverage to the stock investing experience.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #85: Low Stock Prices Are Better than High Stock Prices.

The thing that lets markets set prices effectively is the tension between sellers (who prefer high prices) and buyers (who prefer low prices). The stock market is dysfunctional (and this given to crashes) because the buyers (people buying stocks regularly to finance their retirements) root for price increases rather than price drops. For the market to function well again, we need to change this psychology. We need to educate investors as to why high stock prices hurt them.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #86: Even in the Long Term, Precise Return Predictions Are Not Possible Because We Can Never Know What Return Sequences Will Turn Up.

Many people look at the stock market crash of 1929 and think: “That was an unlucky turn of events.” It’s not so! The thing that caused the horrible turn of events was the valuation level. Given that valuation level, prices did not fall nearly as hard as we should have anticipated they might fall. Of the various return sequences that were possible, the one we saw was a bit on the lucky side. It is because we cannot know which returns sequence is going to turn up that we can only identify a range of possible outcomes resulting from any allocation choices we make. Even at times when the strong likelihood is that stocks will be performing poorly, you want to have a small stock allocation so that in the event that an unlikely returns sequence pops up, you will not experience feelings of regret that will cause you to make emotional decisions.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #87: True Diversification Requires a Mix of Risky and Non-Risky Asset Classes and Cannot Be Achieved by Investors Who Invest Only in Stocks and Bonds.

Stocks are far more risky when they are selling at three times their fair value (2000) than they are when they are selling at one-half of their fair value (1982). Buy-and-Holders consider themselves “diversified” if they own stocks and bonds even when stocks are priced so high as to be insanely risky. Achieving true diversification requires an effort to invest in a mix of risky and non-risly asset classes. As the risk of stocks increases, the investor seeking true diversification needs to increase the percentage of his portfolio invested in non-risky asset classes (TIPS, IBonds, and CDs).

Stock Investing Advice Insight #88: Index-Fund Investors Are Being Compensated Not for Taking on Risk But for Being Willing to Give Up Their Profit-Generating Dollars for a Period of Time in Which They Will be Put to Use Generating Profits for Others.

Investors need to pay more attention to the time-related realities of stock investing. In the short-term, stocks really are risky because unavoidable losses are a true danger. There has never yet in U..S. history been a bad 10-year period for valuation-informed investors to choose stocks. So it is essential that investors be certain they can wait 10 years for good results before investing in stocks and that they learn about the effect of prices on long-term returns before doing so to avoid the possibility that they will be disappointed by the 10-year results they obtain.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #89: We Missed Out on an Opportunity to Stabilize the Economy in Early 2009 When Well-Regarded Experts Like Buffett and Malkiel and Bogle Told Middle-Class Investors That Stocks Were “On Sale.”

The P/E10 level dropped to 13, which is a bit below fair value. Had we told investors that stocks were not on sale, but merely fairly priced, fewer investors would have bought stocks and prices would have remained at fair-value levels. Had we chosen that honest course, we would not today be facing another price crash and all the economic wreckage that will come with it. Investors can become unemotional only when we tell them the realities. No one should think he is doing anyone a favor by tricking investors into thinking that stocks offer a better deal than what the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years shows they do.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #90: Price Volatility Is Optional.

The biggest downside to stocks has long been the volatility of prices.  If stock price changes were determined by economic developments, there would be nothing we could do to reduce volatility since positive and negative economic developments turn up randomly. However, now that we know that short-term price changes are determined by economic developments, price volatility is optional. All that we need to do to end price volatility is to educate investors on how it is in their best interests to change their stock allocations in response to upward and downward price changes. Once enough investors become informed as to how to act in their own best interests, stock prices will be self-regulating.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #91: Stock Prices Rise by 6.5 Percent Real in a Market in Which Investors Have Easy Access to the Information They Need to Act In Their Own Best Interests.

Fama was right that the stock market longs to achieve the same efficiency that has been attained in other markets. What makes the stock market special is that investors have been denied access to the educational materials they need to act in their own best interests. Once the Ban on Honest Posting has been overturned, tools like The Stock-Return Predictor will be available at every investing site on the internet. Prices will rise each year by the amount that the value of the market has risen, no more and no less. For 140 years now , that has been a gain of 6.5 percent real each year.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #92: Market Timing Is the Method by Which Market Efficiency Is Attained.

Buy-and-Holders believe that market timing does not work because the market is efficient. But market timing is the mechanism by which market efficiency is attained! There is no objective reality to stock prices. Stock prices are whatever we (the market!) choose to say they are. The only way in which we can discipline ourselves to set prices properly is to educate ourselves as to how far off the mark prices are when we fail to discipline ourselves (that is, fail to engage in market timing). The great irony is that Buy-and-Hold strategies really will work once the Buy-and-Holders reverse themselves on the market timing issue. Once investors understand what it takes to act in their self-interests, they will do so, volatility will disappear, and the stock market will be an efficient market. Every time it becomes a little inefficient, we will engage in that amount of market timing needed to bring it back to efficiency.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #93: Buy-and-Hold Are Opposite Strategies Although They Appear to Be Similar.

Buy-and-Hold and Valuation-Informed Indexing are alike in every respect except thatValuation-Informed Indexers incorporate the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that valuation affect long-term returns into the mix while Buy-and-Holders ignore it. The result is that the two strategies appear on the surface to be similar but are in reality opposites. The question of whether the investor is willing to engage in long-term timing determines whether he is able to get his stock allocation right or not and getting the stock allocation right is 80 percent of what it takes to be successful in the long term. It is as hard to imagine a circumstance in which following a Buy-and-Hold strategy could produce good long-term results as it is to imagine a circumstance in which following a Valuation-Informed Indexing strategy could produce poor results. This is why discussions between advocates of the two strategies are often contentious. The Buy-and-Hold has nothing to criticize about Valuation-Informed Indexing other than the long-term timing aspect because the two strategies are identical in all other respects. But he has no grounds on which to criticize long-term timing given that Buy-and-Holders advocate making use of the peer-reviewed academic research as a guide and all of the research available to us shows that long-term timing is essential.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #94: We Have Seen the Last Bull Market and the Last Bear Market.

Bull markets and bear markets are emotional phenomena. P/E10 makes us self-aware of our unfortunate emotional inclinations in the investing realm. By acting on what we have learned, we can make bulls and bears a thing of the past.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #95: The New Great Depression Will Not Last Long.

Prior to 1981, we did not know what we needed to know to invest effectively. From 1981 through 2008, we either were in a bull market or not yet convinced of how much damage the bull market would do to us. From 2008 forward, we have been a bit open to learning how stock investing works but still intimidated by the power of the insights we have ignored for so long. The next price crash will likely put us in the Second Great Depression. That will cause us to give up any remaining resistance to learning for the first time in history how stock investing really works. Once we do that, we will see a great economic boom that will take us out of the Second Great Depression.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #96: The True Cause of the Economic Crisis Was the Relentless Promotion of the Buy-and-Hold Investing Strategy.

You cannot persuade millions to do the opposite of what works with their retirement money and not expect to see problems develop.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #97: It’s a Common Mistake to Ignore the Effect of Lost Compounding Returns When Assessing the Long-Term Damage Suffered as the Result of Losses Experienced by Over-Investing in Over-Priced Stocks.

The Investor’s Scenario Surfer shows that Valuation-Informed Indexing strategies beat Buy-and-Hold strategies in 90 percent of the return sequences we have seen in the 140 years of U.S. stock-market history. The reason is that both strategies call for high stock allocations when prices are low or moderate, so there is no chance for Buy-and-Hold to gain an edge in those years. The strategies differ when stocks are insanely overpriced and the long-term edge then goes to Valuation-Informed Indexing because, as Jack Bogle has observed, Reversion to the Mean is an “Iron Law” of stock investing. Once the Valuation-Informed Indexer goes ahead, the compounding returns phenomenon kicks in to grow the differential larger and larger over the remaining decades of the investor’s life. The Reversion to the Mean phenomenon virtually guaranties that the Valuation-Informed Indexer will gain an edge sooner or later. And the compounding returns phenomenon insures that that edge will grow to be very large over the course of the investor’s lifetime.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #98: The Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies Get the Numbers Wildly Wrong.

The number you get when using a valid methodology for retirements that began at the top of the bubble is 1.6 percent real. That permits an annual take-out of $16,000 for a retiree with a portfolio of $1 million. The Buy-and-Holders were saying at the time that an annual take-out of $40,000 was “100 percent safe.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #99:  It is Possible to Identify a Range of Returns That Will Apply 10 Years Out and to Identify Rough Probabilities to the Various Points Along the Range.

The most likely annualized 10-year return in 1982 was 15 percent real. In 2000, the number was a negative 1 percent real. There is no stock allocation that makes sense in both sets of circumstances.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #100: Much of the Investment Research We Hear Quoted at Us by “Experts” Is the Product of Trickery.

Claims supported by fake research are more dangerous than claims that are merely the expression of a subjective opinion because we give more credibility points to claims that appear to be supported by research. We live in a time when many investors will take seriously only claims that appear to be supported by research. This means that those trying to trick us have more of an opportunity to do so than ever before unless we take the time to verify that the methodologies being used are valid.

Stock Investing Advice Insight: #101: Valuation-Informed Indexing Does Not Work for Those Not Willing to Stick With It For At Least 10 Years.

Buy-and-Holders was advertised as a long-term strategy. But in reality Buy-and-Holders treat the temporary gains delivered during bull markets as real — it is a strategy that appears to work in the short term but which never in the history of the market has delivered good results over a 30-year time-period. Valuation-Informed Indexing is often inferior over short time-periods (for example, the years from 1996 through 1999) but which for 140 years now has delivered superior risk-adjusted results over all 10-year time-period.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #102: Selling Stocks in a Market Downturn Can Be a Good Move.

If prices are still high after the downturn, there will be steeper price drops up ahead. The best thing for the investor to do in this circumstance is to get his stock allocation percentage down to where it should be for someone with his risk profile at a time at a time when the valuation level is where it happens to stand at that time.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #103: Stock Investing Is Primarily an Emotional Endeavor and Only Secondarily a Rational Endeavor.

 

It causes Buy-and-Holders emotional pain to be exposed to the findings of the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research in this field.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #104: Aspiring Retirees Need to Know the Safe Withdrawal Rate.

Since the Old School SWR studies were found to be in error, Buy-and-Holders have been arguing that safe withdrawal rates don’t matter anyway. They matter. If a retiree waits until is portfolio is depleted to cut back on spending, he may have already over-withdrawan to such an extent that the portfolio cannot recover once it takes its big hit. Retirees need to be able to form an advance assessment of how much they can withdraw from their portfolios each year. The safe-withdrawal-rate concept was created to serve this purpose and it serves it well when an analytically valid methodology is used to calculate the nunber.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #105: Investing Experts Are Politicians.

Their goal is to get people to like them rather than what will help them become effective long-term investors. During a bull market, these two are opposition things. People want to hear that bull market gains are real but to plan effectively they need to know that they are not.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #106: The Efficient Market Concept Is a Big Bunch of Hooey.

I mean, come on.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #107: Buy-and-Hold Has Been Intellectually Dead for a Long Time.

If you looked closely, it has long been possible to find people reporting on this reality. But most are careful not to state the realities too often or too bluntly because it makes Buy-and-Holders angry to hear them.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #108: We Are in the Early Days of a Revolution in Our Understanding of How Stock Investing Works.

Shiller’s finding that valuations affect long-term returns shows that stock investing risk is a variable rather than a constant. That changes every strategic analysis in a dramatic way.

Stock Investing Advice Insight #109: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed Under: Investing Strategy, Uncategorized

The Triumph of the Marketers — Why Everything the Experts Say About Stock Investing Is Wrong

December 4, 2019 By Rob

What is Valuation-Informed Indexing?

It is the model for understanding how stock investing works that replaces Buy-and-Hold.

Buy-and-Hold was the first model rooted in the findings of peer-reviewed academic research. The key research supporting Buy-and-Hold was published in 1965 by University of Chicago Economics Professor Eugene Fama. Fama showed that short-term timing (changing your stock allocation because of belief about how stocks will perform over the next year or two) does not work. Fama found that short-term price changes are random. Thus, risk is stable and no benefit follows from trying to guess which way prices are headed. The best thing to do is to keep expenses low by limiting allocation changes. Since stocks generally provide solid returns (the average long-term U.S. return is 6.5 percent real) and it is not possible to identify better and worse times to own stocks, the best choice is to maintain a high stock allocation (something between 60 percent and 80 percent stocks) at all times, according to the theory underlying the Buy-and-Hold strategy.

Fama did not test long-term timing (changing your stock allocation in response to a big shift in valuations with the understanding that you might not see benefits for doing so for as long as 10 years). He assumed that long-term timing works no better than short-term timing without performing research on this question. Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller published “revolutionary” (his word) research in 1981 showing that long-term timing always works and is always 100 percent required for investors hoping to have a realistic hope of long-term success. Wade Pfau (Wade holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton) and I published peer-reviewed research in 0000 showing that an investor who goes with a 90 percent stock allocation when prices are low, a 60 percent stock allocation when prices are moderate and a 30 percent stock allocation when prices are high thereby reduces risk by close to 70 percent.

“Valuation-Informed Indexing” is the name I have given to the strategy followed by investors who follow the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years and change their stock allocations in response to big shifts in valuation levels.

Is that the only difference between Buy-and-Hold and Valuation-Informed Indexing?

Yes. But the implications of this one distinction are far-reaching.

Fama’s explanation for why returns are unpredictable is that the market is “efficient.” That is, all factors bearing on price are almost immediately reflected in the price of stocks. Another way of saying it is — stocks are always priced properly and valuations are a non-factor. Shiller won a Nobel prize in Economics for his work. But the Buy-and-Holders have not changed their strategy in even the slightest way as a result of it. The idea of looking at the price of stocks before making a purchase is craziness under the Buy-and-Hold Model. The model posits that price changes are caused by unforeseen economic developments. If this were so, the risk of investing in stocks would always be the same and it would be an exercise in foolishness for an investor to change his allocation for anything other than personal reasons (Buy-and-Holders believe it makes sense to change their allocations when they get closer to retirement age because losses have a bigger personal impact in those circumstances).

The research of the past 33 years shows that long-term returns are highly predictable. This has been so for the entire 140 years of U.S. stock market history. This is a 100 percent impossible result under the Buy-and-Hold Model. The recent research discredits the Buy-and-Hold Model.

The mistake that the Buy-and-Holders made was assuming that long-term timing, like short-term timing, does not work. There is zero evidence supporting this claim. It is simply an assumption that has been proven false.

If long-term timing works, the market is not efficient. That is, the market is not priced properly and changes in the price at which stocks are sold affects the value proposition offered. Stocks offer a better deal when prices are low or reasonable than they do when they are overpriced. The reason why short-term timing does not work is not that the market does such a good job at setting the stock price properly but that it does such a horrible job that investors cannot employ human reason to outguess it. In the short-term, the influence of investor emotions on stock prices is so great that allocation changes selected through the use of reason are ineffective — stock prices are so emotional that it does no good to employ reasoned analysis to identify where they are headed.

However, this is not so in the long run. In the long run, the market must get the price right or collapse altogether; the very purpose of a market is to set the price of the good being bought and sold properly. So investors can compare the current emotional price with the long-term fair-value price and know whether a broad stock index offers a poor long-term value proposition, a moderate long-term value proposition or a very strong long-term value proposition.

Investors who consider valuations when setting their stock allocations can just about eliminate stock investing risk. The discovery that long-term returns are highly predictable is the biggest advance in the history of investing analysis. This breakthrough discovery changes everything we once thought we knew about how stock investing works.

Please give an example or two showing why this is such a big deal.

If the last 33 years of peer-reviewed research is pointing us to something real, then the retirement studies produced under the Buy-and-Hold Model got the numbers wildly wrong and millions of people are going to experience failed retirements as a result. I am the person who discovered the errors in the retirement studies (the error is that they do not contain an adjustment for the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins). For a long time, the Buy-and-Holders said I was crazy and attacked me viciously and organized campaigns to have me banned from every discussion board and blog on the internet at which I tried to report the accurate numbers. In recent years, I have been vindicated by articles in the Wall Street Journal and the Economist magazine and about 20 other top-name publications. So the Buy-and-Holders now try to change the subject when retirement planning comes up. But not one of the discredited studies has been corrected to this day. 

This is going to be one of the worst social problems we have ever seen in the United States. Millions of people are going to find themselves homeless in their old age through no fault of their own. These people did everything right. They want to the internet and checked to see what the experts said before handing in their resignations from their jobs. They went with entirely unrealistic retirement plans because the “experts” did not want to acknowledge having made mistakes.

The errors here are not small errors. At the beginning of 2000, the safe withdrawal rate was 1.6 percent real. That means that a retiree with a portfolio of $1 million could take out $16,000 to live on each year. The Buy-and-Hold studies were telling people that it was 4 percent real. That would permit an annual withdrawal of $40,000 per year. So people were taking out $24,000 more than the research says they can afford to take out. Not once. They were taking out $24,000 more than they should year after year after year. One researcher told me that I was wrong to expect corrections. “That’s just not the way things work in this field,” he told me. Indeed!

Another one is the economic crisis. Shiller predicted the economic crisis of 2008 in his book, published in 2000. There have been four times in U.S. history when Buy-and-Hold strategies became popular and each time we have had an economic crisis. We have never once had an economic crisis without Buy-and-Hold strategies first becoming popular. The correlation is perfect. But the reaction of the Buy-and-Holders has not been to acknowledge causing the economic crisis, it has been to dig in their heels and try to shift the blame elsewhere.

It is not hard to understand why Buy-and-Hold always causes an economic crisis. Stocks were overpriced by $12 trillion in 2000. The phony baloney gains produced in bull markets always disappear over the course of about 10 years. So about $12 trillion of spending power was in the process of being removed from the economy by the close of the first decade of the 21st Century. That puts tens of thousands of companies out of business. That puts millions of people out of work. There’s your economic crisis!

 So why didn’t all the economists say that Buy-and-Hold caused the crisis?

Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller said it in his book. He said: “If over some interval in the first decade or so of the twenty-first century, the U.S. stock market is going to follow an uneven course down, as well it might — back, let us say, to its levels in the mid-1990s or even lower — then individuals, foundations, college endowments, and other beneficiaries of the market are going to find themselves poorer, in the aggregate by trillions of dollars. The real losses could be comparable to the total destruction of all the schools in the country, or all the farms in the country, or possibly even all the homes in the country.”

Now look at what happened after the economic crisis that Shiller predicted became a reality. You don’t hear Shiller saying those sorts of things today. What changed?

What changed is that when he wrote those words, he was describing an event that had not taken place. He was in an indirect way criticized all the people who promoted Buy-and-Hold strategies. He was saying that Jack Bogle was going to destroy an amount of wealth equal to all the homes in the country. And that Bill Bernstein was going to destroy an amount of wealth equal to all the homes in the country. And that Larry Swedroe was going to destroy an amount of wealth equal to all the homes in the country. But the wealth had not been lost yet! So it really didn’t hurt Bogle or Bernstein or Swedroe that much for someone to be saying that about them. The people who follow Bogle and Bernstein and Swedroe were happy with the Pretend Money in their retirement accounts. They didn’t care about any future economic crisis — they pushed that idea out of their mind so that they could continue believing in the Get Rich Quick fantasy these people were pushing in all their speeches and books and articles.

Once the crisis actually appeared, everything changed. Now it would hurt those people to acknowledge that they had caused tens of thousands of businesses to fail and millions of people to be thrown out of work. Now Shiller feels that it would be “rude” to tell the truth about what caused the economic crisis. Now the truth is just too terrible to tell. So now Shiller keeps it zipped.

That’s been the dynamic in all discussions of the dangers of Buy-and-Hold that I have been involved in for 12 years now.

Why wouldn’t Shiller want to take credit for identifying the true cause of the economic crisis?

He’s a nice guy. He is friends with lots of people who pushed Buy-and-Hold strategies. He feels bad for them. He knows that he has identified the true cause of the crisis in his book. He tells himself that that is enough. He tells himself that, when people are ready, they will accept that the promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies was the true cause. He tells himself that you can only push so hard. He tells himself that people will figure this out eventually and that he has done his part and that there’s too much resistance to the message today and so it’s better just to let it go for the time being.

Is he right?

I don’t think so. I understand why Shiller (and lots of others who feel the same way!) feels the way he does. It’s natural to feel bad when people try to do something good and make a mistake and end up causing huge amounts of human suffering. To a point, I feel that way too. I don’t want the Buy-and-Holders to hurt. I want the Buy-and-Holders to heal.

But I don’t play it the way Shiller does. I do say that the cause of the crisis was the reckless and relentless and ruthless promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies. I say it because the only way we are ever going to stop the pain is by identifying the cause of the pain. Buy-and-Hold is in the process of causing the economic collapse of our country. All of us who love our country (and I am 100 percent certain that Shiller loves his country) should be doing all we can to bury Buy-and-Hold 30 feet in the ground, where it can do no further harm to humans and other living things. I don’t think it is compassion that holds Shiller back from telling the truth in clear and firm and understandable terms. It is cowardice.

Shiller is hurtingt the Buy-and-Holders by holding back, not helping them. Bogle also loves his country. Bogle promoted Buy-and-Hold because he wanted to help people. He is suffering from cognitive dissonance. He still believes in Buy-and-Hold on  a surface level. But in another part of his consciousness he knows that it is b.s. And there is a part of him that wants to get beyond the b.s. There is a part of Bogle that wants to come clean. He needs our help to get in touch with that part of himself and to work up the courage to stand up on a stage and say the words “I” and “Was” and “Wrong.” When Shiller pulls his punches, he is letting Bogle down. He is enabling him. And that causes him to suffer more pain in the end. We are hurting Bogle and all the other Buy-and-Hold pioneers when we elect to stretch this out rather than to give Bogle and the other Buy-and-Hold pioneers credit for their genuine accomplishments (which are many) while also demanding corrections of the mistakes they have made which have caused so much human suffering.

Cognitive dissonance? Really? Can we return to talking about investing instead of this psychological mumbo jumbo?

It’s not possible to talk about investing in a meaningful way without talking about psychological mumbo jumbo. Stocks are bought and sold by human. Humans have emotions. Ignore emotion and you are ignoring the driver of most investing decisions. You can create lots of pretty graphics containing lots of impressive-looking numbers without taking into consideration the emotional side of investing. But it is important that you know that the numbers reported on by those graphics will be wildly off the mark from the numbers you would have obtained had you used analytically valid methodologies. You cannot get any of this right without a willingness to confront emotional realities that scare many of the big-name experts in this field to death.

 Lots of experts say that Buy-and-Hold is a good strategy. Are you saying that there is a massive conspiracy to trick investors?

There’s a conspiracy of ignorance. To understand where things stand today, you need to understand the history of how our knowledge of how stock investing works improved over the years.

Prior to the 1960s, stock investing was generally not the subject of systematic study in the universities. The big breakthrough that made research-backed strategies the thing was the 1965 finding by University of Chicago Economics Professor Eugene Fama that short-term timing (changing your stock allocation with the expectation that you will see benefits within a year or two) does not work. That finding has stood up to scrutiny; I rank it as the second most important finding in the history of investing analysis.

Unfortunately, Fama did a poor job of describing his finding. He did not say that “short-term timing does not work,” which would have been accurate. He said that “timing does not work,” which is very far from the truth. Many people were not careful to distinguish short-term timing from long-term timing (changing your stock allocation in response to big shifts in valuation levels with the understanding that you may not see benefits for doing so for up to ten years) in those days. Long-term timing has practical significance only for those who purchase index funds and index funds were not available in those days.

It was not until 1981 that the question of whether long-term timing works was tested. The test was performed by Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller. He found that long-term timing always works and in fact is required for those investors hoping to have some realistic hope of long-term investing success. If men were angels, everyone would have immediately declared Buy-and-Hold discredited by the academic research and we all would have switched to Valuation-Informed Indexing at that time. We all would be a far richer people today and we certainly would not be living through an economic crisis.

Unfortunately, we are not angels. Shiller’s revolutionary finding came as a shock. It is not unusual for a finding this consequential to take five or even ten years to sink in among the experts in the field affected. So, in ordinary circumstances, all of our troubles would have been over by 1990. However, we saw a huge bull market in the 1980s. Investors enjoyed huge gains not because they were following Buy-and-Hold strategies but because stocks had been priced insanely low in the early 1980s and stocks always perform well when purchased at insanely low prices. Still, most investors attributed their gains to Buy-and-Hold, the new, research-based strategy. The industry spent millions promoting the strategies and thousands of practitioners built careers rooted in promotion of the strategy. The small number who raised questions based on Shiller’s findings were ignored.

As the divide between what the “experts” said (that the research supported Buy-and-Hold) and the reality (that the research showed that Buy-and-Hold was the purest and most dangerous strategy ever concocted by the human mind) grew larger, the Buy-and-Holders became abusive in their efforts to keep the millions of middle-class investors from learning the truth. I can only testify personally to things that have happened since 2002. But I saw abusiveness from the first moment that I made reference to Shiller’s findings. So the defensiveness had become well-ingrained among the Buy-and-Holders by that time. I have seen death threats, demands for unjustified board bannings, tens of thousands of acts of defamation and threats to get academic researchers who “cross” the Buy-and-Holders by publishing honest research fired from their jobs. I refer to those who engage in this behavior as “The Buy-and-=Hold Mafia.” I think it is fair to describe the “experts” who continue to advocate Buy-and-Hold strategies 33 years after the peer-reviewed academic research in this field showed that there is precisely zero chance that they could ever work for even a single long-term investor as a criminal enterprise.

Buy-and-Hold started as a good thing. Today it constitutes a threat to the survival of our free-market economic system.

Do you think you might be exaggerating? 

No. The direct losses we are likely to see from the promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies in recent years amount to about $12 trillion. The total losses (both direct and indirect) are likely to exceed $20 trillion.

For comparison purposes, the Federal debt (that is, all annual deficits going back to the time of George Washington added together) amount to about $17 trillion. Buy-and-Hold has cost our nation more than all of our annual deficits added together. There are few who would say that the Federal debt offers no threat to the continued success of our economic and political system. Buy-and-Hold constitutes a much larger threat in dollar terms.

We saw a loss of confidence in our political system both on the left (the Occupy Wall Street movement) and the right (the Tea Party movement) following the 2008 crash. The next crash is likely to be much more damaging, in the event that stocks continue to perform in the future somewhat as they always have in the past. It is possible that we will enter the Second Great Depression as a result of the 33-year cover-up of the implications of Shiller’s findings. The continued survival of our form of government was in question during the First Great Depression, which played a big role in bringing on World War II. The threat we are facing is serious stuff.

Millions of people invest in stocks today as a means of financing their old-age retirements. They need some means to access honest and accurate information about what the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research tells us. This is a big deal. It is imperative that as a people we find some means to open the internet to honest posting about stock investing questions.

So you ARE saying that there is a conspiracy to keep people from learning about this! 

The Buy-and-Hold Mafia very, very much does not want people to learn the realities of stock investing as revealed by the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research in this field. That much is certainly so.

But I very much doubt that there was ever a day when a group of people got together in a smoke-filled room and decided to work this fraud on the American people.

In fact, there is much evidence arguing against the conspiracy idea.

I was a Buy-and-Holder on the morning of May 13, 2002, when I put forward my famous post pointing out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate-studies. John Walter Russell was a Buy-and-Holder when he began working with me. Wade Pfau was a Buy-and-Holder when he began working with me. There’s a fellow named Larry Evans who was highly skeptical of my claims when he visited my blog. He told me that he was going to spend three weeks studying all the materials at my site and then would report back on whether it made sense or not. A few weeks later he called me at home saying that everything checked out and that he was so excited by Valuation-Informed Indexing that he couldn’t sleep at night because of the excitement he felt about how this could be put to use helping people. People who I know with certainty are not dumb or evil believe in Buy-and-Hold. You don’t have to be participating in a conspiracy to believe in this stuff.

What happened is that the experts in this field came to believe in Buy-and-Hold. They thought they had the answer. They wanted to help people and they believed that they were doing that when they promoted Buy-and-Hold strategies.

The bull market made the people who listened to their message very happy and these experts became even more sure that they were on the right track. They heard about Shiller’s findings. Doubts entered their heads. They pushed those doubts out of their heads. They didn’t want to experience doubts. They wanted to do good and they believed Buy-and-Hold was good. So they pushed it even harder.

Then the evidence that Buy-and-Hold can never work grew even stronger. The bull came to an end. We experienced an economic crisis, just as Shiller predicted in his book. The Buy-and-Holders became concerned. But all of their friends promoted Buy-and-Hold! If they came clean about their doubts, they would make things harder for their friends. Their friends recommended them and praised them and linked to them. They didn’t want to hurt their friends. So they kept it zipped. Or, if they gave voice to their doubts, they did so in ways that were so convoluted that most investors could not figure out what they were saying.

The losses suffered by those who followed Buy-and-Hold strategies grew larger and larger. Now the Buy-and-Holders faced a big problem. If they came clean, they could be held financially liable for those losses. After all, there were decades of research showing that there is zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for even a single investor. In extreme cases, people who promoted Buy-and-Hold and engaged in abusive tactics to keep their clients from hearing the other side of the story could even be sent to prison for financial fraud. The internal pressure not to speak up became stronger and stronger and stronger. Those who reported honestly on the academic research became the enemy. The priority was to keep people from learning about the mountain of research showing the dangers of Buy-and-Hold. That was imperative!

Please understand that I am not saying that all these steps were thought through consciously. Cognitive dissonance is a real phenomenon. The experts in this field have their entire careers at stake in keeping people convinced of the merit of Buy-and-Hold strategies. People who have that much riding on something can convince themselves of all sorts of crazy things. The experts are suffering from cognitive dissonance. They do not possess confidence in Buy-and-Hold. They are defensive about it, they are filled with doubts. But they cannot bear the thought of acknowledging that this is all a big pile of smelly garbage. They cannot let that reality in. And so they do not let it in! They fight those who speak honestly about the academic research with a viciousness that they exhibit in no other area of their daily lives. They MUST be proven right re this one! They must! They must! They must!

Their belief is not an intellectual one. It is an emotional one. No intellectual argument has an effect on people who believe something for purely emotional reasons.

Are you really saying that there is no intellectual case for Buy-and-Hold? Many of the top economists and academics and investing professionals in the world believe in Buy-and-Hold.

There was a day when the leading figures in society believed that the sun revolved around the earth. Humankind comes to understand new things about the world as time advances. There has never been any intellectual case for Buy-and-Hold. There were once many smart people who believed in it and there are today many smart people who believe in it. But there is no intellectual case that can be put forward for that belief.

How can you be so sure?

Wade Pfau is an academic researcher who I partnered with for 16 month. Wade holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton. When I met Wade, he believed in Buy-and-Hold. So he came to this with zero bias against Buy-and-Hold. He found my claim that long-term timing always works credible but believed that there must be academic research showing otherwise given how often the Buy-and-Holders have claimed that no form of market timing works. He searched the storehouse of research and was not able to find a single study raising any doubts as to whether long-term timing has always worked.

Wade could not believe his own finding. It just amazed him and he thought that he must have done something wrong. So he went to the Bogleheads Forum and asked if anyone there had ever heard of a single study supporting the claim on which the entire Buy-and-Hold Model was built. No one there had ever heard of a single study. John Bogle posts there. Bogle was not able to give the URL for a single study supporting Buy-and-Hold. Bill Bernstein posts there. Bernstein was not able to give the URL for a single study supporting Buy-and-Hold. Larry Swedroe posts there. Swedroe was not able to give the URL for a single study supporting Buy-and-Hold.

I suppose that you could say that on some future data someone will publish a study supporting Buy-and-Hold. Anything is theoretically possible. But as of today there has never been a single study published supporting. That’s an objective fact. There is no intellectual case that can be made for this strategy.

This seems impossible.

I understand. But don’t you think that it seemed impossible to the people of an earlier day that the earth revolved around the sun? New findings always seem impossible. They conflict with long-held beliefs, beliefs that we have all considered long-settled.

Still, the evidence says what the evidence says. When new evidence overturns seemingly long-settled beliefs, we need to accept this and more forward. It makes no sense to continue believing in discredited ideas. This is especially so in the investing realm, where the stakes are high. If we follow discredited beliefs when financing our retirement plans, we put ourselves in a very dangerous place.

Why doesn’t everybody say what you say?

Lots of people do. I have a “People Are Talking” section of my site where I post comments made by both big-name experts and ordinary investors about Valuation-Informed Indexing. The comments appear in the slider at the top right-hand corner of every page of the site. There are over 200 comments posted there. Please read them. They are illuminating. I believe that those comments sum up the entire 12-year debate in a concise and compelling way.

I’ll cite  just one of them here. Wade spent a great deal of time researching this stuff. He concluded that : “Yes, Virginia, Valuation-Informed Indexing Works!” That says it. This stuff works. It has always worked. There has never been any good reason to believe that it wouldn’t work.

Investors MUST practice long-term timing. It is the only means by which they can practice price discipline. And price discipline is every bit as critical when you are buying stocks as it is when you buy bananas or sweaters or cameras. If you fail to practice price discipline, you are leaving hundreds of thousands of dollars on the table. You are delaying your retirement by five to ten years. For what purpose?

Okay. Let’s say that you have a good idea. Do you have to be so rude about it? You call the people who disagree with you “Goons.” You make reference to a “Buy-and-Hold Mafia.” You lose credibility when you do that.

There’s no question that I lose credibility in the eyes of many when I use that kind of language. I am a journalist. I don’t have any choice. The Goon phenomenon is a real phenomenon. The Buy-and-Hold Mafia really exists and played a big role in bringing on the worst economic crisis in U.S. history. People need to know about these things. We cannot overcome these problems without first coming to understand these problems. And we cannot come to understand these problems without first giving ourselves permission to talk about these problems.

What is the Goon problem?

The Goon problem is that lots of people fell for the Buy-and-Hold concept and are embarrassed about it. John Greaney got the numbers wrong in a retirement study published at his web site. Big-name bloggers caused their readers to delay their retirements. Big-name experts gave bad advice to their clients.

The transition from Buy-and-Hold to Valuation-Informed Indexing is the biggest advance in the history of personal finance. It is good stuff piled on top of good stuff piled on top of good stuff. We should all be dancing in the streets. But those who have promoted Buy-and-Hold strategies don’t see it as good stuff because they gave such bad advice for so many years without knowing it was bad.

What is the Buy-and-Hold Mafia?

The Buy-and-Hold Mafia is all the people who felt embarrassment to learn that they have been giving bad advice acting together to block millions of middle-class investors from learning the realities. The natural way to overcome the embarrassment is to talk over the issues. There should be no shame in making a mistake. We all make mistakes. The people who advocated Buy-and-Hold in the past should just make the change to Valuation-Informed Indexing and counter the negative effect of having given poor advice for so many years with the positive effect of giving good advice from this point forward. Does that not make sense?

The problem is that many of the people who promoted Buy-and-Hold made lots of money and gained lots of influence doing so and they are inclined to use that money and power to destroy those who make an effort to tell the straight story. It is no act of kindness to support the cover-up. The worst possible thing you can do when you discover that you have made a mistake is to cover it up. Richard Nixon was not forced to resign his Presidency because of the trivial crime committed at the Watergate hotel. He was forced to resign because of the cover-up of that crime. We hurt our Buy-and-Hold friends when we encourage them to engage in a cover-up. We hurt them very badly.

I pointed out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies on the morning of May 13, 2002. I am writing these words in March 2014. We are not still involved in a first-level cover-up today. We are involved in a cover-up of a cover-up of a cover-up. Things have gone so far at this point that a number of my Goon friends will likely be going to prison following the next price crash. Prison? Huh? Because you got an important number wrong in a retirement study or because you are friends with someone who got an important number wrong in a retirement study? That’s insane!

It is insane. But there is another side to the story. The insanity was achieved through a logical progression.

The Goons covered up the mistake because they thought they could get away with it. We all feel temptations to cover up mistakes. We all know it is a dumb thing to do. But we all feel those temptations. The practical reality is that we often elect to come clean because we cannot imagine getting away with a cover-up. In this case, the Goon thought they could get away with a cover-up. Who was going to call them out on their nonsense, other Buy-and-Holders who made the same mistake? So they engaged in a cover-up. But that of course meant that more people suffered losses as a result of the mistake. When meant that the cover-up had to be expanded. And now they don’t want people to know that they engaged in a cover-up and then a cover-up of that cover-up and then a cover-up of the cover-up of the cover-up. The Goons look worse and worse and worse as time goes on. And they now cannot see any way out of the corner into which they have painted themselves.

The ultimate Goon act was their threat to send defamatory e-mails to Wade Pfau’s employer in an effort to get him fired from his job because he had co-authored research with me showing how Valuation-Informed Indexing has soundly beat Buy-and-Hold for the entire 140 years of U.S. stock market history available to us to study. VII always reduces risk, VII always increases the risk-adjusted return. Wade and I had seen amazing responses to that research, even from long-time Buy-and-Holders, who told us that seeing the numbers was causing them to have doubts about Buy-and-Hold for the first time in their lives. I think it would be fair to refer to the Bennett/Pfau research as the most important research published in this field in the past three decades. We showed that an investor can reduce stock investing risk by 70 percent just by being willing to abandon the Buy-and-Hold mumbo jumbo and take price into consideration when buying stocks just as he takes price into consideration when buying every other good and service he purchases.

How do you explain something like that?

The Goons didn’t threaten Wade as their first abusive act. They had made threats to kill any community member who posted honestly years before. They have advanced tens of thousands of acts of defamation before they ever heard of Wade Pfau. They had demanded unjustified board bannings and thereby caused thousands of their fellow community members to suffer failed retirements before that study was ever published in a peer-reviewed journal. What does a Goon do at that point? Does he come clean and accept the consequences of his many years of abusive actions? Or does he engage in even more abusiveness in an effort to cover-up the tens of thousands of abusive acts he has already committed?

We are all to blame for the Goon problem. When we tolerate this sort of behavior, we encourage it. There is no way to defend Buy-and-Hold in civil and reasoned debate given the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is precisely zero chance that it could ever work for even a single long-term investor. So the only possible defense is to engage in abusiveness. And we all encourage more of that abusiveness when we tolerate any of it. The Goons are responsible for their own behavior. But anyone who has witnessed that behavior and failed to speak up shares in the blame for the million of failed retirements and the millions of unemployed and the loss of confidence in our system of government and all the rest.

We live in communities. We all have an interest in seeing our economic system survive. We all have a responsibility to defend it when it comes under Goon attack.

The Buy-and-Hold Mafia exists today because we have as a society permitted it to exist. And each day that our tolerance of this criminal behavior continues, the problem gets worse.

Do you really believe that there is criminal behavior here?

Of course. The question is silly. Bernie Madoff is in prison today for committing financial fraud. The human suffering caused by Bernie Madoff is a drop of water in the Atlantic ocean compared to the human suffering caused by the Buy-and-Holders.

I pointed out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies on the morning of May 13, 2002. Not one of the studies has been corrected to this day. And you ask me if there is criminal behavior here? How else could such a thing become a reality?

It’s all so strange.

When large amounts of money are at stake, strange things happen.

Is the Lance Armstrong story strange? The guy was an amazing athlete. Yet he threw it all away. Strange. But it happened.

Is the Joe Paterno story strange? The guy was an amazing football coach. Yet he threw it all away. Strange. But it happened.

Is the Bernie Madoff story strange? The guy could have made tons of money doing honest work. Yet he threw it all away. Strange. But it happened.

Is the Richard Nixon story strange? The guy won the U.S. presidency in a landslide. Yet he threw it all away. Strange But it happened.

“Strange” is not the right word. “Tragic” is the right word. Humans are prone to corruption. especially when there is lots of money involved. It’s a reality of this planet.

What do you propose?

We need to open every discussion board and blog on the internet to honest posting. There are millions of middle-class people who want to learn the realities of stock investing. I have seen great interest at every large board and blog to which I have posted. People do not want to see death threats or unjustified board bannings or tens of thousands of acts of defamation or threats to get academic researchers fired from their jobs. We all need to develop the backbone to stand up to the Goons and thereby to win back our country.

We are on the one-yard line. We have been seeking for years to learn how to invest effectively. There were powerful insights in the pre-Buy-and-Hold Era and there were powerful insights in the Buy-and-Hold Era. Then Shiller provided the missing piece in 1981. Now we know how to permit millions of middle-class people to earn the high returns that have long been associated with stock investing while taking on only a tiny fraction of the risk that has also always been associated with this investment class. We know today how to earn higher stock returns than ever while reducing the risk of this investment class by 70 percent. That’s Investor Heaven!

The Goons don’t want people to know what works. That’s too bad for the Goons. Millions of investors need to know. We have rules prohibiting the tactics employed by the Goons at every board and blog on the internet. We need to start enforcing them.

How did you get to be so smart? 

It’s not really a question of being smart or not being smart. Thinking about things that way is part of the problem. The Buy-and-Holders try to turn investing into an intellectual puzzle. But the emotional side of investing is more important than the intellectual side.

There’s a sense in which we have the Buy-and-Hold Pioneers to thank for this insight. It was the Buy-and-Holders who showed that being smart gives you no edge because any development that you happen to notice because of your intelligence has already been noticed by other investors and priced in to the market price. Intuitively, it seems like intelligence should give you an edge. But this is often not the case.

That said, there is one thing that can never be priced in to the market price — mispricing. For mispricing to be priced in is a logical impossibility. So the stock investor who pays attention to mispricing gains a huge edge over all the investors ignoring the mispricing and thereby causing it.

Why is it that I have a greater inclination to pay attention to price? I think it is largely an issue of personality type. This field attracts the INFJ personality type. This is the engineer type. They are strong analytical thinkers and good at math. But they are not strong at understanding human emotions. They are great at what they do. But they are weak at understanding why stocks become mispriced. They want investing to be logical and they convince themselves that it is. But their desire that it be logical does not make it so.

I certainly do not think that I possess more I.Q. points than others in this field. But I lost confidence in all Buy-and-Hold claims on the evening of August 27, 2000. That’s the night that John Greaney threatened to kill my wife and children if I continued posting honestly on safe withdrawal rates and 200 Buy-and-Holders recommended his post. That told me that the Buy-and-Holders were missing an important piece of the puzzle.

Do you really think that people are going to go to prison? 

It’s not for me to say. I believe that there will be people who will go to prison.  But the issue of who goes and for how long is an issue that we need to work through as a society.

My job is to help people understand why they have lost so much of their retirement money and why we are in an economic crisis. It’s an objective fact that the 12-year cover-up of the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal rate studies is the biggest act of financial fraud in U.S. history. That alone is news. People need to know it and people need to think about how this happened. It reflects on Buy-and-Hold that it was always Buy-and-Holders who supported the cover-up. I don’t know of a single case in which a Valuation-Informed Indexer engaged in the sort of abusive behavior that we have seen on a daily basis from the Buy-and-Holders.

The Buy-and-Holders are scared. Why? People who promote this strategy need to be asking themselves that question.

It seems to me that you contradict yourself. Sometimes you say that the problem is cognitive dissonance. Other times you say that there have been acts of financial fraud.

Lots of good and smart people believe in Buy-and-Hold. I believed in Buy-and-Hold on the morning of May 13, 2002. John Walter Russell believed in Buy-and-Hold when he began working with me. Wade Pfau believed in Buy-and-Hold when he began working with me.

If the Buy-and-Holders are engaged in an act of conspiracy, they have a funny way of keeping people in the dark about it. It was by reading John Bogle’s book that I learned about the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal rate studies (Bogle said that Reversion to the Mean is an “Iron Law” of stock investing). One of the Goons once asked Bill Bernstein if he agreed with me that the Old School SWR studies were analytically invalid. He said that the studies were valid but that anyone who was thinking of using one to plan a retirement would have to be out of his or her mind (which is another way of saying that the studies are analytically invalid). When I wrote Scott Burns an e-mail telling him about the errors in the Old School studies, his first reaction was to send me a return e-mail saying “you’re right!” And so on. The Buy-and-Holders have grave doubts about Buy-and-Hold. And, if you pay attention to their public statements, you will see that they give voice to these grave doubts from time to time.

They are just afraid to come out openly and say “Buy-and-Hold is a big pile of smelly garbage.” That follows logically from things they have said. But the thought of saying things so clearly frightens them. They know that people who listened to them when they advocated Buy-and-Hold will get angry with them. So they aim to drop hints about what works without being too clear about it. And then they try to convince themselves that they will not cause too much human suffering by doing that. They rationalize. They come to believe their own rationalizations. They come to suffer from cognitive dissonance.

There is some behavior that cannot be excused by cognitive dissonance. Cognitive dissonance does not excuse death threats or demands for unjustified board bannings or tens of thousands of acts of defamation or threats to get academic researchers fired from their jobs. There have to be lines that cannot be crossed for our system of government to work. If we just say that any behavior whatsoever is permitted by people suffering cognitive dissonance, then a claim of cognitive dissonance becomes a Get Out of Jail Free card for those claiming it.

That’s the distinction that I see, in any event. Again, this is a matter for our entire society to decide as a society.

Aren’t the academics independent actors?

I believe that to a large extent the academics are independent actors. I certainly do not think that they are in it just for the money. Money considerations may have some influence on academics; for example, there may be consulting opportunities for those who support Buy-and-Hold strategies that are not available to those who do not. But I think it is a mistake to make too much of that sort of thing. I believe that most academics who advocate Buy-and-Hold strategies to at least some extent believe in them.

That said, it’s important to understand that making someone an academic does not make him an angel. Buy-and-Hold is the dominant model today. That means that one’s career advances more quickly if one produces research supporting that model. All humans are responsive to incentives and disincentives. Even in the academic world, there are huge incentives to favor Buy-and-Hold strategies and huge disincentives to challenge Buy-and-Hold strategies.

What creates the huge bias in favor of Buy-and-Hold?

It’s the $12 trillion of Pretend Money created by the belief in Buy-and-Hold strategies.

That’s the amount by which stocks were overpriced in January 2000. It’s very important that you understand that the $12 trillion never existed. It is investors who set the price of stocks. Stocks are at least temporarily worth whatever we say that they are worth. If we all want to vote ourselves raises, we can do so just by working together to push up stock prices and declaring the amounts on our portfolio statements “real.”

Using bull market gains to finance your retirement is like borrowing on credit cards to support a lifestyle that you could not support on your salary alone. It’s a game. It’s a fantasy. It’s irresponsible. But it is a fun game while it lasts.

Investing experts get a good reaction when they tell their clients that the Pretend Gains are real. So do academics who produce research suggesting that the Pretend Gains are real. So do bloggers who encourage their readers to believe that the Pretend Gain are real. So long as the bull market continues, everyone is happy and it appears as if there will be no price to be paid for believing in the fantasy.

Get Rich Quick investing strategies are popular. Buy-and-Hold tells us that it is okay to believe in phony bull-market gains. That’s why Buy-and-Hold is popular.

Isn’t it just human nature to believe in bull markets? Isn’t this all just going to play out the same way over and over again?

I don’t think so. We now have 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing us how stock investing really works. That changes everything once we are able to get the word out.

It’s important to keep in mind that investors who follow Valuation-Informed Indexing strategies get to retire five to ten years sooner than those who follow Buy-and-Hold strategies. That’s a big plus. Once large numbers of investors learn what they need to learn to invest effectively, it will be very hard ever again to persuade them to adopt Buy-and-Hold strategies.

The big problem today is that the expert who see through all the b.s. don’t feel that they can make money advocating research-based strategies. That’s because they cannot gain traction for their ideas as long as the Goons possess a veto power over what can be said on the internet re stock investing. Once the Ban on Honest Posting is overcome there is no going back to the Buy-and-Hold days.

Do you really believe that there are people who want to advocate Valuation-Informed Indexing but who are today afraid to do so?

I have zero doubt about it. I have talked to many such people. There are academics who want to publish honest research that helps people. There are advisors who want to give honest advice that helps people. There are bloggers who want to write honest articles that help people. And on and on and on.

People love helping people. They just don’t want to see their businesses destroyed when they do it. When the people who want to help us see other people’s businesses being destroyed, they pull back.

Please give me one example.

Here are some words that appeared in a column in the Wall Street Journal written by Brett Arends:

For Years, the Investment Industry Has Tried to Scare Clients Into Staying Fully Invested in the Stock Market at All Times, No Matter How High Stocks Go. It’s Hooey. They’re Leaving Out More Than Half the Story.

That’s Valuation-Informed Indexing in a nutshell. The entire purpose of the investing material at this site is to tell the half of the story that the Wall Street Con Men leave out.

The editors of the Journal would not have permitted those words to appear if Arends’ claim did not check out. It checks out. There is a mountain of evidence supporting that claims and nothing supporting the claims of the Buy-and-Holders.

I believe that column was a trial baloon. Had the column gone viral, the Journal would have followed up with a series of articles telling investors all the things they need to know about stock investing that the Buy-and-Holders have been keeping from them.

The article did not go viral. It was hardly mentioned anywhere except at my site. But I believe that the Journal will jump when the see that investors are ready to hear about the realities.

Are you angry at the Buy-and-Holders?

That’s like asking me “does racism make you angry?” or “does ignorance make you angry?”

I don’t like what racism does to people. I don’t like what ignorance does to people. I don’t like what Buy-and-Hold does to people.

But I don’t think that giving free rein to one’s anger helps. We need to understand where racism comes from to overcome it. We need to understand why people are drawn to Buy-and-Hold to lead people to a better place.

I want to defeat Buy-and-Hold. I want to bury it 30 feet in the ground, where it can do no further harm to humans and other living things.

But I try to bring a loving spirit to that task. The Buy-and-Holders are great people who have contributed many powerful insights that benefit us all. There would be no Valuation-Informed Indexing had Buy-and-Hold not come before it. I want to work with the Buy-and-Holders to bring their dream to fruition. I want to take Buy-and-Hold to exciting new places it has never been to before. I want to make Buy-and-Hold workable in the real world. The name for the Buy-and-Hold strategy that is workable in the real world is “Valuation-Informed Indexing.”

Is Valuation-Informed Indexing your idea or Robert Shiller’s idea?

Shiller is the grandfather of the concept and I am the father.

The way this worked is that I put a post to a Motley Fool discussion board on the morning of May 13, 2002, pointing out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies. It generated a lot of controversy. There was a group that was saying that the discussion of the realities of stock investing that followed was the best discussion that we had ever had at the board. Another group vowed to burn the entire board to the ground if the discussion didn’t stop immediately.

The error in the studies was that they did not include an adjustment for the valuations level that applied on the day the retirement begins. I knew that a valuation adjustment was needed because I had heard about Shiller’s 1981 research showing that valuations affect long-term returns. If valuations affect long-term returns, there is obviously no way that the safe withdrawal rate could be identified without taking into consideration the valuation level that applied on the day the retirement began. The board was being torn apart and I wanted to save it. So I went looking for boards that explored the implications of Shiller’s ideas. I was not able to find any!

This amazed me. Shiller had discovered that one of our fundamental beliefs about stock investing (that the market is efficient and that thus long-term timing is not required) was false. He had written a best-selling book. His ideas made perfect sense (it never made sense to me that we don’t need to consider price when buying stocks even though we do consider price when buying all other goods and services). And yet no one was exploring the implications of his revolutionary insight. And then I realized that even Shiller never did this. His book devotes only two paragraphs to the question of how to go about investing. It’s as if there was a Social Taboo that prohibited us all from exploring how the new model works.

Since no one else was doing it, I directed myself to the project. I have spent the last 12 years of my life to developing Shiller’s core insight. I had huge research assistance from John Walter Russell and Wade Pfau. The model is a revision of the Buy-and-Hold Model. So I obviously owe a great debt to Eugene Fama and John Bogle. And there were thousands of community members who contributed important insights, including  a number of my Goon friends.

Do you see yourself a qualified to develop a model for understanding how stock investing works?

Not really. I did not study investing in school. I never managed a big fund.

But someone had to do the job. And no one else seemed inclined to step forward.

So I gave it my best shot. Lots of big-name experts have offered extremely kind comments on my work. So I am confident that I am very much on the right track. That said, I very much would like to see the entire internet opened to honest posting on all investing questions so that I can obtain more informed feedback. There are lots of smart people out there who would be capable of offering constructive criticism of my ideas if only they were not so afraid of those darn Goons!

Do you try to provoke people into anger?

No. Never.

I tease the Goons sometimes because some of the things they say are so over the top that it would be insulting to my readers if I were to act as if I took the comments seriously.

But PeteyPerson, a poster from my Motley Fool days, nailed me when he said that in the days before I posted about investing, I was “a puppy dog poster.” I like to learn. I like to teach. I like to have fun enjoying warm conversations with my friends. I hate conflict. I avoid it at all costs.

I was forced into taking on the Goons because they are blocking millions of people from learning what they need to learn about stock investing and I care about those people too much to go along with that sort of thing. This is the work I do. I must do it honestly. It it an outrage that there is even one person who believes that I should agree to post dishonestly just to appease the Goons. I am freshly insulted every time that idea is put before me again.

If Valuation-Informed Indexing really worked, wouldn’t the Goons want to learn about it?

Say that you have a friend who is an alcoholic. His wife has left him. He has lost his house and his family and his friends. He has lost most of his money. His health is failing. There are signs that he may soon be fired from his job. How does he respond when you suggest that he get himself to an AA meeting?

He insists that he doesn’t have a problem. He insists that he has it all under control. Denial is part of the disease.

So it is with Buy-and-Hold investing.

If Buy-and-Holders were capable of thinking clearly about how stock investing works, they wouldn’t be Buy-and-Holders in the first place. The idea that price doesn’t matter when buying stocks defies common sense. There is zero evidence for this idea. Why? Because it is nuts.

The belief in Buy-and-Hold is emotional, not intellectual. Intellectual arguments leave no mark on the true believers.

There are many who are not so fanatical, however. There are many who do want to learn. Those are the people we should be trying to help. Our problem is that it upsets the Goons for anyone to learn the realities. They are like alcoholics who see other people living peaceful, fulfilling lives and go crazy when they see it because they think that these people have something that they can never have.

Do you think that the Wall Street Con Men will try to crush you with lawsuits if your site becomes more popular?

I don’t entirely rule it out. When John Greaney vowed to get me banned from the Motley Fool site, I dismissed the idea out of hand. The owner of the site had written one of the blurbs that appear on the cover of my Passion Saving book. I was the most popular poster at the entire site before I began writing about investing. I had been hired to teach the site’s Retirement Planning course. My report on Secrets of Retiring Early was the #1 best-selling report in the history of the site’s Soapbox service. I obviously had zero intention of ever putting forward a post that was abusive in any way. It just seemed to me impossible that this fellow who was angry because I had pointed out that he got an important number wrong in a retirement study was going to be able to get me banned from the board I had built into a huge success. But he pulled it off! Ever since then, I don’t rule anything out entirely.

But, no, I don’t believe it will happen. If the Wall Street Con Men were going to sue me, I think they would have done so before now. The Goons made lots of threats along those lines and I have never been served any papers. They were trying to intimidate me into silence. I think there’s a risk that, if they sued me, it would just generate publicity re these matters, which is the last thing that the Wall Street Con Men want to see.

When Greaney made his death threats, did you believe that he would carry them out?

I saw it as an intimidation tactic. That said, my wife was worried about it. Our one boy was two years old at the time, the other was an infant. I could understand her concern.

And the other thing is — How can you really rule anything out when you are dealing with someone who would threaten to kill someone because he pointed out an error in a retirement study? The behavior is so off the wall that you cannot rule out the kind of person who would engage in it doing just about anything.

Did Wade Pfau really believe that the Goons could get him fired from his job?

He did. We talked about it. He told me that he was worried about it. He said that he did not think that his employer would investigate the truth of the claims made in the defamatory e-mails, they just wouldn’t want to have an employee that caused them to have to deal with such matters.

The Goons are bullies. Bullies take advantage of the fact that normal people are embarrassed to hear ugly things said around them. None of the Goons has been banned at any of the sites at which they have employed their dirty tactics. Site owners do not expect to see consequences visited on the for banning honest posters. They don’t know what to expect from the Goons. So they are careful not to do anything to antagonize them in any way. The Goons get their power from the fact that people fear them.

The Goons say that they do not demand that you be banned because of what you say but because of how you say it. Is there any truth to that?

There’s a little bit of truth to it. If I were to go on a board and say “I am going with a low stock allocation even though I know that Buy-and-Hold is the answer because I am a scaredy cat and I just cannot work up the courage to do what is right,” they would not object. A statement like that poses no threat to their investing beliefs. What they don’t like about me is that I cite peer-reviewed academic research. Their marketing claim is that the peer-reviewed academic research supports Buy-and-Hold. When people find out that that is not so, their marketing pitch collapses.

But they really are objecting to the content of my message. I am saying that the peer-reviewed academic research does not support Buy-and-Hold. There is no way that that message can be expressed to which they would not object.

Shouldn’t web sites be permitted to ban whomever they want?

No. Web sites should follow their published rules.

A site owner would certainly be free to say “this site is about day-trading and Valuation-Informed Indexing is not a day-trading strategy and so it may not be discussed here.” But the Retire Early board at Motley Fool was founded for the purpose of helping people learn how to plan effective early retirements. To ban discussion of the errors in a retirement study heavily promoted at such a site is an act of financial fraud. Motley Fool had published rules prohibiting the tactics that the Goons used to keep the readers of the site from learning the realities. Death threats, for example, were prohibited. Intimidation tactics were prohibited. Jumping onto threads for the sole purpose of driving people off them was prohibited. The people who engaged in the abusive tactics should have been banned, not the people expressing a desire that honest posting be permitted.

Most people who view the material at a board do not know or care much about the board politics. When they see a retirement study being discussed on a daily basis by the people who visit the board, they naturally conclude that the study checks out, that there are no errors in it. If errors have been discovered and are being covered up, those people are being put at grave danger of suffering failed retirements. And the owner of the board is complicit in the act of fraud if he knows about the errors and about the abusive tactics used to cover up those errors and has done nothing to protect the community.

Why do you think the site owners banned you if you had violated no rules?

The Stock-Selling Industry has spent hundreds of millions of dollars promoting Buy-and-Hold. Everyone knows about it. Valuation-Informed Indexing is a new idea. Lots of people have expressed a desire to learn about it. But they naturally start out as skeptics and can only be brought around in time as they ask questions and hear the answers and think things over. I have never violated any site posting rule. No site owner has ever identified one that I broke. But the Goons follow me from site to site and make everyone present uncomfortable with their insanely abusive behavior. Most people truly hate that stuff and express an intent to leave the site if the ugliness is not brought to a stop. The site owners ban me as a way of making the ugliness stop.

The obvious question is — why don’t the site owners ban the Goons, who are the ones breaking the rules?

Buy-and-Hold is Get Rich Quick. Get Rich Quick is popular. The site owners want to be make money and you don’t make money by being against what is popular. So the site owners do the thing that makes them popular.

The problem, of course, is that people’s retirement money is at stake. There is nothing wrong with a site owner wanting his site to be popular. But an owner of an investing site who cares only popularity and is willing to permit verifiably false investing claims to be presented without permitting any possibility of those claims being challenged is engaged in an act of financial fraud.

I pointed out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate-studies on the morning of May 13, 2002. About ten years later, the Wall Street Journal published an article confirming that I was right. There are millions of people who will likely suffer failed retirements because of the failure of the authors of those studies to correct them for those 10 years. Who should bear those losses. The people who relied on the studies did nothing wrong. They checked studies before planning their retirements. The site owners allowed those studies to be promoted at their sites even though they knew about the errors in the studies and even though they knew that the authors of the studies were covering up those errors through the use of death threats and other intimidation tactics. Big-name experts like John Bogle and Bill Bernstein and Larry Swedoe participated at these forums without raising objections to the abusive tactics employed to cover up the errors. Is it equitable in such circumstances to say that the investors should suffer these losses? It certainly seems to me to be proper to hold the study authors and the site owners and the experts liable for the financial losses. No?

It sounds like you are saying that the investing advice field has become 100 percent corrupt in the Buy-and-Hold Era.

Yes, that is a concise statement of the reality, in my assessment.

May talented people work in this field. All signs are that they got into the field at least in part because they wanted to help people. A mistake was made and they ended up destroying millions of middle-class lives. Lots of people want to be able to retain their personal integrity and still work in this field but they are not able to find any means to make that dream a reality.

Do you have any recommendations?

I’ve made the same recommendation thousands of times. We need to open every investing board and blog on the internet to honest posting on all investing-related topics.

The Buy-and-Holders are threatened by this idea. But it is by talking things over that we enjoy learning experiences. We all benefit from learning experiences.

We are going to have to make the move to Valuation-Informed Indexing eventually, whether the Buy-and-Holders like the idea or not. Buy-and-Hold is a huge wealth-destruction machine. The time is not too far off when as a society we will no longer be able to bear the losses. Given that we are going to have the discussions sooner or later, it is better for the Buy-and-Holders that we have them sooner, when their financial liabilities are smaller.

I hate it that the Buy-and-Holders have introduced so much ugliness into the debate. We have discovered amazing things over the past 30 years. We should be enjoying our good fortune, not arguing over whether honesty should be permitted in investing discussions.

Do you think that others might not see Valuation-Informed Indexing as being quite such a big deal?

Yes, that’s absolutely so. That’s probably the most important driver to all that is going on.

People fell in love with Buy-and-Hold. It sounded sensible. They liked it that it was rooted in academic research. They felt that it survived its real-world test when it performed so well during the bull market.

People have begun to entertain doubts since the beginning of the economic crisis. But they do not want to drop Buy-and-Hold altogether. They are okay with the idea of paying a bit more attention to valuations. But the idea of abandoning Buy-and-Hold strikes most people as extreme. Their retirement money is at stake. Most people want to avoid extreme steps when their retirement money is at stake.

We are living in a transition period. Ultimately, people need to choose either Buy-and-Hold or Valuation-Informed Indexing. There is no support in the research for the middle ground. If valuations matter, it makes sense to quantify the extent to which they matter and that makes you a Valuation-Informed Indexer.

But people do not want to make that jump today. There is a great psychological resistance to making that jump.

Do you think then that you might have more success if you didn’t push so hard?

I’d be more popular if I didn’t push so hard.

I wouldn’t know as much, however. It is by pushing and listening to the reactions that I get from my pushing, that I sharpen my understanding of the realities of stock investing. Then I am able to pass that information along to others.

I am the co-author (with Wade Pfau) of peer-reviewed research that shows investors how to reduce the risk of stock investing by 70 percent. I am very proud of that research. I think it would be fair to describe it as the most important research published in this field in the past 30 years. I couldn’t have produced that research had I not pushed. I had been pushing for years when I connected with Wade and it was because of all I learned in the discussions that followed from my pushing that I was able to answer all of his questions. Pushing gets you places.

And please remember that Shiller didn’t publish his breakthrough research last week or last month or last year. Why haven’t we taken advantage of Shiller’s insights. Because some people don’t want us to (they make their careers advocating Buy-and-Hold) and because those who see the merit of Shiller’s work don’t push hard enough.

We know how to stop economic crises today. We know how to reduce the risk of stock investing by 70 percent. We know how to invest so that we can retire five to ten years sooner. We know that stuff intellectually. But most of us don’t know it in a practical sense because we have accepted a situation where talking about these wonderful advances has been prohibited. Huh? My thought is that some pushing is called for in these circumstances.

Yes, I push. But please let it be noted that I am pushing for something very, very good.

And please let it be known that there will be no losers when this exercise in pushing succeeds. It’s all winners. It’s good stuff piled on top of good stuff piled on top of good stuff. It’s a rare opportunity to be able to improve millions of lives without having any other group needing to take on any costs. This is truly exciting stuff. So I push (in a loving way).

Isn’t it possible that you are wrong?

Yes, it is. I have been wrong about important things at earlier times in my life and it could be that it is happening again. If it were, I would probably be the last to know. Please don’t take anything I say to heart solely because I say it.

Why do you believe that stock prices will fall by 65 percent within the next few years?

Because there has never in U.S. history been a secular bear market that ended with the P/E10 level above “8.” A drop to “8” would be a drop of about 65 percent from where we are today.

Is there magic in this “8” P/E10 level? Why must history repeat?

There’s no law that says that history must repeat. In fact, if we opened the internet to honest posting, I do not believe that we would ever see the P/E10 level fall to 8. A P/E10 level of 8 is crazy. It means that we are pricing the entire market at one-half of fair value. Why do that? At least when we overprice things, we make ourselves richer for a time. When we underprice, we make ourselves poorer for a time. Why do that? Especially when we are already in bad economic times?

It’s human psychology that drives us to do this crazy thing. It makes no logical sense to price stocks at one-half of their fair value. But you must keep in mind that most of us are trying hard to believe that our portfolios are worth what our portfolio statements say they are. The market must eventually price things properly and so the P/E10 value must fall to 15. But, when it does, that will depress us because we will have lost so much wealth that we were planning to use to finance our retirements. The depression will cause us to feel an irrational hatred of stocks as great as the irrational exuberance we felt in earlier days. People who feel an irrational hatred of stocks push the P/E10 value to 8, one-half of fair value. It only makes sense emotionally, not intellectually.

The only way to get past all this dangerous emotional business is to become familiar with the lessons of the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research. That’s why I keep hitting that note over and over and over.

Why can’t you just admit that you don’t like the Buy-and-Holders?

Because it’s not true. I like them as people. I admire them for their contributions. I respect them for their genuine and important accomplishments. I am grateful for what I have learned from them. I look forward to working with them.

It’s important to keep the long-term picture in mind. When the history books are written, they won’t focus on these internet squabbles. The focus will be on the huge advance in our understanding of how stock investing works that we are about to achieve. The Buy-and-Hold Pioneers played a big part in making that advance a reality. I tell on them when they mess up, I think it i fair that I sing their praises when they do good stuff too.

Are you bitter?

I don’t think so. I would describe myself as anxious to move on to a better world.

I’ve heard that you expect to receive a payment of $500 million. Is that so?

I expect to receive that amount in a settlement from the Wall Street Con Men. My hope is that I will not have to follow legal papers. I believe that John Bogle’s heart is going to melt following the next price crash and that he is going to want to set things right and that we will be working together to pull our nation out of its economic crisis and to spread the word on Valuation-Informed Indexing (which could fairly be called “Buy-and-Hold 2.0”) far and wide.

So you’re in it for the money?

I work for money like everybody else. I have done very important work and I expect to be paid an amount reflective of the value of the work. I have had some hard day at the office over the course of the first 12 years!

I want to see all Valuation-Informed Indexers be well compensated. One of the big problems we have today is that the rewards for pushing Get Rich Quick strategies are so great that people cannot ignore the temptation to go down that dark road and the rewards for pushing the true research-based stuff are today so slight that it is hard to persuade people to work up the courage to flip to the bright side of the road. The more money we see travel in the direction of the Valuation-Informed Indexers, the better off we all will be.

What do you think will happen after the next crash?

I am not able to anticipate specifics. I remember feeling a big change in the water temperature following the 2008 crash. I wasn’t able to post at most investing blogs prior to that crash. I was at least implicitly banned just about everywhere. After that crash, I was able to get guest blog entries at all sorts of places that were closed to me in earlier days. I believe that the next crash will push the door the rest of the way open and exciting things will start to happen for us all.

We will need to move fast. A lot of people will be experiencing panic. We will be seeing political unrest. It will be a dangerous situation. We will need to get good news out to people as quickly as possible to reassure them about their economic futures. This is why I have been trying to get articles like this one in place prior to the crash. I want these materials to be available promptly when they are needed.

Can you sum up what Valuation-Informed Indexing is all about in a few words?

Valuations matter.

That’s it.

Can it really be that simple?

I think so. The most important truths are the simple, fundamental ones.

Once we open our minds to the need to quantify the effect of valuations, we become able to gain an awareness of the extent to which emotions ruin our ability to make sound investing decisions. The change we are in the process of achieving is the move from living in a fog to becoming self-aware. Investing is leaving its dark ages. Investing will in the future be a more dignified and intelligent an endeavor.

When you describe your investing ideas to people you interact with in your day-to-day non-internet life, how do they react?

I don’t get the Goon stuff in real life. Sometimes people get it. Usually, they do not. Most people respond politely but with a sort of My-Eyes-Glaze-Over look that tells me that they feel that understanding investing is beyond them or what I am telling them is too good to be true or that someone other than me would be advocating it if it were real or something along those lines.

Does that tell you something?

It doesn’t tell me that I am wrong. If I were wrong, people would be able to identify where it is that I have gotten off track. No one has done that in 12 years and many, many people have told me that I am the first person who has described how investing to them in a way that truly makes complete sense. It’s not just ordinary people who have said that. Big names in the field have told me that. It seems impossible that so many people could file such glowing reports and that there would really be nothing there.

If we don’t see a crash for another three years, will you give up on Valuation-Informed Indexing?

That’s the hardest question you could ask me. I could never go back to believing in Buy-and-Hold. Once you have seen the holes in the theory, you cannot forget that you have seen them. I am strongly drawn to research-based strategies and, outside of Buy-and-Hold and Valuation-Informed Indexing, there are no others. So I would be in a fix. My guess is that I would look for some new research-based strategy. But it is hard for me to imagine what that would be. I would feel a need to add stronger caveats to my case for Valuation-Informed Indexing if we did not see a crash by the end of President Obama’s second term in office.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed Under: Uncategorized

Beginner’s Guide to Investing — The Experts Speak on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

December 3, 2019 By Rob

Beginners’s Guide to Investing #1:  Robert Shiller on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Shiller is the grandfather of Valuation-Informed Indexing. His 1981 research showing that valuations affect long-term returns (and that there is thus precisely zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for even a single long-term investor) has stood the test of time.

Shiller has also offered comments that go a long way to explaining why the implications of his findings have remained largely unexplored for 33 years. He has noted that the hasty conclusion that the Buy-and-Holders jumped to when they discovered that short-term timing doesn’t work — that the market is efficient, or properly priced — is perhaps the most inexplicable and foolish (in an objective sense) mistake ever made in the history of personal finance. Shiller has also noted that most people in this field are dismissive of insights rooted in an understanding of human psychology. That goes a long way to explaining why so many “experts” have been so perversely stubborn in their refusal to correct the mistake for so long. The Buy-and-Holders see correction of the mistake as submission to their intellectual inferiors.

Shiller’s weakness is that he possesses too darn genial a disposition. Shiller devotes all of two paragraphs of his book to a discussion of the how-to of investing. I don’t think that was an accident. I think Shiller has been deluged with abuse from Buy-and-Holders over the years. I think he has caught on to the reality that the one thing that most drives Buy-and-Holders bonkers is for someone to point out why their investing ideas never work out in the real world. So Shiller wrote a book that explains the theory of Valuation-Informed Indexing in depth but which leaves out the practical stuff in which most investors possess the greatest interest. The result was that Buy-and-Holders felt safe ignoring the book and didn’t feel a need to bury it and it’s author in a shower of hate. Of course, it also means that millions of investors did not hear the clear warning of the dangers of Buy-and-Hold that they very much needed to hear. Shiller pulls his punches.

Shiller is also inconsistent in the investing advice he offers in interviews (in which it is not possible to stay on the relatively safe ground of theoretical discussion). Following the 2008 crash, he said that it would not be safe to get back into stocks until the P/E10 value dropped below 10 (a statement that is in accord with the lessons of the 140 years of historical return data available to us today). Recently, he said that he is going with a 50 percent stock allocation (the P/E10 level in recent times has been above 25) and that he could see how other investors might be okay going with even higher stock allocation. And yet in a separate interview he predicted a crash in 2014!

It may be that this is another case of Shiller seeking to avoid controversy to the extent possible. Or it may be that Shiller himself has not yet explored the implications of many of his ideas. My guess is that it is a bit of both.

A number of blog entries relating to Shiller are available at the Category called “Shiller and Valuation-Informed Indexing.

An article on Shiller’s book is here.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #2: John Bogle on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Many people think of me as being a critic of John Bogle. I don’t see it that way. I like to think of myself as the biggest critic of Buy-and-Hold alive on Planet Earth today and Bogle is the most vocal advocate of Buy-and-Hold. So I understand where the perception is coming. But people are overlooking Bogle’s most important achievements when they jump to the conclusion that criticism of Buy-and-Hold equates to criticism of the man who advocates it.

I rank Bogle as the second most important investing analyst of all time, behind only Shiller. His two huge contributions were to popularize the idea of rooting one’s investing strategies in the peer-reviewed academic research and to be the first major figure in the field to focus on how millions of middle-class people who don’t have the time or inclination to do lots of research should tap into the benefits of stock investing. Valuation-Infomed Indexing is the first true research-based strategy. So I view my work as a revision or reformation of Buy-and-Hold, a Buy-and-Hold 2.0, a Buy-and-Hold that works in the real world. And Valuation-Informed Indexing is the strategy that realizes Bogle’s dream of creating an investing strategy fit for ordinary middle-class people. Buy-and-Hold obviously does not fit the bill because it always produces crashes which cause large portions of the investor’s accumulated wealth of a lifetime to disappear in a flash. Few middle-class people can bear the emotional pain associated with that sort of hit.

The big question, of course, is why has Bogle been so darn stubborn about admitting his mistake and correcting the errors in his strategy? He’s one of those darn humans! In fairness to Bogle, I think we need to note that few of the investors following his strategy ask him hard questions about it. Bogle says that the biggest allocation change that an investor needs to make in response to valuation shifts is 15 percent. I’ve looked at the historical data and there is no way on God’ green earth that he got that 15 percent number from any sort of legitimate study of the question. Do you know where I think he got it? I think my good friend Jack pulled that one out of his backside. People should call him out on it. And they don’t. Bogle is to blame for putting forward the bogus number. But the rest of us are to blame for not calling the man out on his b.s. marketing mumbo jumbo.

There are a number of blog entries on Bogle available at the Category called John Bogle and VII.

An article on Bogle’s big mistake is here.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #3: Wade Pfau on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Wade and I worked together for 16 months. I believe that the peer-reviewed research that we co-authored ranks as the most important research published in this field in the past three decades. I say that because a number of long-term Buy-and-Holders told me that they gave thought to switching to Valuation-Informed Indexing strategies after seeing it (Wade himself switched after working with me — Wade holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton. The idea behind the research is simplicity itself. We compared for the 140 years of U.S. stock market history Buy-and-Hold strategies with a strategy in which the stock portion of the portfolio is 90 percent at times of low valuations, 60 percent at times of moderate valuations and 30 percent at times of high valuations. The VII strategy performed better on a risk-adjusted basis for the entire 140-year time-period. Buy-and-Hold never works!

Wade got to know me from my posts at the Vanguard Diehards board. He became extremely excited about Valuation-Informed Indexing as he learned more about it. He had visions of a Nobel prize in Economics (which he does indeed deserve, in my assessment) and of getting our research published in the Journal of Finance, the most prestigious journal in the field. He expressed amazement that no one had done research of this kind many years sooner. Then the Buy-and-Hold Goons went on the attack. They threatened to send defamatory e-mails to Wade’s employer in an effort to get him fired as punished for his “crime” of publishing honest research that will someday help millions of investors learn about the dangers of Buy-and-Hold. He noted that big names in the field like John Bogle expressed no concern over the use of the Goons’ regular use of these tactics to destroy the careers of those who showed an interest in doing honest work in this field. Wade has financial responsibility for two small children. He determined that the best course of action for his family was to betray his research, his profession and his country. I told him that I thought he was “insane” to take this dark path but I cannot say that I do not possess sympathy for how he felt when he came to understand the circumstances in which he had placed himself by doing this wonderful work which someday will lead us all beyond the huge wealth-destruction engine known as “Buy-and-Hold.”

The research that Wade and I co-authored is here. 

The story of how Wade was silenced by the Buy-and-Holders is here.

Links to reports on my 16 months of e-mail correspondence with Wade are here.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #4: Rob Bennett on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

I was a journalist at Daily Tax Report and Tax Notes magazine and a lobbyist at the Ernst & Young accounting firm in the days before I took up work in the personal finance field. I entered the field by building a board on early retirement into the most successful discussion board at the Motley Fool site. On the morning of May 13, 2002, I put up a post reporting on the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies. My points have been confirmed as accurate in nearly every big-name publication in the field in the years since, including the Wall Street Journal and the Economist magazine; the studies do not include an adjustment for the valuations level that applies on the day the retirement begins and the past 33 years of research in this field shows that this is the single most important factor in determining the safe withdrawal rate. The Buy-and-Holders have fought a brutally vicious battle for 12 years now to keep the millions of middle-class investors who need to know about these errors (and about how similar errors make the entire Buy-and-Hold strategy the most dangerous strategy ever concocted by the human mind) from learning about them.

I was a Buy-and-Holder on the day I put forward that fateful post. I gave up on the strategy on the evening of August 27, 2002, when the author of one of the studies threatened to kill my wife and children if I continued to post honestly on the SWR topic and 200 of my fellow community members endorsed his post. I did not know then one-tenths of the ins and outs that I know today. But the insane emotionalism I saw on the part of the Buy-and-Holders at that time told me that this was not an investing strategy fit for humans. I went looking for web sites that explored the implications of Shiller’s 1981 finding that valuations affect long-term returns (if this is so, it is logically impossible that Buy-and-Hold could ever work for a single long-term investor) and found that there were none. This struck me as an exceedingly strange reality. Shiller at the time had a best-selling book to his credit and had put forward a model for understanding how stock investing works that was credited as having “revolutionized” the field. But no one was talking about how it worked! How could this be?

Now I understand. The Buy-and-Holders thought they had learned the answers. They were proud of their many genuine accomplishments and built their careers promoting this strategy. Then research was published showing that they were in error on a key point and that their effort were actually doing harm to millions! They fell under the spell of cognitive dissonance. Rather than correcting the errors, they went into cover-up mode. There were no practical consequences so long as the bull market continued. But following the 2008 crash, we have seen more and more people raise doubts about the long-discredited model. Now that their errors have caused an economic crisis and put millions of investors on the path to failed retirements, the Buy-and-Holders are more embarrassed than ever and even worried about financial liabilities and in extreme cases prison sentences for acts of financial fraud. The Buy-and-Holders are as determined today to keep their errors covered up as I am to expose them.

My view is that we all need to pull together to bring the economic crisis to an end and to teach millions of investors what they need to know to dramatically increase their lifetime returns on stocks while dramatically reducing risk. My motto is that we should be as charitable as possible while not crossing the line and becoming dishonest while also being as honest as possible while not crossing the line and becoming uncharitable. Yes, the Buy-and-Holders messed up in a major way. They also helped us all out by generating a large number of powerful insight. We need to bring the cover-up to a full and complete stop as soon as possible. We want to have every academic doing honest research, we want to have every investing expert offering honest advice. We want to be as forgiving as it is possible to be, recognizing that the pressures to keep it zipped re the findings of the last 33 years of peer-reviewed research are very strong. But we of course also want to bring the cover-up to a quick end so that all of our Buy-and-Hold friends can begin feeling better about themselves and their work product.

My bio is here.

Contact information is here.

There is a category of blog entries titled Rob Bennett.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #5: John Walter Russell on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

John Walter Russell died a few years back. At the time when I put forward my famous May 13, 2002, post, he had recently retired from his career as a systems engineer in the government and was looking for something productive to do with his time. He was drawn in by the huge controversy inspired by the post and put his mind to doing research on the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept. He ended up spending eight years of his life doing that research on a full-time basis. The Valuation-Informed Indexing concept would not exist today but for John’s amazing contributions. He is one of the kindest and smartest and generous individuals I have met in this journey through the valley of tears.

John’s web site is here.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #6: Warren Buffett on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Buffett’s Value Investing is the best investing strategy, in my assessment. The only problem with it is that it requires those who follow it to engage in a great deal of research and most middle-class investors have neither the time or skill or inclination to engage in this research. Bogle’s Buy-and-Hold possesses the simplicity that Buffett’s Value Investing lacks. Unfortunately, Bogle does not tell those who follow Buy-and-Hold of the need for them to change their stock allocations in response to big shifts in valuations to keep their risk profiles roughly constant. Valuation-Informed Indexing adds this missing element. Valuation-Informed Indexing is a smart combination of Value Investing (with its focus on obtaining strong long-term value propositions) and Buy-and-Hold (with its focus on simplicity. It is my contention that Buffett and Bogle go together like chocolate and peanut butter!

Buffett is dismissive of the Efficient Market Hypothesis, the discredited intellectual construct that persuaded the Buy-and-Holders that it might be possible for a strategy that does not call for investors to consider price when setting their stock allocation to succeed. He has said: “There is so much that’s false and nutty in modern investing practice… There’s this holy writ, the efficient market theory…. Higher mathematics my be dangerous and lead you down pathways that are better left untrod…. The famous physicist Max Planck was talking about the resistance of the human mind, even the bright human mind, to new ideas…. And he said science advances one funeral at a time, and I think there’s a lot of truth to that and it’s certainly been true in finance.”

The point is true enough. But I am too alarmed by the damage being done by the Buy-and-Hold wealth-destruction engine to sit around and wait for those who made the mistake that caused our economic crisis to die off and be replaced by people coming to things with a fresh perspective. Buffett loves his country and I think a great way for him to show it would be to come out in opposition to the brutal intimidation tactics that have been employed by the Buy-and-Holders to keep millions of middle-class investor from learning what they need to invest effectively.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #7: William Bernstein on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Chapter Two of Bernstein’s book The Four Pillars of Stock Investing offers one of the best explanations of why Valuation-Informed Indexing works that I have come across. Unfortunately, the rest of the book is the standard Buy-and-Hold b.s. Bernstein is either too dumb to be as smart as he appears to be in Chapter Two or too smart to be as dumb as he appears to be in the rest of the book!

I’ve give you an example of a typical Bernstein self-contradiction. One of the Goon asked him whether he agreed with me that the methodology used in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies (one that contains no valuation adjustment) is “analytically invalid.” First, he said that “of courser” the methodology is analytically valid. Then he added that any aspiring retiree giving thought to using one of those studies to plan a retirement needed to have his or her head examined. Huh? It’s because I understand that anyone using one of those studies to plan a retirement needs to have his or her head examined that I argue that the methodology is analytically invalid.  Wouldn’t a methodology that was valid produce useful guidance?

The article Investing Basics That Even the Pros Don’t Understand discusses Bernstein’s work.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing $8: Scott Burns on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Scott had an opportunity to blow this story wide open a long, long time ago. He had been a heavy promoter of the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies for many years in his column for the Dallas Morning News. I sent Scott an e-mail telling him about the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies. He sent back a response saying “You’re right!” and asking for my telephone number so that he could interview me. Then he got cold feet. About five months later he wrote a column reporting that there were people questioning the Old School studies. He did not identify these people and he did not link to my New School SWR study (which of course contains a valuation adjustment) and he did not express his own opinion as to whether those questioning the studies were right or not.

Scott and I engaged in a good bit of e-mail correspondence after that. He said that my efforts were “catastrophically unproductive” because I was too excited about the implications of learning about the errors in the studies and about how learning why those errors were made helped us learn so many other important things about how stock investing works in the real world. Wade Pfau also wrote to Scott after he learned about the errors in the Old School studies. Scott gave Wade a polite brush-off.

There’s a Category for posts on Scott Burns and Valuation-Informed Indexing.

My e-mail correspondence with Scott is set forth at the Financial Freedom Blog section of the site. Here is a report on one of those e-mails.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #9: Mike Piper on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Mike is the author of the Oblivious Investor blog. He banned me from commenting at his site because my comments upset a number of his readers. He acknowledged to me that he could see how Valuation-Informed Indexing could work. He told me that he viewed it as “rude” for someone to continually challenge the author of a blog. He also told me that “there is nothing I would like more” than to see the Ban on Honest Posting brought to an end. But Mike said that he is afraid to speak up in support of the idea of permitting honest posting at the Bogleheads Forum.

Mike is a perfect example of how the Ban on Honest Posting is putting good people in an impossible situation. He is a smart and hard-working blogger. He deserves success. But he knows that it is wrong to betray his readers by keeping from them the information they need to invest successfully. What are Mike’s readers going to think of him following the next price crash when their retirement hopes are destroyed and they realize that Mike took deliberate steps to keep them from learning about the findings of the past 33 years of peer-reviewed research. It is not the purpose of investment blogs to trick people!

You can read more about Mike at the Category called Mike Piper and VII.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #10: J.D. Roth on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

J.D. used to own the extremely popular Get Rich Slowly blog. The Goons attacked the blog when I posted there and he took no effective action. He said that he thought I was “mentally ill.” When I posted at his forum, he sent e-mails to everyone else participating on the thread asking them not to respond to my posts.

J.D. has been warm and friendly when I have met up with him at Financial Blogger Conference events. I was worried about how people would react to me the first time I appeared at a conference. J.D. called out to me and asked me to join in a group of bloggers sitting around him. That made me feel welcomed. He also introduced me to Todd Tresidder, who was in the process of writing a great article about the errors in the Old School safe-wothdrawal-rate studies. When J.D. sold his blog, he wrote me seeking investing advice. When I talked to J.D. at the most recent blogger’s conference, he said that my problem with my investing arguments is that they are “too powerful.”

Articles relating to J.D. Roth appear at the J.D. Roth and VII Category.

Beginners Guide to Investing #11: Roger Wohlner on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Roger posted some questions at the blog and I responded. Then we got together for lunch at the Financial Bloggers Conference. Roger is a nice and smart guy who believes in Buy-and-Hold. My sense is that he is not able to process the claims I make for Valuation-Informed Indexing. He does not respond with hostility. I think his reactions are interesting because I sense that a lot of ordinary investors respond to my claims in the same way. It’s a mistake to get too paranoid when people do not respond to VII in a positive way. There are a lot of good people who have a hard time connecting with the ideas.

There is a Roger Wohlner and VII Category at the blog.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #12: Larry Evans on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Larry Evans is a fellow who showed up at the blog one day and was offended to hear me say that long-term timing works. We engaged in a bit of back and forth, during which he was polite but highly skeptical. Finally, he offered me a challenge. He said that he would spend several years studying all the material at the site to see if the claims checked out. In return, he wanted a promise from me that I would post his write-up describing his conclusion, whether it was favorable to VII or not. I said that sounded fine.

Larry called me on the telephone about three weeks later. We spent several weeks talking things over. He said that everything checked out and that he was so excited about Valuation-Informed Indexing that he could not sleep at night for thinking through all the possibilities. He felt that this could be used to solve the problem of underfunding of state pension plans. He wanted to connect me with venture capitalist. He had worked with Ross Perot on one of his campaigns and thought that Perot might be willing to help.

A few days later, he got cold feet. He said that he had bounced the ideas off a number of people. He said that he could not imagine any big names acknowledging that long-term timing works. We parted on good terms.

Larry’s story underlines for me a concern that I have had for a long time. The problems we have experienced in making the transition from Buy-and-Hold to Valuation-Informed Indexing have never been primarily intellectual in nature. The problem is that it makes Big Shots feel bad to acknowledge mistakes. That really is the succinct explanation of why we have experiences so much friction. If the advances depended on working through complicated equations, everyone would have been on board a long time ago. Telling investors that they need to take price into consideration when buying stocks is just too simple! It makes the Big Shots look awful that they did not see that all along.

I am all for doing whatever we can do to help ease the pain for the Big Shots. But there is only so much that can be done. The idea that long-term timing (price discipline) is not required was a mistake and that’s that. The best thing that can be done for the Big Shots is to get everything out in the open as soon as possible. Continued delays make them look worse and worse and worse. People really should not be embarrassed over mistakes. We all make mistakes. The shameful thing here is the 12-year (or 33-year if you go back to when Shiller published his research) cover-up.

The Category containing Larry Evans posts is here.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #13: Ed Easterling on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Ed possesses a strong understanding of the effect of valuations on returns. He had the guts to write a 100 percent honest post on safe withdrawal rates a good number of years before it became fashionable to do so. There have been a good number of publications that have pointed out that the Old School retirement studies get the numbers wrong. Ed wrote about the flesh-and-blood realities. Our failure as a society to demand corrections of the Old School studies has not only created an investing problem. It has created a huge social problem. We are going to have millions of elderly people seeing their retirement accounts dwindle down to nothing through no fault of their own (they listened to the “experts” in the field, experts who were covering up the errors for years after they became public knowledge). We are looking at a huge expansion of the Federal budget deficit at a time when many think we should be trying to reduce it.

Ed also was kind enough to participate in a “Special Event with Ed Easterling” at the Safe Withdrawal Rate Research Group board that I founded. Many community members expressed great internet in the event when it was announced. The Goons then demanded a boycott and made clear that there would be punishments in store for any who ignored their edict. It ended up being just me, John Walter Russell and Ed.

My article on Ed’s book is here.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #14: Michael Kitces on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Michael is a Maryland financial planner. As a general rule, he is a stud on valuations-related topics. He once wrote at his blog that he couldn’t understand why Buy-and-Holders continued to suggest that there is some sort of risk for their clients in lowering their stock allocations at times of high valuations when the only real risk is to the pocketbooks of the investment advisors. Wait until the Goons hear about that one!

There was one case when Michael gave into the make-an-easy-buck impulse. He wrote a paper some years back arguing that valuations can cause the safe withdrawal rate to rise above 4 percent at times. He forgot to mention that they can also cause the rate to drop below 4 percent at other times. Oh noes!

Michael told me shortly after the September 2008 crash that a lot of investing advisors were privately talking about giving up on the Buy-and-Hold mumbo jumbo and letting their clients in on The Big Secret. But prices shot back up quickly and that idea was put on ice. I expect to see Michael leading the parade when a lot of people jump forward to tell the truth about stock investing following the next price crash.

There’s a Michael Kitces and VII category at the blog.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #15: Larry Swedroe on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

In the days when Larry and I were posting together at the Bogleheads Forum, you could tell that he agreed with me a lot more often than he was willing to let on. Larry was banned himself one time for posting honestly on valuations-related topics. He came crawling back to the site administrators, promising never to put the interests of the readers of the site ahead of the ongoing cover-up.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #16: Taylor Larimore on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Taylor is one of the co-authors of The Bogleheads Guide to Investing. He is an abusive poster. But he is not nearly as abusive as his co-author, Mel Linduaer. The two play a good cop/bad cop routine at the Bogleheads Forum. One time before I was banned, Taylor put up a post suggesting that the abusive posting there be held in check. A number of community members came on the thread and cautiously hinted at their belief that this would be a good thing. Then one of the Lindauerheads made clear that there was no way initiative was going anywhere. Someone commented that it was the old story of the turtle and the scorpion playing out again.

A month before the crash, a community member asked Taylor if he would ever consider selling stocks in a crash. He said that the idea was out of the question, to do so would be against everything he believed as a Boglehead. A month after the crash, he announced that he was thinking of selling his stocks because he could not bear any more losses. The community member asked about the contradiction. Taylor said there was none. He said that he had always intended to sell after the crash, he just never thought to mention it to anyone or to include any discussion of it in his book. A number of Bogleheads said that Taylor should be given a “bogey”.

It is not my intent here to pick on the guy. I get it that people were scared after the crash. But investing advice that ignores the obvious reality that crashes are scary to those who always go with high stock allocations is not good investment advice. People who set themselves up as experts need to be called out on this sort of thing.

I once wrote a tongue-in-cheek article titled Taylor Larimore and the Monster Mistake That Ate Middle-Class Wealth.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #17: Mel Linduaer on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold 

Mel doesn’t like me one teensy tiny little bit. I think that in this particular case it might be best just to leave it at that.

I wrote an article titled Does Mel Linduaer Run Vanguard?

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #18: Former Financial Analysts Journal Editor Rob Arnott on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Arnott is a stud. I used to be known as a puppy-dog poster. You don’t get far being a puppy-dog poster in this den of vipers. I learned how to be tough listening to Arnott, who many years back was pointing out that investing success is pretty much a matter of basic math, a basic math that most of the “experts” in this field want nothing to do with.

So I was very happy when Arnott wrote me to tell me that my investing ideas are “sound.”

You can read our e-mail correspondence at the Rob Arnott and VII category.

Beginner’ Guide to Investing #19: Financial Mentor Blogger Todd Tresidder on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Todd possesses a strong appreciation of the importance of valuations. However, he makes an effort to stay out of trouble with the Buy-and-Holders. He published a long article pointing out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies and crediting me for discovering the errors back in May 2002. But when I posted a number of comments on the thread giving background on how the errors had been covered up for years by the Buy-and-Holders, he called me on the telephone and asked that I delete portions of my comments and not offer additional such comments.

The Buy-and-Holders don’t go after people like Todd. And there is an unspoken agreement in the field that those who share Todd’s views will avoid pointing out the dangers of Buy-and-Hold at sites that the Buy-and-Holders view as their turf. This hurts us in several ways. The sites that the Buy-and-Holders view as their turf are generally the larger sites. So long as those posting honestly about the academic research avoid those sites, the majority of investors are left in the dark. Todd’s blog is successful. But it would be ten times more successful if Todd felt free to post (and to post honestly) at places like the Bogleheads Forum. The reader of the Bogleheads Forum are missing out on Todd’s informed take. And Todd is missing out on opportunities to grow his blog much larger.

There’s a category at the blog called Todd Tresidder and VII.

Beginner’ Guide to Investing #20: Philip Cooley on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Cooley is one of the authors of the Trinity study, which is the granddaddy of Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies. He knows about my requests that the Old School studies be corrected. He had posted at the Vanguard Diehards board and at the Bogleheads Forum board, where these controversies have raged for years. Wade Pfau sent him an e-mail about the problem. And I sent him an e-mail linking to the article that described the intimidation tactics used to silence Wade.

One of the things that Wade said to me when he flipped to the Goon side is that my belief that studies that are found to be in error won’t win the day because “that’s not how it works with research.” My guess is that that’s what Cooley would say. He would argue that his failure to include an adjustment for the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins was not an error but just one of those things. I think he believes that, too. His colleagues are not treating him as if he made an error. The Wall Street Journal published an article saying that the studies are in error but it did not follow up with an editorial demanding corrections. This particular error is treated as some sort of Twilight-zone thing. It’s an error but not one that needs to be corrected.

Why? Because correcting this error means bringing down the Buy-and-Hold Model and starting over with a model consistent with Shiller’s findings (Valuation-Informed Indexing). I of course think that would be wonderful. But people who have built careers rooted in their understanding of the Buy-and-Hold Model don’t see the transition to a new model as such an exciting prospect. The implications of acknowledging that it was an error not to include a valuations adjustment are too big for Cooley to accept.

Should the peer review process be helping with this sort of thing? Shouldn’t peer-review boards check to see whether investing studies incorporate valuations adjustments? They obviously don’t.

And if Cooley truly believes that it is possible to calculate the safe withdrawal rate without considering valuations, shouldn’t he at the minimum include in his research a passage noting that there is 33 years of peer-reviewed research showing that a valuations adjustment is needed and pointing his readers to the New School research that includes valuations adjustments?

Beginners’ Guide to Investing #21: Carol Osler on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

Carol Osler’s e-mail was my favorite of those I received in response to my report on the silencing of Wade Pfau.

She got right to the heart of things by pointing out that the move from Buy-and-Hold to Valuation-Informed Indexing represents a paradigm change. The book The Structure of Scientific Revolutions points out that these sorts of shifts can take a long time to accomplish. Her e-mail was intelligent and kind. I found it healing to read it and have re-read it on numerous occasions.

I disagree with Carol’s recommendation that I not refer to “Goons.” She is 100 percent right that most people find this a turnoff. I totally get what she is saying and understand that she is trying to do my a kindness in saying it. My problem with not talking about the Goon phenomenon is that it is a big part of the story. There are not many investors who fully understand why Buy-and-Hold is so dangerous and why Valuation-Informed Indexing is such a huge advance. But my experience going back to the Motley Fool days is that most investors do want to hear both sides and a good number end up making the switch to Valuation-Informed Indexing if they are permitted to do so. A big part of the reason why as a society we are having a hard time completing this paradigm change is that the Goons turn everything ugly and people check out.

Say that I had appeared at the Vanguard Diehards annual meeting and asked Bogle the questions that he believes he cannot answer and all of the Bogleheads in attendance saw this play out and reported on it back at the discussion board. That would have made a difference. My guess is that it would have led to Bogle getting up on a stage and saying the words “I” and “Was” and “Wrong” or at the very least “I’m” and “Not” and “Sure.” It is through steps like that that we achieve change in our society. The Goon behavior (which in some cases crossed the line into criminality) has short-circuited the process by which we achieve advances in our understanding of an important subject. That’s a big story. As a journalist, I am bound to report it, whether it makes me unpopular for a time or not.

The Goon stuff shows that Buy-and-Hold is in its dying days. That’s another reason for reporting on it. Ideas that inspire confidence in their followers are never “defended” through the use of death threats and all the other garbage.

Also, there’s a good reason why we have adopted laws against financial fraud. If we can make use of those laws to bring on acceptance of the paradigm change, we should take advantage of the opportunity. When prison sentences are announced for the Goons, that will go viral and a lot of the people who hear about it will take a look at the substantive side of the story as well. There’s your paradigm change!

Finally, we owe it to potential Goons to call out the Goons on their behavior. None of these people would be going to prison had Motley Fool enforced its published posting rules in a reasonable manner when Greaney advanced his first death threats. Motley Fool failed to honor its promise to protect us from this sort of individual and thereby caused more posters to commit abusive and in some cases criminal acts. We are not being kind to the Goons when we fail to comment on their behavior. We are being cruel.

A lot of us don’t get that yet. We are shocked to hear what the Goons have done and the shock paralyzes us. Osler is right about all that. But I believe that working up the courage to call the Goons out on their nonsense is part of a process that we need to go through as a society to get to the place where deep in our hearts we all (including my many Buy-and-Hold friends and even the Goons to some extent) want to be.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #22: William Bengen on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

The Bill Bengen story highlights the role that cognitive dissonance plays in our discussions. Bill is the person who came up with the 4 percent rule. The idea is that, if you take 4 percent out of a retirement portfolio each year, it will last at least 30 years. Please note that you could take 3.3 percent every year for 30 year and the portfolio would survive 30 years even if you experienced zero growth in all that time. So all the 4 percent rule is claiming is that, in a worst-case scenario, the growth you obtain from your stocks will push your withdrawal rate from 3.3 percent to 4.0 percent. Please also note that you must experience the growth that stocks provide for this to work. It is essential that the investor using the 4 percent rule not sell his stocks because he might miss out on gains achieved during years when he is out of the market.

Bengen told his clients to get out of stocks following the 2008 crash! Forget what Rob Bennett says. All of my Goon friends say that investors should never respond to a price crash by getting out of stocks. This is the cardinal sin of Buy-and-Hold investing.

Some Buy-and-Holders did indeed criticize Bengen for abandoning stocks. But the vast majority did not. They made excuses for him. They see Bengen as one of their own and they are just not willing to turn on him.

Bill is a perfectly nice guy. He responded to my e-mails politely. My intent here is not to encourage the Goons to attack him. It is to point out that Buy-and-Hold is all emotion. The Buy-and-Holders are not going to stick with their high stock allocations after the next crash. That’s just not how it works. You have to have confidence in your strategy to stick with it for the long term and Buy-and-Hold does not inspire confidence.

Bengen was logically wrong to tell his clients to get out of stocks. But, if the remain out of stocks until the next crash, they will end up thanking him. It sometimes is best to panic. When your strategy is gravely flawed, the best you can hope for is to panic before everyone else panics.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #23: Bill Schultheis on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Schultheis is the author of The New Coffeehouse Guide to Investing. He raved about my site when he discovered it. Then one of the Lindauerheads got to him and he zipped it.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #24: John Greaney on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing 

Greaney is the leader of the Goons. It was his retirement study that I questioned back at the Motley Fool board in my May 13, 2002, post that set off a nuclear reaction.

I’ll say something nice about John. As the years have gone by, most Buy-and-Holders have moved from defending the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies to saying that those studies are only intended to provide a rule of thumb or that safe withdrawal rates don’t matter all that much or that it is not possible to identify the safe withdrawal rate with any methodology. None of that stuff is helpful. It is important to know the safe withdrawal rate, it is possible to identify it properly and the safe withdrawal rate is the product of a mathematical calculation, not a rule of thumb. People say those things because they don’t want to acknowledge how low the safe withdrawal rate dropped at the top of the bubble (it was 1.6 percent in 2000 and an asset class that provided zero growth for 30 years would provide a safe withdrawal rate of 3.3 percent).

John never engages in that sort of nonsense. He still says his study is accurate. He still says safe withdrawal rates matter. He doesn’t often argue the point today because he knows that he is no outnumbered. But it offends him to take these logically inconsistent positions. He is like University of Chicago Economics Professor Eugene Fama in this respect. When Fama says that he doesn’t even know what a bubble is, people laugh at him But you cannot logically believe in both Buy-and-Hold and bubbles. Buy-and-Hold makes zero sense in world where the market is not efficient and the idea that the market is efficient makes zero sense in a world in which bubbles are a possibility. Both Greaney and Fama are wrong. But they should be given some credit for evidencing intellectual consistency.

Another nice thing I can say about John is that, when I asked him how much money he lost in the 2008 crash, he responded honestly. He said that he lost “well over $1 million.” Greaney would not lie about something like that. I was surprised that he was willing to answer the question. Some honest impulse caused him to do so. Neil Young once argued that “even Richard Nixon has got soul.” So I think it is fair for me to argue that even the worst of the Goons have a spark of humanity somewhere deep down.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing#25: Carl Richards on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Carl told me that he read every article on Valuation-Informed Indexing on my site. He said that my work has “huge value.”

And he banned me from commenting at his site. My posts upset his readers.

This is the problem. Lots of “experts” know that Buy-and-Hold is a big pile of smell garbage but don’t want to say so because Buy-and-Hold is popular (all Get Rich Quick schemes are popular until they ruin the lives of those who follow them).

I believe that experts have a responsibility to tell the truth even when it does not make them popular. When we permit the Goons to determine what can be said in our discussions, we are giving power to the lowest of the low among us. Those who encourage us to follow our Get Rich Quick urge are experts in marketing, not in stock investing.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #26: Bill Sholar on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Bill wrote one of the blurbs that appear on the back cover of my book Passion Saving. We were good friends in the days before I put up the post pointing out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies. Bill had a calculator at his site (FIRECalc) that employed the Old School methodology. He refused to correct it after I told him about the errors in it.

When the Greaney Goons demanded that I be banned from Bill’s site (The Early Retirement Forum), he set up a separate section of the site where those of us who wanted to post honestly about the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research could do so in peace (Bill gave me the power to delete abusive posts from the Greaney Goons). The honest-posting section of the site took off like a rocket. A number of posters who had been afraid to post for so long as Sholar failed to act on the Goons saw his action as a sign that he would protect them and we quickly got a number of good discussions going. The Goons vowed to burn the entire site to the ground if Bill did not reverse course and he did so.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #27: Wanderer on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

It’s all Wanderer’s fault!

I knew about the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies on the morning of May 13, 1999. But I kept it zipped, for obvious reasons. John Greaney had become an insanely abusive poster at the Retire Early board. Stocks were going down and he felt that he was losing influence. So he launched smear campaigns against all of our best posters in hopes of driving away anyone who had too much self-respect to sign up for his Goon Squad. Wanderer had taken over leadership of the board during the time when I was writing my book on saving strategies. When I saw Greaney launch a smear campaign against Wanderer, I knew that there was no hope fo the board but for someone to take action. I knew that it would do no good to speak out against the abusive stuff. So I elected finally to come forward with what I knew about the errors in his retirement study that I had been keeping to myself. Had Wanderer not put his post in support of the idea of investing in real estate that enraged Greaney, none of this would have happened.

Wanderer helped me get the Financial Independence/Retire Early off the ground at NoFeeBoards.com. We were hoping to recreate the success of the Motley Fool board but this time permitting honest posting on the topic of the board. When Greaney made clear that he would smear anyone associated with the enterprise unless the new board banned honest posting on safe withdrawal rates, Wanderer flipped to the Goon side and eventually his abusiveness played a big role in causing our new enterprise to go defunct. The reputation-killing stuff is a big deal on the internet. I have hopes that exposure of the role that the reputation-killing stuff played in causing the economic crisis will bring on support for legislation to insure that site owners are held liable when they knowingly permit Greaney-like posters to engage in massive defamation campaigns against the people who help the site owners build their sites to success. I think it would be fair to say that our experiment in letting the lowest among us have a veto power over what is said at a site has not worked out so hot

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #28: El Supremo on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

El Supremo started the NoFeeBoards.com site because Motley Fool started charging for participation at its discussion boards and he wanted to provide a free alternative. I was in a group of five that wanted to start a new Retire Early board, one where we would be free of John Greaney and his Goon Squad. The board took off like a bullet. But then Greaney threatened to smear anyone who participated unless an agreement was made to ban honest posting on safe withdrawal rates (Greany didn’t want people on the internet to learn how he covered up the errors in the SWR study published at his web site). Three of the board leaders (Wanderer, Ataloss and Raddr) agreed to ban honest posting, John Walter Russell and I objected. And the second round of The Great Safe Withdrawal Rate Debate began.

At one point, El Supremo banned honest posting out of deference to Ataloss, with whom he was good friends. Then he felt pangs of conscious and opened the site up to honest posting on its subject matter once again. That made the group that had demanded a ban on honest posting feel funny and they set up an alternative to the NoFeeBoards.com site. Eventually, El Supreme had to shut the board down because no one ever talked about the subject matter of the board, only about how they were going to destroy those evil posters who insisted on their right to post honestly! El Supreme put forward a number of very sad posts in which he asked his old friend if they could just put aside the anger and hate for even a day or two. They did not respond. Once people have been caught in unethical behavior, they find it very hard to operate in a community in which ethical behavior is permitted. There’s an old saying that “the darkness hateth the light.”

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #29: Radiology Doctor on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Radiology Doctor (Raddr) was a big fan of mine during the Motley Fool days. But he became part of the abusive group at the NoFeeBoards.com site when Greaney threatened to smear anyone who posted honestly on the safe -withdrawal-rate topic. Ironically, Radiology Doctor was one of the first to post honestly on safe withdrawal rates at Motley Fool.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #30: Ben Solar on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Ben Solar was a top-notch poster both at Motley Fool and at the NoFeeBoards.com site. He vowed at a time when things had gotten totally out of hand to begin reporting all threats of physical to the Motley Fool site administrator. That lasted about two days. During the NoFeeBoard.com days, he often posted abusively or dishonestly. You never got the feeling that his heart was in it, however.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #31: Fool Me Once on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

FoolMeOnce was another one on Greaney’s hated list at Motley Fool. He too became abusive himself at the NoFeeBoards.com site Like Ben Solar, his heart was not in it. He indicated one time that he would he happy to support me publicly if I could show that I was strong enough to prevail. The problem with that approach, of course, is that it creates a chicken-and-egg situation — I couldn’t prevail until people like FoolMeOnce worked up the courage to post their honest views.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #32: Microlepsis on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Microlepsis was a top-notch poster at the Vanguard Diehards board. In community surveys, he was always ranked among the best posters. He tried to butter up the Lindauerheads after the board was moved off of Morningtar.con, but they banned him for life within a few weeks of taking over.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #33: Daryll on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Daryll was a good poster both at Motley Fool and at Vanguard Diehards. He did not possess a full understanding of Valuation-Informed Indexing. But he tried to understand it and he sometimes spoke up when he saw truly foolish dogmatism evidence itself. One time he said in apparent innocence: “I have seen a lot of people slam Rob. But could it be that he is right?” One of the Goons came back with a simple “No!” I guess that settled that.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #34: Janie on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Janie put forward my favorite “ordinary investor’s perspective” poster ever. She started out by telling me that everything I said about investing made perfect sense to her. Then she explained that she does not have time “to go on a search for the Holy Grail” of stock investing. Given that reality, she felt that she had to follow what the big-name experts were saying, She noted that the big-name experts were not saying anything even remotely in the same neighborhood as what I was saying. So she was not going to follow a Valuation-Informed Indexing strategy.

The logic chain is strong. I think the flaw is in not realizing that people who get paid millions of dollars to sell stocks are compromised. But I don’t think most ordinary investors think things through that much. Most of us are like Janie. Most of us trust the investing experts. That’s why we are in an economic crisis.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #35: Jim on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Jim offered another top-notch “ordinary investor perspective” post. He said that he saw merit in what I said and would go along with it if I were saying that valuations sometimes make a difference. But he had a hard tine accepting that valuation were as big a deal as I was saying. Jim spoke for millions with that comment.

Stock overvaluation is like gaining weight. If you get on the scales every day, things never get too out of hand. But if you decide to pay zero attention to your weight, there may come a day when you don’t recognize that person in the mirror. We cannot wait for bubbles to form to start becoming concerned about valuations. By that time, things are so out of hand that we cannot accept the objective realities when we finally decide to take a look at them.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #36: Focus on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Focus offered yet another great “Ordinary Investor Perspective” post. He pointed out that he would never go into a bank and say “give me three Certificates of Deposit” without asking what return they were providing. So why is it that Buy-and-Holders are content to buy stocks without first making use of a tool like The Stock-Return Predictor that tells them what their long-term return on their investment will be?

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #37: [Graphic Guy at BHEads) on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

VJKing was a super poster. I’d rank his understanding of Valuation-Informed Indexing up there with John Walter Russell’s understanding. He once remarked that anyone who looked at a graphic showing how well P/E10 has predicted long-term returns over the years and was not convinced immediately that there is something to the concept is just not open to hearing the realities no matter how strong a case is made.

The only thing that would have increased my respect for CJKIng would be an announcement that he was banned from the Bogleheads Forum for life!

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #38: Fred Flintstone on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Fred took one look at the research that I co-authored with Wade Pfau and declared that “this is a big deal, this challenges some key principles of the Boglehead philosophy.” I quoted that comment a number of times and the owners of the Bogleheads Forum took down the post. How many times will I be beaten down by the proponents of the scientific approach?!

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #39: Retired at 48 on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Retiredat48 was super popular and soon became super banned for being too darn popular for his own good. I talked things over with him and he told me that he had received several e-mails from posters telling him he was “the best since Rob Bennett required us to think.” If only those community members had the courage to say that sort of thing our loud!

The reality is that there are a lot more people who have doubts about Buy-and-Hold than most of us realize. We all think we are alone because all of those who think like us are afraid to speak up  because they don’t know that a good number of others agree with them. The Buy-and-Holders make a point of cutting us down one by one because they realize that we would have great power if we ever developed the practice of sticking up for each other rather than begging the Buy-and-Holders for permission to give voice to one-tenth of our reservations over the purest and most dangerous Get Rich Quick scheme ever concocted by the human mind.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #40: Jaime Tardy on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Jaime coaches bloggers to success. I met her at a Financial Bloggers Conference and told her that I might want to hire her. She investigated my situation and told me that she was “inspired” by unwillingness to give in to Goon demands that I post dishonestly on safe withdrawal rates and related matters, she did not want to take on l the business for so long as the Goons threatened to destroy the businesses of anyone associated with me. People don’t like having death threats and demands for unjustified board bannings and tens of thousands of acts of defamation directed at them. Who’d a thunk it?

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #41: Michael Alexander on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Michael wrote a fantastic book titled Stocks Cycles. He points out that it is not possible to say what the temperature will be a week from today (short-term timing) but it is entirely possible to know in advance that most days in Summer will be warmed than most days in Winter. Stock prices do not play out in a random walk (except in the short term). There are seasons of stock investing. When the P/E10 is 8 (Summer), long-term returns are sky-high and risk is minimal. When the P/E10 is 44 (Winter), CDs offer a better returns and risk is off the charts. Should we be permitted to tell our friends this on the internet? You know what I think.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #42: Robert Savickas on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Robert told me that he is going to teach the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept in his course at George Washington University. He was reluctant to help with the Goon problem. He suggested that we adopt a philosophical attitude.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #43: Economics Professor Valeriy Zakamulin on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Valeriy and I exchanged a good number of e-mails in a debate over the respective merits of Valuation-Informed Indexing and Buy-and-Hold. I did not convince him to make the switch. He was respectful in his comments. I felt that he provided a model for how those seeking to make the pro-Buy-and-Hold case should aim to behave in interactions with Valuation-Informed Indexers.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #44: Law Lecturer Albert Sanchez Graells on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Albert was open in his criticism of those employing intimidation tactic in “defense” of the Buy-and-Hold strategy.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #45: Wellershoff & Partners CIO Joachim Klement on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Joachim was extremely supportive and noted that he has seen journals turn down articles that do not promote the conventional Buy-and-Hold wisdom. He wants to see us move on and become more open-minded in our consideration of new investing ideas.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #46: Economics Professor Marcelle Chauvet on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Marcelle thought it was silly that those arguing that investors should take the price of stocks into consideration when buying them should be subject to abuse for doing so.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #47: Invest It Wisely Blogger Kevin on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Kevin posted a link at his blog to my article on the silencing of Academic Researcher Wade Pfau by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia. Wade asked him to take the link down. Kevin told me that he felt funny going along with this request but indicated that he was afraid what would happen to him if he did not do so.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #48: CPA Lyn Graham on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Lyn noted that there are two ways to fight corruption among powerful figures: (1) to keep a low profile in hopes of not being perceived as too much of a threat; and (2) to bring as much as possible out into the open so that people know why you are being smeared. I have obviously chosen the second course in my efforts to uncover The Buy-and-Hold Mafia. In the early days, I chose the first option. It didn’t produce results. A lot of good people are today still choosing the first option. The Old School safe-withdrawal rate studies remain uncorrected. The Buy-and-Holder feel that it is too late to acknowledge their mistakes They feel that they have already done too much damage to be honest about these matters. I have tried to persuade them that people don’t care about the mistakes, only the cover-up. But they don’t feel comfortable coming clean. My sense is that a number of them would be fine with coming clean if it could be done as a group. But most don’t want to come clean on their own given what they have seen done to those who “cross” those not coming clean by telling the truth about stock investing to their reader or clients.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #49: Director of Financial Planning Carolyn McClanahan on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Carolyn said that she teaches Valuation-Informed Indexing to her clients and is glad to hear of others doing the same.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #50: Economics Professor Brad DeLong on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Brad wrote a Note pointing out that Shiller’s 1981 findings can no longer be considered backtesting given that they have continued to apply for 33 years since he publishing his breakthrough research.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #54: My Journey to Millions Blogger Evan on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Evan asked me on Twitter why I continue to fight on this issue. My sense is that he speaks for many who do not understand how fundamental a point is involved. If long-term returns are highly predictable, as 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research shows, stocks are no longer a high-risk asset class. Shiller’s findings change everything we once thought we knew about how stock investing works. The changes are exceedingly positive ones. So we all ought to be excited about moving forward. But experts who have built careers around the discredited approach don’t like the idea one little bit. They view anyone who posts honestly as a threat and try to make sure that they pay a price for “crossing” them.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #55: Michael Harr on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Michael said that he thought my investing ideas are solid.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #66: Juggling Dynamite Blogger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Juggling Dynamite linked to my article reporting on the intimidation tactics used by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia to silence Academic Researcher Wade Pfau.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #67: Jesse’s Cafe Americain Blogger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Jesse’s Cafe Americain lnked to my article reporting on the intimidation tactics used by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to silence Academic Researcher Wade Pfau.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #68: The Big Picture Blogger Barry Ritholtz on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Barry linked to my article on Why Buy-and-Hold Investing Cannot Work.

Beginner’ Guide to Investing #69: My Personal Finance Journey Blogger Jacon on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

____ wrote an article saying that he saw merit in Valuation-Informed Indexing but that the problem with it is that it takes too long to see if it works or not. He sent me an e-mail expressing his repulsion at the intimidation tactics employed by the Buy-and-Hold Goons.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #76: Money Mustache Blogger Pete on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Pete noted that there are always people willing to go to great lengths to kill good ideas. He was not willing to use his blog to help spread the word about Valuation-Informed Indexing or about the intimidation tactics employed by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #77: Business Week Columnist Vivek Wadhwa on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Vivek posted a tweet to his large readership linking to my article reporting on the intimidation tactics employed by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia to silence Academic Researcher Wade Pfau. Vivek found the article “troubling” but distanced himself from it a bit by saying that he personally did not feel that he could vouch for the claims made in it.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #78: Journalist Justin Fox on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Justin wrote a top-notch book (The Myth of the Rational Market) explaining how the mistake that gave us Buy-and-Hold was made. However, he ducked the question that the Buy-and-Holders don’t want people to consider — Why we don’t all practice long-term timing now that we know both that it always works and that it is always required for those seeking to have some realistic chance of long-term investing success. I wrote Justin an e-mail about Valuation-Informed Indexing, but he did not respond.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #79: Money and Such Blogger Shadox on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Shadox is a jewel. He wrote a number of blog entries on Valuation-Informed Indexing. He does not buy into the concept. But he was always fair and respectful in his comments. I wish there were more Shadoxes out there.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #80: Wall Street Journal Columnist Jonathan Clements on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

I wrote Jonathan about the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies years before the Journal reported on them. He said that he agreed that the Old School SWR studies were “not the last word.” But he elected not to write a column reporting either on the errors in the retirement studies or on the massive acts of financial fraud employed by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia to keep them covered up for so long.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #81: Wall Street Journal Columnist Bret Arends on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Bret wrote an amazing column endorsing the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept. He noted that the experts in the investing field tell “only half the story” of what the peer-reviewed academic research in this field says, I believe that the column might have been a trial balloon; had it gone viral, the Journal and lots of other big publication would have taken that as a sign that it is now safe to tell the truth about what the academic research tells us about how stock investing works in the real world. The column got little attention.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #82: Valuing Wall Street Author Andrew Smithers on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Andrew is one of the giants on the Valuation-Informed Indexing side of things. He has expressed sadness that so many lives have been destroyed by the relentless advocacy of the false ideas promoted as part of the Buy-and-Hold concept.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #82: Portfolio Manager Adam Butler on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Adam and I engaged in correspondence on the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies and on how to get retirement planning right. He was highly supportive.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #88: Sam Parler on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Sam discovered my site and experienced what he described as an “epiphany” re how stock investing works in the real world. He helped me develop the fifth calculator at the site, The Returns Sequence Reality Checker.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #89: Economics Professor Rajiv Sethi on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Rajiv said that my work follows from Shiller’s findings and he could see how it all could be right. He said that he is not currently in a position where he can publish research showing this to be so. In other words, he doesn’t want to subject himself to the Wade Pfau treatment!

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #90: Free Money Finance Blogger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

The Free Money Finance blogger banned me after asking me “politely” not to continue posting comments at his site. I put the word “politely” in quotes not to suggest that his words were not polite. They were. I just don’t see how there can be any such thing as a “polite” Ban on Honest Posting. It is my view that Bans on Honest Posting are bad news in about 100 different ways. They produce harsh results for millions, no matter how gentle the words are that are used to implement them.

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #91: Morningstar.com Site Administrator on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

The Goons demanded for many months that I be banned from the Vanguard Diehards board at the Morningstar.com site. The site administrator refused to ban me, presumably because the lawyers would not permit it given that I never violated any posting rules and the published rules actually promise that all posters will be permitted to post their honest views and that those trying to stop them from doing so will be banned. When I announced that I would be attending the annual meeting of the Diehards, at which John Bogle would be present, the Goons went into total and complete freak-out mode and set up a new board under their control and asked everyone meeting at the Morningstar.com board to move to the new board. The Bogleheads Forum is the most popular board on the internet today and it was formed to escape a single poster — me! At that point, Morningstar went ahead and banned me, saying that my posts reporting honestly on the last 33 years of peer-reviewed research in this field were “inflammatory.” I should say so!

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #92: Motley Fool Site Administrator on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

I built the Motley Fool’s Retire Early board into the most successful board at the site.

 

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #96: Early Retirement Forum Site Administrator on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #97: IndexUniverse.com Site Administrator on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #98: Money Magazine Editors on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #99: Bogleheads Forum Site Administrator on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #100: Sustainable Personal Finance Blogger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #101: Pop Economics Blogger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #102: Monevator Blogger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #103: Canadian Finance Blogger Tom Drake on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #104: All Financial Matters Blogger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #105: Spokane Al on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #106: Arty on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #107: Alex Frakt on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #108: Jeremy Grantham on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #109: The Wharton School on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #110: Physicist Jean-Phillippe Bouchard on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #111: Financial Post Editor Terrance Corcoran on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #112: The Financial Times on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing (In the search for the guilty men)

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #113: Journalist Tony Jackson on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing (all three stories can be traced back to same root)

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #114: Management Consultant Geoffrey Morton-Haworth on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing (It alarms me to see authorities)

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #115: Journalist John Authers on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing (Perhaps Most Scandolously)

Beginner’s Guide to Investing # 116: Economist Paul Krugman on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #117: Eugene Fama on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing (the word “bubble” drives me nuts)

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #118: Princeton University on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing (Wade did not know there are are zero studies supporting Buy-and-Hold- Why?)

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #119: The British Chartered Financial Institute on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #120: Peter Bernstein on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #121: James Montier on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing (We wonder why the banks and funds made such a mess)

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #122: John Walter Russell on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #$123: Cliff Asness on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #124: Michael Alexander on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #125: The General Dynamics Site on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #126: CJKing on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #127: El Supremo on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #128: Norbert Schenkler on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #129: David Colander on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #130: Stephen Coggeshall on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing 

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #131: Bill Sholar on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #132: Microlepsis on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #133: JohnDCraig on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #134: Nas90scog on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’ Guide to Investing #135: Sirschnitz on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #136: Patnbj on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #137: Andrew61 on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #138: Dagrims on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #139: Focus on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #140: Earnabuck on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #141: Uphaus on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #142: Soaring on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #143: Daryll44 on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #144: Chipmunk on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #145: Mike on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #146: John Hussman on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #47: Professor Jacob Goldenberg on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

 

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #49: Vice President for Model Development Steve Jewson on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #50: Assistant Professor Jing Chen on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #51: Assistant Professor Jay Desai on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #55: Economics Professor Roberto Reno on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #56: Finance Professor Michael Brennan on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #57: The Financial Philosopher Blogger Kent Thune on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #58: International Finance Professor Lilian Ng on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #59: Scientific Director Gandolfo Dominici on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #60: Department of Economics Chair Stephanie Kelton on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #61: The Volokh Conspiracy Blogger Eugene Volokh on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #62: Economics Professor V. Basil Hand on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #64: CFA Tom Brakke on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #65: Rich Toscano on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #69: John Lott on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

 

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #71: The Economic Collapse Blogger Michael on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #72: Mark Wolfinger on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #73: Law Professor Ted Sichelman  on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #74:: Director of Graduate Programs Alain Lempereur on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #75: Director Scott Burris on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

 

 

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #78: Economics Professor Sumon Bhaumik on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #79: Director Jack Mintz on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #80: Disruptive Semiotics Blogger George Rossolatos on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #85: Global Economics Trend Analysis Blogger Mish Shedlock on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

 

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #89: Clusterfuck Nation Blogger James Howard Kuntsler on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #90: The Angry Grapes Blogger Mark Gunther on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

Beginner’s Guide to Investing #91: Financial Planner Tom Behlmer on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Filed Under: Investing Experts

Beginner Stock Market Investing — Graphics That Show You Why Stocks Let You Down and How You Can Make Sure It Never Happens Again

December 2, 2019 By Rob

MPRA_paper_350061996 Forward10-Year R-Squared

20-Year r-Squared

P:E10 Over History

Chart from Bennett:Pfau

10-Year R-Squared

Pfau Wealth Accumulation Chart

Schenkler Graphic

Predictor in 1982

Predictor 2000

Chart from Bennett:Pfau

Bennett:Pfau Paper Stats

Return Predictor Image

Chart from Bennett:Pfau

Predictor in 1982

What P:E10 Predicted, What Happened

Scared Baby - Econ Crisis

Predictor 2000

What P:E10 Predicted, What Happened

Filed Under: Investing Basics

Irrational Abusiveness — 101 Acts of Intimidation Used by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to Protect Its Turf 2

December 1, 2019 By Rob

Intimidation Act #1: I Failed to Report on the Errors in the Greaney Retirement Study for the First Three Years That I Posted at the Motley Fool board. I was afraid of what Buy-and-Holders would say about me if I revealed my sincere beliefs about the value of a retirement study that did not contain an adjustment for the valuation level that applied on the day the retirement begins.

Intimidation Act #2: When a Reader Asked the Editors of Money Magazine in the Wake of the 2008 Crash  “Just How Bad Would Thing Have to Get Before You Changed Your Advice?” They Responded By Doubling Down on Their Support of Buy-and-Hold Rather Than Abandoning It for Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Intimidation Act #3: Carl Richards, the Owner of the Behavior Gap Blog, Banned Me from His Site After Telling Me That He Thought My Work Has “Huge Value.”

Carl explained that my comments “dominate” the discussion. They do dominate. That’s a good thing. For years now the Wall Street Con Men have been telling us what we want to hear rather than what we need to hear. So honest comments about what the research says cause a stir. Good. It is by having a spirited debate that we learn together and then move forward. Is that not the normal way of proceeding when new ideas are introduced on important topics? Should I try to water down my insights enough so that they no longer dominate discussions so much?

I told Carl that I could not apologize for trying to add value. I also told Carl that “I am not ashamed…despite the efforts of many to make me feel shame.” I noted how odd I found it that “someone who finds huge value in the work reacts with hostility” to me sharing it with his readers. Carl asked me to “please consider changing the way you deliver the message so that you don’t kill it.”  I pointed out that “there is no soft way of saying that Buy-and-Hold i dangerous.”  He told me that: “I’d rather not ignore requests of what appears to be a significant portion of my readership.”

Intimidation Act #4: The Bogleheads Forum Was Created to Escape One Poster — Me.

The community that meets there used to meet at the Vanguard Diehards board at the Morningstar.com site. They created the new board and asked everyone to move over there when I announced that I would be attending the annual meeting of the Vanguard Diehards and that I intended to ask John Bogle some questions about why he had not come out in support of having the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies corrected.

Has there ever before in the history on the internet been such a large discussion board (the Vanguard Diehards board generated hundreds of posts ever day) abandoned because of a felt need to escape the contributions of a single poster who never once put up an abusive post (the Goons pleaded in vain with Morningstar to ban me but Morningstar was not willing to go along because I had never violated a posting rule)?

Does this fact along not tell us that there is something very wrong with the Buy-and-Hold “idea”? Why are the investors who follow it so emotional?

Intimidation Act #5: When The New Coffeehouse Investor Author Bill Schultheis Declared My Site “Great Stuff,” The Buy-and-Hold Mafia Jumped Into Action and Intimidated Bill Out of His Earlier-Expressed Intent to Engage in Follow-Up Correspondence on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Strategies.  After Bill was threatened, he sent me an e-mail objecting to my quoting his words of praise for me and my site.

Intimidation Act #6:  Greaney Inserted My Name As a Search Term Into a Page of Pornography So That, When People Go to a Search Engine Trying to Find Out About My Book, They Pull Up a Page of Pornography With My Name On It Instead of What They Are Looking For. After doing this, Greaney put up a post at his site saying: “Maybe we should start a new board Investigating the Tie Between Rob Bennett and Internet Porn.

Intimidation Act #7: The Owner of the Invest It Wisely Blog Deleted a Link He Posted to My Article Reporting on How Academic Researcher Wade Pfau was Threatened by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia After Wade Requested the Deletion.

My article on the threats made to Wade Pfau is an important piece of journalism. It reports on the greatest act of financial fraud in U.S. history (the 12-year cover-up of the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies). It explains to millions of middle-class workers why we are today in an economic crisis. It get out in the open the information we all need to know about to bring the Ban on Honest Posting to a full and complete stop so that we can begin benefitting from honest contributions by Wade, Jack Bogle, Bill Bernstein, Larry Swedroe, Scott Burns and many others.

The fact that Wade would write to a blogger and ask him to take down the link reveals the shame he feels over having permitted the Goons to cause him to put forward dishonest public statements endorsing them.

The fact that Kevin agreed to take down the link shows the power of the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to intimidate people who would like to tell the true story about Buy-and-Hold. When they get someone like Kevin to fold, other bloggers notice this and the problem grows worse. We all should be united in opposition to death threats, demands for unjustified board bannings, tens of thousands of acts of defamation and threats to get academic researchers fired from their jobs. If there really were research somewhere supporting Buy-and-Hold, do you think that even one Buy-and-Holder would behave in this way or tolerate this behavior in others?

I don’t think so either. When we all start calling out the Buy-and-Holders on their desperation tactics, those tactics will stop working for them. That will be to everyone’s benefit.

Intimidation Act #8: The Owner of the Money and Such Blog Observed When He Saw the Reactions of the Goons to A Guest Blog Entry That I Posted to His Site That: “It Appears That I HAve Inadvertently Stumbled Into the Middle of a Religious War.” Buy-and-Hold purports to be a research-based strategy. Would the move to a true research-based approach have made investors less emotional rather than more so?

Intimidation Act #9: The Owner of the Monevator Blog Expressed Interest in Some Principles of Valuation-Informed Indexing But, When Faced with Insanely Abusive Comments of the Greaney Goons, Concluded That: It’s Not My Fight.”

Intimidation Act #10: When I Described Buy-and-Hold as a “Get Rich Quick Scheme” at Another Blog, One Community Member Observed That He Had Never Before Heard Anyone Advance That Claim.” There is now 33 years of academic research showing that Buy-and-Hold is the purest and most dangerous Get Rich Quick scheme every concocted by the human mind. Yet many middle-class investors don’t even know that there is a problem with this strategy. Most investing advisors are more concerned about making a buck than they are about helping their clients or readers to invest effectively. And so long as the Buy-and-Hold Mafia is so ruthless in its attacks on those who report honestly what the academic research says, those concerned primarily about making a buck are going to remain extremely reluctant to spill the beans about what the last 33 years of academic research says.

Intimidation Act #11: When I Announced Plans to Attend the Annual Meeting of the Vanguard Diehards and To Ask Jack Bogle Questions About the Cover-Up of the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies, I Was Told That “You Will Not Be Allowed to Attend.”

Intimidation Act #12: When I Asked the Owner of the Mr. Money Mustache Blog to Help Publicize the Ban on Honest Posting, He Said: “The Interpersonal He Said/She Said Stuff Is Something I Try Not to Get Involved in Since There Is Always an Unlimited Supply of Complainers Against Any Good Idea.”

Intimidation Act #13: Former Financial Analyst Journal Editor Rob Arnott Told Me That “Your Ideas Are Sound” and That He Has Experienced Hostility Himself from Buy-and-Hold Dogmatics, But That “I’m Too Embroiled in My Own Controversies to Magnify Them Further with Collaberation.”

I told Rob that: “The illustrations you offer of Buy-and-Hold dogmatism are shocking. I know from my discussions with financial planners and bloggers that may others have had similar experiences. This must stop.”

Intimidation Act #14: I Gave a Talk to the 2013 Financial Bloggers Conference (FinCon13) Titled “How to Become the Most Hated Blogger on the Internet.” It Was Designed to Offer a Lighthearted Examination of the Intimidation Tactic of the Buy-and-Holders. I Was Told That Several People in the Audience Concluded That I Was Bitter. 

We experience cognitive dissonance when a truth is placed before us that is too painful to accept. Million of Buy-and-Holders experience cognitive dissonance when they learn what the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years tells us about how stock investing works in the real world. It is the job of experts in this field to help those people overcome their pain, not to encourage them to place their confidence in long-discredited fantasies that ultimately cause them to feel even more emotional and financial pain.

Intimidation Act #15: Dallas Morning News Columnist Scott Burns Told Me That: “If You Didn’t View Everything As a Highly Personal and Heroic Struggle Pitting You Against the Evil, Ignorance and Untruth of Anyone Who Didn’t Agree With You, You’d Have a Lot More Fun on the Playground.”

I wrote back to Scott an response saying: “Perhaps I am one of the unfortunate humans who cannot see his own flaws even when they are pointed out to him…. I feel that I can say that we are friends again.”

Intimidation Act #16: The owner of the Finantage Blog Told Me of Plans to Write a Series of Articles on Valuation-Informed Indexing But Urged Me to Drop My Claim That the Promotion of Buy-and-Hold Caused the Economic Crisis.

I make note of this because this fellow was obviously trying to be helpful. There’s nothing even a tiny bit far-fetched about my claim that Buy-and-Hold caused the economic crisis. Shiller predicted the economic crisis in his book Irrational Exuberance. Shiller has been awarded the Nobel Prize in Economics for his work in this field. So why did everyone not identify the true cause of the economic crisis immediately after it hit? Because we don’t talk about the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing the dangers of Buy-and-Hold. Because we don’t talk about the realities, not many of us know them. Then, when one of us asks why we don’t talk about them more, someone responds that his readers don’t feel comfortable hearing about stuff they never heard about before. The only way to help people get over their discomfort is to talk about this stuff more, not less.

Intimidation Act #17: Larry at the Investor Junkie Blog Told Me That: “I Have Seen People Often Claim That You Are — Let Me Put It in a Nice Way — Abrasive.”

I was 45 years old on the morning of May 13, 2002, when I put forward my famous post pointing out the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies. I cannot recall a single time in those 45 years when someone used the adjective “abrasive” to describe me. I was the most popular poster on the entire Motley Fool site at that time. John Greaney, the fellow who has led the smear campaign against me for 12 years now, had Motley Fool post a note at the Retire Early board there telling all newcomers to read all of my posts first since they were the most important materials yet published in the Retire Early Field. My “Secrets of Retiring Early” report was the #1 best-seller in the history of the Soapbox.com site. Motley Fool hired me to teach its online retirement course. Would all these things have happened if I had been an “abrasive” individual. One regular poster at that community described me as “a puppy dog poster” in the days before I worked up the courage to “cross” Greaney by pointing out the errors in his study (errors that were confirmed 10 years later by the Wall Street Journal and numerous other top-grade publications.

Was it abrasive of me to ask that Greaney be removed from the Motley Fool site when he threatened to kill my wife and children?

Was it abrasive of me to work for 16 months with Academic Researcher Wade Pfau to produce the most important piece of peer-reviewed research published in this field in over 30 years, research that shows millions of middle-class investors how to reduce the risk of stock investing by 70 percent?

Was it abrasive of me to send e-mails to 30,000 academic researchers seeking their help in getting the Greaney Goons to drop their threats to get Wade fired from his job so that he would feel free to produce honest research once again and so that thousands of other fine academic researchers would join me in doing accurate and honest work showing the dangers of Buy-and-Hold investing strategies?

Larry is shooting straight when he reports that people say that I am “abrasive.” This is a 100 percent accurate report.

But do people say this because I truly am abrasive? Or do people say it because it hurts them to realize that they have been taken and that they have set their retirements back by many years by putting their confidence in a Get Rich Quick investing strategy that has been marketed as something very different?

I’m not abrasive. I am honest about what the last 33 years of peer-reviewed research tells us about how stock investing works in the real world. People who are trying to believe in Buy-and-Hold despite what their common sense tells them feel that my words are abrasive because they are not able to imagine any good response to them.

Who will be viewed as abrasive following the next price crash, when these people have lost most of their retirement savings and are too old to make up for the lost time they spent pursuing Buy-and-Hold fantasies?

I will be the one offering up defenses of my Buy-and-Hold friends at that time. I will be the one saying that they were suffering from cognitive dissonance and were not able to understand what the research says because it hurt too much for them to let it in.

It is the threats of violence that are abrasive. It is the demands for unjustified board bannings that are abrasive. It is the tens of thousands of acts of defamation that are abrasive. It is the threats to get academic researchers fired from their jobs that are abrasive.

Learning is not abrasive. Learning is wonderful. It is by learning that we move past all the ugliness and bring this economic crisis to an end. It is by learning that we all pull together and realize once again why our economic and political systems produce such amazing results in the long run.

I am sure.

Intimidation Act #18: The Owner of the Financial Uproar Blog Wrote Some Very Kind Words About Me (“He’s Passionate. He’s Intelligent. He’s Writing Things That Go Against the Grain”) But Felt Obligated to Add a Suggestion That I Am “Crazy.”

The blogger wrote that: “Rob is doing his best impression of Galileo or Bill Gates….Maybe the problem is that Rob is so intelligent that what he says goes right over my head.” Many people have said such things. I do think that my understanding of investing is today superior to that of most of today’s “experts.” But it is not because I possess more I.Q. points than them. It is because I gave up on Buy-and-Hold back in 2002 and I just keep digging and digging to learn more about how stock investing really works. Knowledge of a subject does not come in a flash. It is acquired through a long-term process of gradual accumulation of new insights. Most of the experts in this field are still trying to rationalize a belief in Buy-and-Hold. If Buy-and-Hold had never been invented, our knowledge of stock investing would today be far greater than it is. Had Shiller published his revolutionary research in 1966 rather than in 1981, we would all be Valuation-Informed Indexers today. False knowledge is worse than a lack of knowledge. A lack of knowledge often spurs people to acquire knowledge. False knowledge can cause people to shun new knowledge because accepting it requires them to accept that they made mistakes in the past and doing this causes some people great discomfort.

I ended up writing several guest blog entries for this blogger. Then the Greaney Goons threatened to destroy him and he agreed not to publish any further guest blogs from me.

Intimidation Act #19:  Adam Butler, Director of Wealth Management at Butler, Philbrick and Associates, Told Me That: “The Wealth Management Industry Seems Intent on Containing This Discussion for Fear That Clients Might Discover the Emperor Has No Clothes.”

Adam obviously did not intend to intimidate me with this message, he was being a straight-shooting friend. Still, the reality IS scary. I am no investing expert! And yet I am years and years ahead of the people who claim to be experts! That’s messed up! And things that are said in this field have huge public-policy implications. The failure to correct the errors in the Buy-and-Hold retirement studies will in days to come cause millions of failed retirements; we will have to use government money to bail out those retirements (the people who followed the uncorrected studies did nothing to deserve such a fate — they did just what the “experts” said). And the next price crash will deepen the economic crisis brought on by the relentless promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies. I think it would be fair to say that the investing advice field is today 100 percent corrupt. It’s pretty darn scary to be going up against the Wall Street Con Men, who obviously do not want the truth to come out and who obviously possess the financial and political resources to bury someone like me.

Am I afraid that they will try to do so?

I am.

However, I am even more afraid of what is going to happen to support for our economic and political system if someone like me does not manage to bring down the Buy-and-Hold Mafia. At least when I take on the Mafia I feel that I am doing what a patriot does for his country. If I were playing it the other way, I would still feel afraid but I would also feel creeped out by my own behavior.

One thing that makes me a little less afraid is that I have a strong sense that most of the members of the Buy-and-Hold Mafia want to be brought down. Bogle sprinkles honest insights in with the Buy-and-Hold garbage he is forever pumping out. So does Bernstein. So does Burns. So does Swedroe. So do most of the others.

Why do they do this? You need to answer that one to possess a complete understanding of why we are living through a prolonged economic crisis today.

I believe that Adam is hinting at something important when he notes that the Wall Street Con Men have a “fear that clients might discover the emperor has no clothes. We live in a litigious society. There is 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for even a single long-term investor. Millions of people are going to see their retirement plans wiped out in the next price crash. I believe that a lot of the Wall Street Con Men feel trapped. They don’t want to keep pumping out the Buy-and-Hold garbage. But they feel that they will be sued for everything they own if they come clean at this stage. In some cases, they probably fear that they will be going to prison for financial fraud. What does a person do in that situation? I think it would be fair to say that most feel at least a temptation to keep quiet about the doubts that they feel about Buy-and-Hold.

Should we have Congress adopt some form of immunity for investing advisors who once thought Buy-and-Hold was a real thing and now are reluctant to go public with their doubts because of a concern of lawsuits that will be filed against them? I think it makes sense to consider the idea. We need to move forward. We need the investing experts working on our side again.

But, if we are going to go that route, it seems very important to me that we go that route prior to the next price crash. Once prices crash, people are going to be angry. It will be 20 times harder to persuade people to support legislation helping out the Wall Street Con Men then that it would be to do so today.

This is something we need to decide as a society. It’s obviously not my call, I get one vote like everybody else. I just wish that there were more people discussing constructive options.

Intimidation Act #20: Larry Evans Acknowledged that Valuation-Informed Indexing Could Change Dramatically Change How the Entire Investment Industry Manages Risk and Talked About Finding Venture Capitalists to Fund Educational Efforts — But Got Cold Feet When He Considered What the Goons Would Say About Him If He Were to Make the Case That Honest Posting Should Be Permitted.

I pointed out to Larry how, if just one pension manager used accurate numbers, he would be fired. Shiller discussed this in the Afterword to the paperback edition of his book. He wrote: “One investment manager for a pension plan spoke to me about how difficult it was for him to suggest in his public statements that people should perhaps be concerned about the overpricing of the stock market. Despite his considerable reputation and apparent sympathy with the views expressed in my book, he seemed to be saying that it was not within his authority to make bold and unprovable statements contrary to the conventional wisdom. He seemed to view his charge as interpreting received doctrine, and that it would be considered a dereliction of his duty to voice contrary opinions that came only from his own judgment.” My view is the opposite. My view is that a pension-plan manager who fails to exercise his independent judgment has failed to protect the members of the pension plan in a reasonable manner. The pension-plan manager is being paid to exercise his judgment and must do so.

Larry, who was very much a skeptic when he discovered my site, once told me: “I am now a 100 percent believer” and that “I think I may be matching your passion on this subject!” Larry added in a follow-up e-mail that: “I will do whatever I can to help from this point forward. I may even start a site myself and link to your site. My mind is spinning with positive ways to get the word out.”

However, Larry was very concerned re how people react to the word “timing.” He felt that it was essential to characterize the tools used by Valuation-Informed Indexers as tools aimed at helping people make asset allocation decisions rather than as tools to help people engage in long-term market timing (these are of course just different terms signifying the same thing and I have never known one of the Buy-and-Hold Goons to be fooled by this kind of trickery). Larry said: “I can’t visualize large institutional investors telling their clients that they are engaged in market timing.” I pointed out to Larry that the idea that long-term market timing might not be required was the result of a mistake that was made in 1965 when it was discovered that short-term timing doesn’t work. The academics jumped to a hasty conclusion that it is all forms of market timing that do not work even though they had not checked whether long-term timing works or not. Shiller was the first to check that and he of course found that long-term timing always works and is always required. I argued that, instead of focusing on semantics, we should stress the need to have the mistake acknowledged and corrected since, from that day forward, everyone would be on the same page and working toward the same goal — to help people learn how to invest more effectively.

Larry responded with an e-mail saying: “I think what you have done is beyond awesome. However, I think you spend way too much time and energy battling old foes. I’m just trying to help bring  the positive aspects of your work to the next level.” I pointed out that my experience dating back to May 13, 2002, is that the vast majority of people want to enjoy a learning experience. The Goons are a minority that very, very much does not want anyone to enjoy a learning experience. Every board and blog to which I have posted has rules prohibiting use of the tactics that the Goons use to block people from enjoying learning experiences. And of course there are laws prohibiting the extreme acts that have been used to extend the fraudulent cover-up of the errors in the Old School retirement studies. But most of the people who express a desire for a learning experience, like Larry, are unwilling to call the Goons out on their nonsense. So the Goons get what they want even though they represent only a minority of the investing community.

Larry wrote a kind and frank response quoting the Bible. He pointed me to the Gospel story in which Jesus tells his Apostles to move to the next town because no one in the current town is listening to the message. He advised me to “dust your feet off and move on to people who will listen.” I gave old Larry the what-for and explained why Jesus is on my side re this SWR thing (that’s a joke). I wrote: “Jesus did not hold back from saying what He felt needed to be said out of fear that some would become angry on hearing it, did He? He put forward some Hard Sayings. And He certainly did not limit Himself to speaking only to those who were in 100 percent agreement with him from the start. He spoke to sinners. Well, the Buy-and-Hold Investors are the sinners of InvestoWorld. We need to talk to them. Talking is caring. I view it as the easy way out to say “Oh, well, I will only talk to those who praise me from the first time they hear me.” I CARE about the sinners, Larry. Because I am a sinner. I believed in Buy-and-Hold Investing once upon a time. I have an inner Goon. I do dumb stuff. I fall for marketing slogans. And I LEARN from the sinners…. The Goons do not want to destroy their lives. They do not want to delay their retirements. On some level they do not want to be Goons. They want to be humans. In that sense they are like me. Or like you. We all have Goonishness within us, Larry. That’s a big part of the story being revealed here.”

Larry wrote back that: ” Jesus did speak up expecially to the pharisees and know it alls of his day. He did not limit his world to the “good” people of the day. We  have all  fallen short. Myself included. I need to process your thoughts for a day or so.” Ultimately, he told me that he needed to put more time into managing his girl’s vollyball team. I reconnected with Larry for a brief time a few years later when Todd Tressider wrote a long article confirming my May 13, 2002, claim that the Old School safe-withdrawal-rate studies do not include a valuations adjustment and thus get all the numbers wildly wrong. Larry had become a regular poster at Todd’s site and we had a chance to say hello to each other when I commented on Todd’s SWR article.

Intimidation Act #21: Justin Fox, the Author of a Book (The Myth of the Rational Market) Explaining That the Entire Buy-and-Hold Model Is Rooted in a Mistake, Did Not Respond to My E-Mail on the Valuation-Informed Indexing Model, the Model Which Fixes the Mistake That Ruined Buy-and-Hold.

Justin performed an important public service in doing such a good job of describing the mistake. But millions of middle-class people need to know how stock investing really works. I suspect that the reason why Justin does not want to write a follow-up book telling that story is that that is what sets off the Buy-and-Hold Mafia. There is too much deference to the people who make money promoting Buy-and-Hold strategies and not enough to the people who retirement dreams have been destroyed by the relentless promotion of the discredited Buy-and-Hold strategy.

Intimidation Act #22: I Spent Two Hours on  the Telephone Explaining Valuation-Informed Indexing and the Efforts of the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to Limit Discussion Of It to Journalist Patrick Courrielche, But He Ended Up Not Writing An Article About It.

Patrick expressed a genuine interest in the story. I am not able to say why he did not go forward; I sent him a follow-up e-mail but he did not respond to it. It could be that his editor was concerned about lawsuits being filed by the Wall Street Con Men, who obviously possess a big money advantage. But it also could be that Patrick didn’t feel that he understood the issues well enough to write about them. The issues are not complex but many people are intimidated by the number of experts who swear by Buy-and-Hold or who at least minimize its dangers. Or it could be that re ran the idea past some journalist friends and most had a negative reaction. Many good and smart people have a mental block that makes it hard for them to appreciate the importance of this story. It just seems hard to believe that no one else has written it in all this time!

Intimidation Act #23: I Was “Asked Nicely to Refrain from Commenting” at the Free Money Finance Site on Grounds That “You’ve Had More Than Your Chance to Be Heard.”

Valuation-Informed Indexing is the investing strategy rooted in what we have learned from the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research in this field. Buy-and-Hold is a strategy that was once mistakenly thought to have been rooted in academic research but which had been discredited by the past 33 years of academic research. Yet Buy-and-Hold remain the more popular strategy today because most investors have not heard of Valuation-Informed Indexing or have only heard about it a few times and not on enough occasions to come to have confidence in it. How can the solution to the problem be to limit the number of times that Valuation-Informed Indexing can be discussed at a site? We need to have it discussed at every board and blog on the internet on a daily basis! We need to insure that every investor on the planet has all of his or her questions about it answered! This sort of banning is the result of defensiveness on the part of Buy-and-Holders who want people to believe that there really is research supporting the Buy-and-Hold concept.

The owner of the site complained that: “you’re starting to dominate the investing and retirement posts.” That’s because people are excited to hear stuff that truly hangs together for the first time. That’s a good thing. If Valuation-Informed Indexing did not stand up to scrutiny, it would not dominate all discussions into which it is introduced. It dominates because people want to learn more. The problem is the small number of Buy-and-Hold dogmatics who cannot bear to learn more because it hurts for them to realize that they have made a terrible mistake in their retirement planning efforts.

It is the Buy-and0-Holders who have had more than their chance to be heard. They need to chill out and give some new ideas a chance to catch on.

Intimidation Act #24: Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller, the Grandfather of Valuation-Informed Indexing, Did Not Respond to My E-Mail Asking for His Reaction to the Insights I Have Developed as Implications of His Findings.

Shiller was awarded the Nobel Prize in Economics for his “revolutionary” (Shiller’s word) for his 1981 finding that valuations affect long-term returns, a finding that discredits the Efficient Market Theory and the Buy-and-Hold investing strategy built on a belief in it. I have spent 12 years developing scores of powerful insights rooted in Shiller’s revolutionary findings and my work has been applauded by thousands of ordinary investors as well as dozens of the biggest names in the field. I naturally do not want to say anything about the implications of Shiller’s ideas that does not stand up to scrutiny. In ordinary circumstances, Shiller would want to correct any mistakes in my work that he discovered and would want to promote any important insights that I developed of which he was not aware. No?

Intimidation Act #25: Taylor Larimore, Co-Author of The Bogleheads Guide to Investing, Initially Denied an Error He Made in His Book and Numerous Members of the Bogleheads Forum Initially Encouraged Him in His Defensiveness.

The book claims that the worst loss that an investor can experience is 50 percent. The average loss in secular bear markets has been 68 percent real. This is something that could be looked up by anyone who cared to know the reality. Larimore eventually acknowledged the error. But why did it take so long for him to be persuaded to do so? And why were so many Buy-and-Holders eager to help him cover up an error that could cost them their retirements? People make mistakes. That’s not the point here. I hate to imagine what these Buy-and-Holders would be saying about a Valuation-Informed Indexer who made such an error. What is it about the Buy-and-Hold strategy that causes those who promote it to adopt so arrogant an attitude?

Intimidation Act #26: One of the Lead Goons Told Me (In a Roundabout Way) That the Goons Know That They Are Wrong and I am Right, Saying That “You’re Sitting on a Winning Lottery Ticket.…I’d Do Anything To Have What You’ve Got.”

That’s the message being sent in that one, is it not? I am not able to come up with another way of interpreting those words. At first glance, this might not seem like an act of intimidation. But there is sense in which this is one of the scariest messages that the Goons have delivered to me. If they act the way they do because they believe they are right, there is always the chance that they can be convinced. If they believe that they are not capable of thinking more clearly, there is no hope. I of course pick up on the suggestion that I direct my efforts to experts rather than to the people who congregate at discussion boards. But that is of course precisely what I did when I worked with Wade Pfau and numerous others whom the Goons attacked when they learned that they were working with me, The Goons will be exposed if experts report the realities and they of course know it. And the experts of course know how angry they will make millions of ordinary investors if they report the realities in clear and understandable language. So how do we resolve this short of enduring another price crash and the Second Great Depression that is likely going to result from it?  My way of seeing things is that we are ALL sitting on a winning lottery ticket and we just need to give ourselves permission to start enjoying our winning

Intimidation Act #27: I Was Banned from the Monevator Blog for Saying That Stocks Are Dangerous When Overpriced on Grounds That My Comments Were “Misleading and Dangerous” Because Everyone Already Know That Stocks Are Dangerous When Overpriced.

The owner of the blog cited Benjamin Graham, who recommended that investors go with a 75 percent stock allocation when prices are low, a 50 percent stock allocation when prices are moderate and a 25 percent stock allocation when prices are high. That’s Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Intimidation Act #28: Wall Street Journal Columnist Jonathan Clements Engaged in Word-Game “Defenses” of the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies When I Informed Him of the Errors in Them. Clements acknowledged that the Old School studies were “not the last word” in safe-withdrawal-rate analysis but elected not to report on the New School calculator that I co-developed with John Walter Russell. Reactions of posters at discussion boards who followed Buy-and-Hold strategies included comments that: (1) “My guess is that they are laughing their buns off at the Wall Street Journal”; and (2) “My guess is that Clements deleted the message before reaching the end of the first paragraph.” Several posters expressed interest in being able to take part in a learning experience. One said: “I have heard many rip Rob but truthfully I don’t know what the counter-argument is…. Is there a counter-argument?” The Buy-and-Holders ignored these comments. Bill Sholar, the creator of the calculator that Clements described as “not the last word,” banned me from his forum. Clements did not report on any of these reactions at the Wall Street Journal.

Intimidation Act #29: When I Reported on How My Posts Were Being Deleted at the Get Rich Slowly Blog, Site Owner J.D. Roth Threatened Me. I believe that the deletions were the result of a technical malfunction. Still, the words that J.D. directed at me were less than friendly, especially given that the technical malfunction had taken place at his blog. J.D. (whom I consider a friend), wrote: “I’m serious: You need to take this down, and now. It’s not a trivial matter to make false accusations. My reputation is all I have on the internet, and I will NOT have it tarnished by your misperceptions and allegations. I’m now asking you to not only remove the two paragraphs in question, but also your comments. In fact, I’d recommend removing this entire post.”

Intimidation Act #30: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Did Not Respond to a May 2006 E-Mail from Me Asking to Hear His Thoughts on the Valuation-Informed Indexing Concept. The allocation shifting strategy that I described in the e-mail (75/50/25) is the one endorsed by Benjamin Graham (Warren Buffett’s mentor) in his book Security Analysis, published in the 1930s. At the time that I sent the e-mail, Bogle was visiting the Vanguard Diehards board on a weekly basis and Mel Lindauer and his Goon Squad were engaging in an almost-daily Campaign of Terror against the hundreds of member of that board community that had expressed a desire to learn about the decades of peer-reviewed academic research showing the superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing over Buy-and-Hold. It was when I expressed an intent to attend an annual meeting of the Vanguard Diehards at which Bogle would have been present and subject to questioning that the leaders of the board opened a new board that would not be subject to Morningstar.com administrative decisions and asked that all community members move to the new board to escape my posts reporting on the last three decades of peer-reviewed academic research in this field.

Intimidation Act #31: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Did Not Respond to a July 2009 E-Mail That I Sent Him Asking His Help in Steering the Indexing Revolution to a New and More Promising Path than the Discredited Buy-and-Hold Path That Led to So Much Abusive Posting at the Vanguard Diehards Board and the Bogleheads Forum Board. I explained to Jack that: “I do not ask you to endorse Valuation-Informed Indexing today. I ask you to endorse an end to the ugliness that has blocked civil and reasonable debate on these questions for a good number of years now. The indexing movement needs to leave that ugliness behind us once and for all.”

Intimidation Act #32: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Did Not Respond to a ____ E-Mail

Intimidation Act #33: The Owner of the Investor Junkie Blog Wrote; “In Rob Bennett’s Case, He Was Banned for No Known Listed Forum Policy, Except His Viewpoint Was Different From Other Bogleheads and [He Was Perceived As] a Threat.”

Has there ever been anyone else who was banned from 15 different sites without once violating a posting rule? There must be something that I am saying that makes a lot of powerful people look very, very bad, no? How do you think millions of middle-class people are going to react when it finally comes out? It will, you know. My guess is that it comes out following the next price crash.

Intimidation Act #34:  The Owner of the My Journey to Millions Blog Sent Me a Note on Twitter Saying: “I Still Don’t Understand Why You Fight. Who Cares?”

All signs are that his expression of bewilderment is sincere. If Evan feels that way, my guess is that many others feel that way. This is one the hurdles that I need to overcome. This is part of the Big Black Wall of Cognitive Dissonance. I not only have to fight the bad guys. I have to fight the good guys who don’t understand how the bad stuff done by the bad guys is killing us all.

The answer to the question is: Once honest posting by one person (me) is permitted on one important topic (safe withdrawal rates), the entire wall of intimidation will fall and we will be hearing thousands of people posting honestly on scores of topics. It won’t be just Wade Pfau publishing honest research. Hundreds of academic researchers will join him once they feel it is safe to do so. Bogle will be sharing with us his sincere views. So will Bernstein. So will Swedroe. So will Burns. We will be learning from all sorts of people and we will be generating new insights of our own as a result of what we learn from them. There are now 33 years of insights that we have denied ourselves. Once we open the floodgates, we will be advancing in our understanding of how stock investing works at warp speed. There’s huge leverage in the idea of opening the internet to honest posting on the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research. 

Intimidation Act #35: Financial Planner Michael Kitces Published a Study Reporting that Valuations Affect Safe Withdrawal Rates — But Argued That Valuations Can Only Increase the SWR and Never Lower Them!

Business Week wrote about the Kitces study but failed to point out the obvious analytical error.

Intimidation Act #36: When I Pointed Out the Analytical Error in Michael Kitces’ SWR Study to him, He Responded By Saying That: “At This Point, It’s Reasoned Speculation…That Today’s Retirement Advice is Dangerous.”

I asked for Michael’s help in calming the insane dogmatism that has evidenced itself at numerous discussion boards. He politely declined to get involved other than to express concern for those who may face “some painful choices ahead.”

I pointed out in a follow-up e-mail that many investors still do not understand that long-term return are highly predictable for those who take valuations into consideration and asked why he thought the Old School SWR studies were set up the way they were.  He said that the reason is that “there’s only one worst-case scenario.”

I responded that “different worst-case scenarios apply at different valuation levels.” Michael said that: “It’s still an evolving body of research.” 

I pointed out that: “The common belief is that the studies are just reporting what the numbers say.”  Michael replied that: “There are significant risks inherent in the Passive Investing approach that are not understood by most.”

My next e-mail to Michael argued that: “What we need to see is for all investors to be exposed to a broader range of viewpoints.”  Michael said: “I still intend to do more research in this area.”

I wrote back that: “A sound methodology would inspire confidence, not defensiveness.” Michael’s reply e-mail argued that: “While most find it [the Efficient Market Theory, the academic construct on which the Buy-and-Hold strategy was built], discredited….it’s the best assumption framework we have.”

I told Michael about the great enthusiasm we had seen for honest discussions of how stock investing works in the days before the Goons poisoned our boards with abusiveness. Michael reported back that he had written a blog post stating that: “If Russell’s projections of a sub-2% withdrawal rate prove to be true, or are anywhere close, those who retired back in 2000 may ultimately find that the “4% safe withdrawal rate” was still far too aggressive, making the point once again about how critical it is to incorporate market valuation into retirement projections! I thanked Michael. He sent me an e-mail saying that he too enjoyed “the great dialogue.” 

I shared additional findings of John Walter Russell’s research with Michael. Michael expressed enthusiasm re Russell’s work. I encouraged Michael to make waves.  The Goons sent Michael a link to a comment I made on a discussion board saying that, while Michael agrees that many will suffer financial losses as a result of the errors in the Old School SWR studies, Michael did not want to warn them about the studies because to do so would be to “disrespect” the studies. Michael expressed “shock” re this comment, saying: “PLEASE be more careful with how you attribute statements I have made and the context in which I made them. This is not an accurate reflection of what I have stated, nor of my beliefs themselves.”

I told Michael that: “I am unable to make sense of your lack of alarm over the effects [of the cover-up of the errors in the Old School SWR studies] on real live investors.” Michael said that he found the Old School SWR studies to be analytically valid so long as the P/E10 value remained below 30 [the P/E10 value rose to 44 in early 2000].” John Walter Russell wrote that : “Just because the Year 2000 sequence may turn out to survive at a higher rate does not mean that it will have been SAFE.” I followed up on John’s comments by arguing that: “If we were starting with a clean slate…no one…would recommend…the Old School studies.”  Michael said that he agreed with John’s comments. He explained that : “I’m not saying that New School is wrong. I’m just saying that I don’t think it’s appropriate to state that the New School has proven the Old School wrong to the point that the Old School should be utterly and completely dismissed. ”

 Intimidation Act #39: California Financial Planner Bill Bengen, the Originator of the “4 Percent Rule” That Animates Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies, Advised His Clients to Get Out of Stocks Following the 2008 Crash But Did Not Publicly Acknowledge That It Violates the Core Principle on Which the Old School Studies Were Developed to Encourage Investors to Sell Shares When Prices Drop. A small number of Buy-and-Holders acknowledged that Bengen was violating the core principle of Buy-and-Hold at the worst possible time for doing so. Most kept the matter hushed up.
Intimidation Act #40: When I wrote to Bill Bengen About His Decision to Recommend that His Clients Get Out of Stocks Following the 2008 Price Crash, He Denied That His Advice Constituted “Market Timing.” Few of the Buy-and-Holders who attacked me savagely for recommending that investors lower their stock allocations prior to the crash offered any criticism of Bengen for recommending that his clients get out of stocks after prices crashed.

Intimidation Act #41: The Virginia Police Did Not Respond In An Effective Manner When I Informed Them of the Campaign of Terror (Which Included Death Threats Directed at Community Members Who Posted Honestly on the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate Studies) Led by John Greaney and Mel Linduaer against Our Board and Blog Communities.

Intimidation Act #42: When the Frugal Dad Blog Asked “Have We Been Sold a Bunch of Lies?”, I Wrote to Frugal Dad Asking for His Help in Publicizing the Campaign of Terror Against Our Board and Blog Communities Led by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia, But He Did Not Respond. I argued in a follow-up e-mail that Buy-and-Hold “is the result of a mistake, not a lie.” I implored Frugal Dad not to give up on stocks because middle-class people need to invest in stocks to achieve decent retirements. When Frugal Dad suggested that the price crash had lowered the safe withdrawal rate, I argued that giving in to feelings of doom and gloom cause people to miss out on buying stocks at times when prices are good and thereby causes as much harm as ignoring the dangers of stocks when they are selling at high prices.

Intimidation Act #43: A Popular Poster (“Retired at 48”) at the Bogleheads Forum Was Banned for Honest Posting and Entered Negotiations with the Owners of the Morningstar.com Site to Re-Open That Board Community to Honest Posting on Stock Investing Issues.

Intimidation Act #44: I Started a Thread at a Money Bloggers Discussion Forum Titled “Problems with the Conventional Investing Advice.” It Generated Strong Interest Until “Defenders” of the Buy-and-Hold Concept Got Ugly. The Greaney Goons threatened the site administrator (the owner of the All Financial Matters blog) and he deleted the entire thread. He explained that he deleted the entire thread (which contained lots of helpful posts from people with a sincere desire to learn about the subject matter) rather than just the abusive garbage put forward by The Buy-and-Hold Mafia because “It was easier to delete the whole thread (one-click) than to weed through the posts that I thought were pointless.” This same practice has been followed by many other site owners, handing the Buy-and-Holder a quick and easy way to stop people interested in learning about the dangers of Buy-and-Hold strategies from doing so.

Intimidation Act #45: The Owner of the Lazy Man and Money Published my Guest Blog Entry Titled Passive Investing Is a Strategy for Extremists But Then Took What He Described As an “Unprecedented Act” Of Deleting the Entire Thread (Which Contained Numerous Helpful Comment) After the Buy-and-Hold Mafia Objected. Lazy Man became upset when I started a thread at a money blogger’s forum urging that we join together to neutralize the efforts of The Buy-and-Hold Mafia.

Intimidation Act #46: The Owner of the Money and Such Blog Told Me That “The Question Is Whether There Is a Problem with Translating What May Be a Sound Concept to a Real-World Environment,” But Did Not Call for the National Debate That Would Be Needed for Skeptics to Become Convinced. Skepticism is justified. I applaud it. But how can I change minds if I cannot post at the leading blogs and forum because of the demands for unjustified board bannings advanced at every site at which Buy-and-Hold is challenged in a serious way by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia. A big part of the reason why we have not been able to advance the ball for 12 years is that, when I find people who are open-minded on the substantive issues, they express great reluctance to the idea of taking action of the process side.

Intimidation Act #47: The Owner of the Options for Rookies Blog Expressed Enthusiasm for a Guest Blog Entry of Mine That He Published At His Site But Then Deleted the Entire Discussion Thread After the Buy-and-Hold Mafia Objected to It.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intimidation Act #34: The Owner of the Quest for Four Pillars Blog (Now the Money Smarts Blog) Is In General a Big Advocate of Free Speech But Saw Fit to Ban Honest Posting on the Last 33 Years of Peer-Reviwed Academic Research All The Same. Mike had on earlier occasions stuck up for me when I was attacked by Goons. But when his own readers began to appreciate how dangerous a strategy Buy-and-Hold is, he prohibited honest posting at his own blog.

Intimidation Act #19: The Owner of the Bad Money Advice Blog Told Me That “I Am Not Yet Convinced You Have a Powerful Enough Equity-Market Prediction Model,” But Did Not Call for the National Debate That Would Be Needed for Skeptics to Become Convinced. Frank is sincere. He is a good guy and a smart guy. But he needs to hear more people saying what I am saying to be convinced. And, to persuade more people to come forward, we need to bring the Campaign of Terror to a full and complete stop.

Intimidation Act #51: The Pop Economics Blog Praised My Work But Suggested That I Was Somehow to Blame for the Campaign of Terror Against Me Led By Mel Linduaer and John Greaney.

Pop noted that many people “simply hate the guy.” That’s so. But there are also thousands of community members who have said that they would like to see honest posting permitted. What people really hate is the intimidation tactics that have been employed by the Buy-and-Holders. And please note that Pop was not speaking out in opposition to those tactics in his introduction. The Buy-and-Hold Goons continue to employ the intimidation tactics because intimidation tactics get them what they want — a silencing of the research-based challenges to their Buy-and-Hold claims. If site owners like Pop called them out on their b.s., they would stop using those tactics and we all would be rewarded with the national debate on what really works in stock investing that we all very much need to hear.

Intimidation Act #52: The Owner of the Pop Economics Blog Promised to Rein in the Goons at His Site But Then Failed to Honor the Promise.

After the Goons ate Pop alive, he vowed never again to permit anyone to post a guest blog entry at his site. The community that reads Pop’s blog suffered but the Goons got everything they wanted.  What’s their secret. There was once a poem written about how “the good have lost all conviction” and “the bad are filled with a passionate intensity.” The Goons are the lowest among us. But they fight and they fight and they fight and they fight. And that counts for something in this world. If the Normals possessed one-tenth of the fighting spirit of the Goons, the Campaign of Terror would have been brought to an end on the afternoon of May 13, 2002. They know what’ at stake (the biggest advance in our understanding of how stock investing works ever achieved in our history) and so they fight like crazy. They hurt themselves with their fighting even more than they hurt millions of others because that is how Goons play it. But no one can say that they don’t fight hard. And no one can say that we Normals do (I like to think that I am a big-time exception — my aim is to fight for the Normals as hard as the Goons fight against them).

Intimidation Act #53: The Owner of the Financial Samurai Blog Said That “I Don’t Understand the Rift” Between Those Who Believe That Honest Posting on the Last 33 Years of Peer-Reviewed Academic Research Should Be Permitted and the Buy-and-Hold Goons.

The thought has occurred that Sam might be pulling our legs just a wee bit.

Just another one of those crazy hunches that I have been known to experience from time to time.

Sam took delight in J.D. Roth’s unwillingness to help out. In a subsequent comment, he told me: It’s never a one-sided fault. Takes both sides to move forward.” So when John Greaney threatened to kill my wife and children if I continued to post honestly on safe withdrawal rates, it was half my fault for having a wife and children to threaten!

I don’t buy it. The fault is with the person who put forward the death threat. And with the people (like Sam) who failed to speak up in opposition to the use of death threats to intimidate people telling the truth about stock investing into silence. I don’t apologize for pointing out the errors in Greaney’s retirement study. I am proud of having done so. I say that Greaney was in the wrong for not correcting the errors when he learned of them. And I say that Sam is wrong for pretending that both sides are at fault when one party threatens to kill family members of the other rather than to acknowledge getting an important number wrong in a retirement study. We ALL benefit when errors in retirement studies are corrected. Including the authors of those studies. It is by acknowledging errors that we are able to learn new things.

 Intimidation Act #44: The Owner of the Pop Economics Blog Expressed Great Interest in the Valuation-Informed Indexing Concept But Signaled to the Goons That He Would Ban Discussion of It if the Goons Would Be Willing to Advance Just a Single Abusive Post.

Please understand that the site owner really did love Valuation-Informed Indexing. He offered numerous comments in my dealings with him that showed me that that was so. He also was being sincere when he said that he would give the Goons everything they wanted if only they would post abusively at his site. Yes, it is hard to figure this sort of thing out. But that is the job. It is only by figuring out what smart and good people like the owner of the Pop Economics blog behave in this manner that we can move forward together. We shouldn’t ignore these odd developments because they are difficult to understand. We should focus on them until we are able to make sense of them. My response to Pop is here.

Intimidation Act #45: The Owner of the Pop Economics Blog Told Me That We Need to Come Up With Some Means of Helping the Buy-and-Holders Save Face But Then Asked That I Not Quote His Words.

The owner of the Pop Economics blog possesses great insight into human nature. He pointed out that the key to moving forward is finding some means by which the Buy-and-Holders to save face. Bingo! The is precisely correct! I have been trying to do this for 12 years by saying that Jack Bogle built the foundation on which Valuation-Informed Indexing was built and that the I respect and like the Buy-and-Hold Pioneers and appreciate that all pioneers make mistakes and all this sort of thing. However, the key to making this strategy work is bringing the nastiness to an end and helping everyone to learn the realities revealed by the last 33 years of peer-reviewed research, In other words, the way to take things to a positive place is to persuade everyone to come clean. We need to stand up to the Goons to help them. Pop is right about the spirit that we need to employ to bring things to a successful conclusion. But his reluctance to being quoted sends a message to the Goons that he still fears them and sending that message encourages them in their self-destructivenes. It would have been a lot easier to help the Buy-and-Holders save face had we all joined together to call them out on their b.s. re safe withdrawal rates on the morning of May 13, 2002, rather than waiting until today or even some date subsequent to today to work up the courage to do what we all know deep in our hearts eventually needs to be done.

Intimidation Act #4: After Years of Making Use of Insanely Abusive Posting Practices to Block Their Readers From Learning About the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal Rate Studies, the Owners of the Bogleheads Forum Approved a Wiki Statement Covering Up This History and Suggesting That the “Next Logical Step” in SWR Analysis Would Be to Determine Accurately What Withdrawal Rates Are Safe. The Wiki states: ““Unfortunately, the term ‘Safe Withdrawal Rate’ is necessarily an ambiguous term. This is because initial methods utilized historical data to statically determine what would have been safe given the actual results that past portfolios would have generated with the variables given. The next logical step, of course, was to use that information to predict future SWRs. Either use is technically correct, but one should always be sure to be clear whether the use is in reference to past or projected SWRs, so that unnecessary argument can be prevented.” The author of the Wiki statement engaged in further word games in a comment that he put to my blog.

Intimidation Act #5: When I Began Posting at Blogs, the Greaney Goons Took Their Campaign of Terror to the Personal Finance Blogosphere. Most Bloggers Responded Not By Banning the Goons But By Banning Discussion of the Issues that the Goons Wanted to See Blocked. In the link above, Mike, the author of the Quest for Four Pillars Blog, notes that the Goons were posting at blogs only to cause trouble and that they were not regular participants at the blogs at which they were posting abusive comments. Mike later banned honest posting at his own blog (which is now titled the Money Smarts blog.

Intimidation Act #8: Maryland Financial Planner Michael Kitces told me following the 2008 Crash That “A Lot of Planners Are Starting to Question Their Passive Investing Beliefs.” This is obviously something that millions of middle-class investors needed to know about. Why didn’t we hear lots of media reports? The financial planners were afraid to have word get out to their clients that the investing advice they had used to invest their retirement money as gravely flawed. I told Michael that I would like to make www.PassionSaving.com the meeting place for financial planners who had lost confidence in Buy-and-Hold and who were looking for to learn about more realistic long-term strategies.

Intimidation Act #11: Maryland FInancial Planner Michael Kitces, Who Evidences More Honesty and Smarts in His Comments on Stock Investing Than Just About Any Other Financial Planner I Have Encountered, Explained His Reluctance to Criticize Buy-and-Hold on Grounds That “A Large Number of People Will Harm Themselves Is They Do Anything Besides Being Passive.” Michael was responded to an e-mail from me in which I argued that no one can attain true expertise in this field until we see a national debate on the merits and dangers of Buy-and-Hold strategies.

Intimidation Act #22: Vanguard Founder Jack Bogle Has Spoken In Support of Several Key Principles of Valuation-Informed Indexing But the Buy-and-Hold Mafia Does Not Acknowledge the Common Ground and Continues to Employ Vicious Smear Tactics to Create the Impression That There Is No Common Ground.

Intimidation Act #26: Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Banned Dicussion of Mel Lindauer’s Campaign of Terror Against Those Who Posted Honestly on the Three Decades of Peer-Reviewed Academic Research Showing the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing Strategies. Mike told me at the 2011 meeting of the Financial Bloggers Conference that he views Lindauer as “a jerk” but that he does not object to his abusive posting practices because he fears that Lindauer would try to destroy his business if he did. Mike believe that Valuation-Informed Indexing can work even though he forbids discussion of it at his blog. He explained that: “I do see (at least a potential) value in adjusting asset allocations as a function of current price levels. But to be honest, I see the misinformation spread by the financial services industry (about active management, picking stocks, etc.) as a far larger issue. And until that battle is won — which I doubt will ever completely happen — I don’t foresee myself taking on any other issues with my writings.”

Intimidation Act #27: Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Told Me That He Received E-Mails From His Readers That Described My Comments at the Blog as “Spammy” and “Obnoxious.” Mike told me in the same e-mail that be views me as “a genuinely good guy” who is sincere about his message.

Intimidation Act #30:  Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Deleted a Comment In Which I Pointed Out that Mel Linduaer and Taylor Larimore, Authors of The Bogleheads Guide to Investing, Evidenced a Lack of Personal Integrity By Supporting a Ban on Honest Posting on Safe Withdrawal Rates at the Bogleheads Forum. I argued in the deleted comment that “the book does not say the same things about retirement that it would say if Taylor and Mel had permitted honest discussions of the flaws in the Old School studies and had learned from those discussions.” and that “The reason why discussions of the errors made in the Old School studies have been so contentious is that there are integrity issues involved in the failure of the community of Passive Investing advocates to address these issues for over seven years now. ” I contended that: “We are not going to be able to duck these issues indefinitely. Our integrity is part of what makes us human.”

Intimidation Act #31: Mike Piper, Owner of the Oblivious Investor Blog, Acknowledged That My Comment on the Lack of Integrity Evidenced By Mel Linduaer and Taylor Larimore By Supporting a Ban on Honest Posting on Safe Withdrawal Rates Was “Respectful” But Justified the Ban on Grounds That “It Brings Up Things That Happened at Another Forum, Which, Frankly, Most of My Readers Don’t Seem to Care About.” We all care about whether the people whose investment advice we follow possess personal integrity. One of the reasons why our 12 years of discussions have been so contentious is that the Buy-and-Holders had been covering up the errors in the Buy-and-Hold strategy long before I came on the scene. When I came on the scene, people were not willing to own up to the cover-up because it demonstrated a lack of personal integrity among the people promoting Buy-and-Hold strategies. Mike didn’t delete my comment because no one cares about whether people offering investing advice possess personal integrity or not. He deleted it because everyone knows that personal integrity matters and that those who have been ignoring Shiller’s findings for over three decades have shown that they do not possess it. People want to believe in Buy-and-Hold. But they do not know how to do so without silencing those who bring up the personal integrity matter. So as a society we are playing  a stupid and dangerous game in which we pretend that personal integrity does not matter in the investing advice field.  The reality is that it matters as much in this field as in any other and the long time-period in which those pointing out the importance of personal integrity have been silenced has created a pent-up desire for personal integrity among investing advisors that will end up hurting Buy-and-Holders following the next price crash. At that point, I will be trying to help people understand the unique circumstances that caused so many of us to pretend for so long that personal integrity does not matter in this one particular field of life endeavor.

Intimidation Act #32: One of the Greaney Goons Accused Me of “Hubris and Self-Absorption” When I Argued to Mike Piper That “Integrity Issues Are Always On-Topic.” Mike Piper agreed to my request that he include a note at his blog saying that I had written a blog entry at my site explaining why the comment had been deleted. That was a classy move. We would all be in a better place today if other Buy-and-Holders made as much effort as Mike has on several occasions to understand the other fellow’s point of view.

Intimidation Act #35: Morningstar Reaffirmed Its Ban on Honest Posting When Several Community Members Expressed a Desire to Hear Both Sides of the Story. Morningstar justified its ban on honest posting by saying that accurate reports on what the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years tells us about how stock investing works is “inflammatory” in communities populated largely by Buy-and-Holders.

Intimidation Act #40: Shiller Pulls His Punches on a Number of Issues.

Intimidation Act #46: J.D. Roth, Owner of the Get Rich Slowly Blog, Sent E-Mails to Those Participating at His Forum Asking Them Not to Respond to My Comments.

Why would a blogger not want people to participate in a discussion being held at his forum?

Intimidation Act #48: Mike Piper Told Me That He Does Not Like to Ban People But That He Was Banning Me But That I Should Not View That As An Act of Intimidation.

Mike was responding to an e-mail in which I argued that having a successful blog was not going to mean much of we see an economic depression. In response to his e-mail, I told Mike that I certainly viewed the banning as an act of intimidation. I said that “it makes me feel there is something dirty or rude about challenging passive investing at your blog.” Mike said that he would not feel a need to ban me if I posted less frequently. But doesn’t the entire problem stem from the fact that Mike’s readers have not heard about the dangers of Buy-and-Hold a lot more frequently? No one would be shocked to learn what the academic research says if that message was being repeated daily at every board and blog on the internet. It is because people have heard Buy-and-Hold promoted so often that so many have adopted the strategy as their own and now are upset to hear that there is 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that it never works. The only way in which I could justify posting less frequently is if one of the Buy-and-Holders found something wrong in what I was saying. None has ever done that. Instead, I always hear that I should post accurate information less frequently. My view is that we all need to hear accurate information post more frequently and inaccurate information (information that promotes Buy-and-Hold strategies) less frequently. Accurate information helps people. Inaccurate information hurts people. No?

I told Michael that: “You should be writing about the fact that you have community members who are upset to hear criticisms of Passive Investing. That’s part of the story. That’s news.” We ALL should be talking about the defensiveness of the Buy-and-Holders, which evidences itself at every board and blog at which they congregate. True research-based strategies inspire a calm confidence, not a panicky defensiveness. The Buy-and-Holders are telling us in the manner in which they respond to challenges to their strategy that the strategy is a loser.

Mike’s response was to say that: “There IS something rude about disagreeing with me repeatedly at my own blog” Huh? Why open a blog comment to discussion if you view disagreement as “rude”? Do advocates of any idea other than Buy-and-Hold Investing adopt this attitude toward people who disagree with them?

I told Mike that “this cannot be put off indefinitely.”

Intimidation Act #49: Mike Piper Told Me That “There Are Certain Social Norms Regarding Blog” and That One of Them Is That “It Is Generally Regarded As Rude to Repeatedly Disagree With the Blogger.”

I pointed out to Mike that there are decades of peer-reviewed academic research showing that Buy-and-Hold has never in the history of the U.S. market worked out well for a single long-term investor and that in ordinary circumstances “your response would be to stop making the false claims once you became aware of the errors in them.” I explained that his readers felt uneasy because they were being told two opposite things and that the ordinary way of calming them would be to resolve the differences through fair and full and civil discussion of them. I said that instead of ducking the issues Mike should be directing his talents to figuring out the realities and then sharing his sincere take with his readers.

Mike denied ducking the questions. I proposed that Mike give me space at his blog on a once-per-month basis to make the case for Valuation-Informed Indexing in return for an agreement on my part not to comment on his many posts each month promoting Buy-and-Hold.  Mike pondered the idea for the better part of the day but ultimately rejected it. He explained that he believes that the people who sign up for his blog want to hear only his views. He said that he does not want to squelch other viewpoints, he just does not want to provide his readers any opportunity to learn about them by reading his blog. I thanked Michael for his willingness to consider the idea.

I sent Michael an article that links to 20 studies pointing out the dangers of the Buy-and-Hold strategies he promotes at his site. He said that he would not link to the post announcing the article because “All the stuff going on in the comments is precisely what I want no part of. All the back and forth name calling (and worse) is something I don’t want to be connected with in any way.”

Intimidation Act #50: Mike Piper Objected to “Back-and-Forth Name-Calling At My Blog When All of the Intimidation Tactics Were Tactics Being Employed by the Buy-and-Hold Goons in an Effort to ‘Persuade’ Me to Stop Posting Honestly on Safe Withdrawal Rates and Other Important Topics.

I argued that: “We’re all involved, Mike. Anyone with any interest in the subject of investing is involved. Anyone who cares about John Bogle’s many wonderful contributions and the reputation he is going to have in future days is involved. Anyone who has a blog (on investing or any other topic) is involved. Anyone who wants to see the U.S. economic and political system survive its current troubles is involved. Anyone who is human or cares about other humans is involved. A man is not an island. We all benefit from our connections with others. When we stop caring about the others to the extent we need to stop caring about the others to permit this sort of ugliness to continue, we sacrifice what makes us human in doing so.”

Mike advised that I contact law enforcement authorities re the death threats advanced by those trying to “defend” Buy-and-Hold in the face of the decades of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is precisely zero chance that it could ever work for a single long-term investor. I told him that I had done this but that the law enforcement authorities, like him, had not wanted to get involved given the power and money and connections possessed by the Wall Street Con Men who have been pushing Buy-and-Hold strategies so relentlessly and for so many years.

Intimidation Act #55: J.D. Roth, the Owner of the Get Rich Slowly Blog, Told Me That: “You Might Want to See Somebody — This is Paranoia!”

It’s not paranoia if someone is really out to get you, J.D.!

I told J.D. that all bloggers should be united in opposition to the tactics employed by the Goons. Even Buy-and-Holders should not want to be associated with those sorts of tactics and should want to bring an end to them so that we can all enjoy the benefits of a community learning experience. J.D. sent a reply in which he engaged in word games and I told him that I believed that the word games were hurting all of us. I specifically noted that “reasonable people are not going to believe that you are concerned about my mental health. J.D.”

We kinda, sorta patched things up in the exchange of e-mails reported on in this post. It should be noted here that I have had numerous exchanges with J.D. in the years since both by e-mail and in person (at Financial Blogger Conferences) and that I consider him a good (but sometimes misguided!) blogger friend.

Intimidation Act #56: When I Asked J.D. Roth for Help in Organizing Financial Bloggers to Prevent Goons from Intimidating Our Readers, His Response Was to Tell Me That “You Are Your Own Worst Enemy in This Matter.”

The owner of the Lazy Man and Money blog had suggested that I contact J.D. He noted in an e-mail to J.D. that: “He says that some goons have been trying to stop him wherever he posts. If there’s truth to what he’s saying, a site with the popularity of yours could put this injustice out there and maybe help you both out.”

I pointed out that: “I cannot post dishonestly on safe withdrawal rates…I don’t have any wiggle room — It’s a numerical calculation.”

Intimidation Act #60: The Publisher of the Index Universe Site Invited Me to Write a Column on Valuation-Informed Indexing and Then Backed Away from the Idea After His Editor Evidenced Concern re How the Lindauerheads Would React.

Site Publisher Jim Wiandt compared me to Rob Arnott, asking “What is it with guys named Rob?” and trouble-making in the investing field.

Site Editor Matt Hougan sent me an e-mail re my reporting on the death threats and other intimidation tactics employed by the owners of the Bogleheads Forum to block honest posting on the last 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research during the time that the discussion-board community was housed at Morningstar.com (which permitted honest posting, to the consternation of Mel Linduaer and his Goon Squad. Matt wrote that: “I’m not intimately involved in your dispute with the Diehards board, and I’m not taking one side or the other. I do not, however, want our discussion boards to become the forum for interpersonal disputes between you and other posters. I want to keep the forum open, but some of the recent posts by both you and others have crossed the line of civility. I’m going to delete many of the posts in the recent thread, which I have discretion to do as moderator.” The article on the Bogleheads Forum that Matt published at the Index Universe site failed to report on its long history of abusive posting and financial fraud, realities that are of obvious importance to the readers of any board being used by people seeking advice on how to invest their retirement money. Matt made clear with these words that he was not concerned about correcting this oversight. In fact, he was taking steps to see that readers of the article did not learn the realities via comments posted re the article.

I told Matt that: “I have never put forward a post that crosses the line of civility. I never will. You do not need to be “intimately involved” in a “dispute” to know that making death threats is wrong.”

I sent Matt a follow-up e-mail reporting on an abusive post put to his site by one of the Goons and asked him how he would like me to handle it. He said that he would handle it by deleting ALL the comments posted to the discussion thread, meaning that the readers of the article on the Bogleheads Forum were denied the information they needed to know that the owners of the Forum has engaged in multiple acts of financial fraud by making use of death threats and other intimidation tactics to block discussions of the errors in the Old School safe-withdrawal rate studies.

I told Matt that: “That sends exactly the wrong signal. The Goons who destroyed the Vanguard Diehards board are watching what you do to see what they can get away with. The purpose of the abusive posting on this thread was to have the thread taken down, just as the purpose of the abusive posting on the Vanguard Diehards board was to have the board destroyed as a learning resource. The proper response is to administer the rules of the site in a reasonable way.

Jim sent me a response to my first column entry that said: ” This is what all the fuss is about?…. It seems pretty harmless to me.  That doesn’t mean I agree with it- but it’s not like you’re proposing some kind of wild new idea.” He told me to work with Matt to arrange for a publication data.

I explained to Jim that the “fuss” was because of the multiple acts of financial fraud engaged in by Mel Linduaer and John Greaney, that because I had called them out on their felonies they saw me as a threat and would do anything to insure that my message not be heard. Jim elected to send the same pro-Goon signal that Matt had sent, saying: “The personal stuff is a waste of time, so that’s the kind of thing we’ll nip in the bud to ensure that the discussion is, sure, lively, but also civil and substantive.” Of course, financial fraud is not “personal stuff,” it is a felony under the laws of the United States. It is because the cover-up of the errors in the Old School retirement studies have been covered up for 12 years that we are in an economic crisis today. And it is because numerous site owners have elected to aid in the cover-up by failing to exercise their responsibilities to enforce their posting rules in a reasonable manner that the cover-up of the errors in the retirement studies (and of the dangers of Buy-and-Hold investing strategies in general) has continued for so long.

Jim had told me to work with Matt to set a publication date for the article. Matt was not responsive to my e-mails. So I sent an e-mail to Jim asking for his help. At that point Matt wrote me with his first comments on the article: “My general sense is that it would need a dose of academic rigor before we would add it to the site. We really like our columnists to break new ground AND to support that with hard data (think charts, tables, and return series). If you revisited the piece and added in strong data and such, I’d be willing to look at it again.”

I explained to Matt that I had intended the first entry for the column to offer an overview of the Valuation-Informed Indexing concept and that I planned to add academic rigor in follow-up pieces. Matt responded with a note saying: “The issue is that you are, to be frank, a lightening rod of controversy. I don’t really know why (nor do I care).” This suggests to my ears that Matt had been in contact with the Lindaurheads. He said in this e-mail that my articles would be judged by a different standing than what applied for articles by anyone who was not a target of the Linduaerheads — “Anything you publish on our site has to be extra-well-documented and fully supported by hard facts and research.”

I thanked Matt for his frankness and told him that I agreed both that Valuation-Informed Indexing is pure common sense AND that it has generated huge amounts of controversy in an era in which Buy-and-Hold strategies have been promoted so relentlessly. I pointed out that thousands have responded in very positive ways and that those people have a right to hear more about them even if there is a group of people that hates the idea of people hearing about the ideas with a burning passion. Matt said that he could not respond right away because he was swamped with deadlines but promised that “we’ll figure something out.” After I wrote numerous e-mails asking where things stood, he told me: “I’m going to decline to run your articles at this time…. I’m not sold enough on the concept to roll it out in pieces over time, as you suggest … I’d have to be 100% on board before I did that … and that would require seeing the data in a concise article format.”

I sent Matt an e-mail summarizing the mountain of research showing the superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing strategies and the dangers of Buy-and-Hold strategies. He sent me a five-word e-mail in response: “Thanks for the information, Rob.”

 Intimidation Act #61: A Discussion That I Had With the Value Investing Congress Group on LinkedIn.com Ended With the Conclusion That: “It Is Very Difficult for the Average Person Because Most in the Professional Money Management Business Are More Focused on Making a Living Themselves By Getting Their Cut Rather Than On Maximizing Returns to the Investors.”

What’s so intimidating about that? That sounds supportive, no?

The intimidating part is that there are lots of smart and good and  influential people in the Value Investing Congress. I was told that I am right about how stock investing work, which is of course nice. But the indication here is that none of the people in this group are going to do anything about the problem. The Wall Street Con Men are powerful people. If we are going to find a way to get accurate investing information out to millions of middle-class people, we need to be united in demanding that. All conservatives and all liberals should be involved. All young people and all old people should be involved. All white people and all brown people and all black people should be involved. All Christians and all Muslims and all Jews and all Atheists should be involved. All women and all men and all children should be involved.

It’s intimidating to hear that some are complacent about these issues. It’s intimidating to hear that some do not see it as their fight and would prefer that others take the lead.

Intimidation Act #62: The Wall Street Journal Published a Column Reporting That Buy-and-Hold is “Hooey,” That the Wall Street Con Men Have Been “Leaving Out Half the Story” and Advising Investors Not to Be “Bullied” By Those Who Claim Falsely That There Is Academic Research Supporting the Buy-and-Hold Claims.

Again, the intimidating part re this one is the lack of reaction among the many journalists and bloggers and investment professional who have advocated Buy-and-Hold strategies in recent decades. The Wall Street Journal is a well-edited newspaper. The Journal would not have run this column if there were nothing to the article. So everyone working in this field should have responded in some way to this breakthrough article. Those who have long had doubts about it should have cited it as part of an ongoing effort to educate millions of middle-class investors as to the destructive power of this dangerous investing “strategy.” Those who still believed in Buy-and=Hold should have written articles stating why they believe the Wall Street Journal got it so wrong.

But the article did not go viral. Not by a long shot. That’s intimidating. That suggests that a lot of us believe that The Stock-Selling Industry is so corrupt that it is beyond redemption. And that suggests that a good number of people have given up on the ideals that made our country a great one in earlier days.

I don’t believe that we have given up. I believe that we will rise up and demand that honest posting be permitted following the next price crash, which will likely put us in the Second Great Depression. But I don’t like it that it appears that it is going to take a Second Great Depression for us to start taking advantage of the wonderful things we have learned about how stock investing works as a result of the last 33 year of peer-reviewed academic research. It scares me that it has come to that and to experience that fear re the future of my country is to experience a form of intimidation.

Intimidation Act #63: The Bad Money Advice Blog Offered a Reasoned Case Against Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Again, the intimidation here was the lack of follow-up. If this fellow could do it, why couldn’t hundreds of other bloggers who still believe in Buy-and-Hold do it? Why isn’t every blogger trying to get to the bottom of this?

They are afraid to even suggest that Buy-ad-Hold might be flawed because they will lose readers if they do and because the Wall Street Con Men and their Internet Goon Squads will attack them if they do.

Their fearfulness should scare anyone hoping that we will proceed in the way Americans of the past have always proceeded when such issues were brought to the table.

Intimidation Act #64: Readers of the Hope to Prosper Blog Responded in a Warm and Friendly Way to My Guest Post on the Merits of Valuation-Informed Indexing.

Again, this obviously made me happy. But, again, I couldn’t help wondering why these people (many of whom were bloggers themselves) did not get more involved in an effort to spread the word.

There are two sides to all controversial issues. The problem with this one is that those who favor Valuation-Informed Indexing are so much less intense than those who do not. That holds back progress.

The Hope to Prosper thread is a sign that things are changing and so it fairly can be described as encouraging. But there is a sense in which it hurts more to hear encouraging responses that don’t really accomplish much than it is to hear Goon responses. Goons are Goons and over time you come to accept that they are going to behave goonishly. The good and smart people who participated on that Hope to Prosper thread could make things happen if they put their minds to it. But something within them (I think it is a desire not to offend the millions of people who still believe in Buy-and-Hold) holds them back. That turns the otherwise positive development into something bittersweet.

I’ve included these surface-positive incidents in the list of 101 acts of intimidation because I have found that they take more wind out of my sails than do the Goon attacks. The Goon attacks are cartoonish. The real scandal of the 12 years is that we have seen so many cases in which good and smart people see the problem well and yet elect not to get involved on grounds that it is someone else’s battle. We all live in the same economic system. We all get hurt when our economic system collapses. We all should love our country and step up to protect it when it is under attack.

I don’t mean to say that the people who fail to act don’t love their country. I believe they do. My point is that they see the problems with Buy-and-Hold but don’t spend enough energy exploring its long-term dangers to see that the continued promotion of this long-discredited strategy constitutes an attack on our way of life. The Goons wouldn’t get away with one-tenth of what they get away with if the many people who see them for what they are realized the consequences that follow for millions of us as a result of our failure to take effective action.

Intimidation Act #65: Bill Bernstein and Scott Burns, Who Both for Years Participated in the Cover-Up of the Errors in the Old School Safe-Withdrawal-Rate, Acknowledges at the Bogleheads Forum That the Studies Are Garbage Without Offering Any Apologies to the Millions of Middle-Class People Whose Lives They Destroyed.

Nor did any of the hundreds of community members who watched the cover-up unfold on their computer screens speak up. It’s not about helping the millions of middle-class people who turn to the experts in this field for honest and helpful advice It’s about making a buck and building a reputation as the sort of expert who never acknowledges a mistake, consequences to millions of middle-class people be damned.

This one is a special form of sickening. I feel great affection and respect for both Bill and Scott. But I intend to testify honestly re this one when called to the stand. Yowsa!

Intimidation Act #66: A Reader of One of My Weekly Columns Told Me That: “To Blame Bogle for the Economic Crisis Is Slinging Mud.”

The crushing part here is that this fellow is not a Goon. He is stating his sincere view.

If investing idea that I had promoted for years had caused an economic crisis putting millions of people out of work, I would want my friends calling me out on it.

The full truth here is that Bogle has asked that his friends tell him when they discover mistakes he had made.

Intimidation Act #67: Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller Has Not Endorsed My Writings or Identified Any Points Re Which I Have Gone Off Track.

I have spent 12 years exploring the implications of Shiller’s “revolutionary” (his word) finding that valuations affect long-term returns. Surely he either finds merit in the work I have done or see flaws in it. Wouldn’t it be the obvious thing for him either to encourage this work or discourage it? Reading between the lines of some comments that Shiller has made re the lack of respect that many in this field hold for Behavioral Finance insights, I interpret this lack of comment re my work as evidence of Shiller’s desire to avoid controversy. It’s intimidating, given how brutal the attacks are that are coming from the other side of the table. If those who believe in Behavioral Finance stuck up for each other to the extent that those who believe in Buy-and-Hold stick together, we all would make much quicker progress.

Intimidation Act #68: A Community Member Who Participated in Discussions at the Early Retirement Forum Posted a Comment to My Blog That Was Largely Supportive of Me But Then Referred to the Threats That John Greaney Made to Kill My Wife and Children If I Continued to Post Honestly on Safe Withdrawal Rates as “Alleged.”

My wife did not consider those threats to kill Timothy (who was age 2 at the time) and Robert (who was an infant) as “alleged.”

You shouldn’t  have to be a critic of Buy-and-Hold to speak up firmly and clearly in opposition to threats to kill small children because their father posted honestly on errors made in a retirement study.

We are ashamed of our behavior during the Buy-and-Hold years. That’s what is really going on here. It is not that the case against Buy-and-Hold is not strong enough. It is that the case is so strong that it makes us ashamed to acknowledge that we went along with promotion of Buy-and-Hold strategies for all those years.

Intimidation Act #69: Alex Fract, Site Administrator for the Bogleheads Forum, Acknowledged Publicly That I Was Banned from the Forum Even Though I Never Violated Any Posting Rules — He Said That I Represent a “Threat to the Community.”

Is that anything like being an Enemy of the State?

The truth here is that I represent a threat to Buy-and-Hold. The community would thrive if we all worked together to bury the smelly Buy-and-Hold garbage 30 feet in the ground where it can do no further harm to humans and other living things.

Intimidation Act #70: Academic Researcher Wade Pfau, Who Holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton University, Posted an Entry at His Blog Declaring that “Valuation-Informed Indexing Works!”

Again, the intimidating aspect of this is the fact that everyone who had banned me or smeared me for years did not offer immediate apologies on learning of this exciting development.

In this case, a further intimidating element to the story is that Wade took the blog post down after the Greaney Goons threatened to send defamatory e-mails to his employer if he continued publishing honest research. My good friend Jack Bogle indicated that he is okay with that. Oh, my!

Intimidation Act #71: The Bogleheads Forum Examined the Research That I Co-Authored with Wade Pfau Showing that Valuation-Informed Indexing Beat Buy-and-Hold in 102 of 110 30-Year Time-Periods in the Historical Record — But Did Not Lift the Ban on Honest Posting That Applies At That Board.

Wade offered a great comment: “WHY IS IT SUCH AN ODIOUS VIOLATION OF THE TENETS OF BOGLEHEADISM TO EXPLORE WHETHER SOMEONE WHO HAS ENOUGH PATIENCE AND ENOUGH TIME ON THEIR HANDS MIGHT BE ABLE TO BENEFIT FROM THE TRANSITORY NATURE OF SPECULATIVE RETURNS (I.E. THE IDEA THAT THE P/E RATIO EVENTUALLY ENDS UP WHERE IT STARTED)?” [The caps were in the original.]

Those were the days!

Intimidation Act #72: Several Community Members at the Bogleheads Forum Asked That I Be Reinstated When They Saw the Research That Wade Pfau and I Co-Authored Showing the Superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing over Buy-and-Hold — The Site Administrator Deleted the Posts and Threatened the Posters Who Put Them Forward With Bannings If They Ever Again Objected to the Ban on Honest Posting.

Buy-and-Hold is science.

Isn’t it?

Intimidation Act #73: I Let My Good Friend Jack Bogle Know About Alex Fract’s Behavior at the Discussion Forum Bearing Jack’s Name — and Jack Did Not Respond!

I try to adopt a light tone when talking about this sort of thing. But Jack really is a hero of mine. And his involvement in what at least appears to be an act of financial fraud (I am holding out hope that Jack’s behavior can be excused by cognitive dissonance) truly makes me sad.

Do you think this might be why so few bloggers and journalists are afraid to speak out about the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that there is precisely zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for a single long-term investor?

Yeah, I kinda think this might have something to do with it too.

Intimidation Act #74: A Number of My Fellow Bloggers Got Involved in a Great Discussion in Response to One of My Guest Blog Entries — But Held Back from Calling for All Bloggers Unite in Opposition to the Ban on Honest Posting.

The Goons know that they can cut any of our heads off so long as they are going against us one at a time. They also know that, if we present a united front, they are finished. Bullies are cowards. They go running when their intended victims work up the courage to hit back. That’s one of the reasons why I am no longer willing to sit in silence when I see them trying to trick my friends with their b.s. marketing mumbo-jumbo.

Intimidation Act #75:  I Mentioned That I Was Going After the Guinness Book of World Records Entry for “Most Times Banned from An Investing Site Without Cause” And a Fellow Blogger (Jim Yih) Told Me That He Would Be Happy to Help Me Out By Banning Me from His Site As Well.

This is not an act of intimidation. This is the opposite of an act of intimidation. This is an act of friendship. I post there here to show the contrast between how things are and how things should be.

Would doing more of this sort of thing really be so hard, people? A little more joking around like this would shut those Goons up quick-like.

The moral of the story is — People can question our investing strategies and still remain our friends.

Or at least that should be the case!

Intimidation Act #76: Wade Pfau Argued re the Old School Safe-Withdrawal Rate Studies That: “We Will Not Know If There Is Going to Be an Increased Failure Rate for Another 20/30 Years.”

And if the tobacco companies came out with a study stating that “if you start smoking four packs per day at age 20, you will live to be 100,” we would not know for 80 years whether the claim turned out to be true or not.

That is not how you determine whether the methodology used in a study is analytically valid or not.

We know that the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins has a huge effect on the returns earned in the early years of the retirement. We know that the returns earned early in the retirement determine whether the retirement succeeds or fails. Thus, we know that it is an insanely irresponsible act to fail to take into consideration the valuation level that applies on the day a retirement begin in any analysis of whether the withdrawal rate called for in the retirement plan is safe or not.

All of that is simple and easy to understand. All of the complexity and confusion we have witnessed over the past 12 years came about because of the efforts of smart people to come up with some means of rationalizing the failure of the authors of the Old School studies to consider the most important factor bearing on the safe withdrawal rate question in their studies purporting to identify the safe withdrawal rate.

The honest path is a simple. The dishonest path is an insanely complicated one. And adding all these layers of complexity helps precisely no one.

Intimidation Act #77: When I Called Wade Out on the Silliness of the Claim He Was Making in Item #76 Above, He Took It As a Challenge and Topped Himself By Arguing That “Perhaps the Trinity Study Was Not Meant to Be a Safe Withdrawal Rate Study.” [Please See the Comments Section.]

I suppose that in the final analysis it all depends on what the meaning of the word “is” is.

Intimidation Act #78: Wade Pfau Finally Put on His Hero Shoes and Contacted the Authors of the Trinity Study About the Analytical Errors in Their Retirement Study — and Drip Guy (One of the Greaney Goons) Immediately Shot Back with Threats.

Here are Drip Guy’s words:

“Rob,

You likely think yourself quite clever for actually enlisting an apparently naive but scholarly dupe as your proxy to contact the Trinity authors about these supposed ‘errors’ (yet to be elucidated) that only you seem capable of seeing; leading YOU and you alone to come up with all kinds of self-invented grandiose names for what are merely your own delusions, misunderstandings, and confabulations.

As watchers of your bizarre shenanigans are well aware, you have attempted this same technique of ‘daring’ or goading others to make your arguments for you many times before, but usually to no avail.

I think you will be surprised at how this apparently initially successful attempt will backfire on you, as do all your Wile E. Coyote-like schemes, because while Wade has certainly shown he is mostly mild mannered in demeanor, I think he is doggedly determined in being accurate.

He is very much, in that respect, the Anti-Hocus. I think you will shortly be adding him to Scott Burns, Michael Kitces and others who have innocently engaged you, only to discover your true nature after the fact.

Oh, and Hocus — I dare you — I triple dare you, to let this reply stand on your site, and not be immediately swept off through your ruthless moderation to the bit bucket like pretty much any post containing criticism of you, your wacky ideas, or your disgusting and transparently manipulative methods.”

It’s a good thing that The Science of Buy-and-Hold has done away with investor emotionalism for those who follow its principles. No?

Intimidation Act #79: A Long-Time Buy-and-Holder Responded to the Research on the Superiority of Valuation-Informed Indexing That I Co-Authored with Wade Pfau by Saying: “At First Glance, I Find This Interesting.”

This isn’t an act of intimidation per se. I note the incident here because it illustrates what the power of that research to convert long-term Buy-and-Holders. This reaction hints at where we would be today if there were no Campaign of Terror being waged against our board and blog communities.

Intimidation Act #80: A Non-Goon Poster Told Me That: “Your Outlandish Statements Create a Giant Chasm That Regular People View as Just Another Infomercial, Over-the-Top Claim.”

I know what the guy is getting at. I was a Buy-and-Holder myself on the morning of May 13, 2002. I flipped on the evening of August 27, when John Greaney (the author of one of the discredited Old School SWR studies) threatened to kill my wife and children if I continued to “cross” him by posting honestly on the SWR topic and 200 of my fellow community members endorsed his position. Now that was an outlandish statement!

What that told me was that Buy-and-Hold is pure emotionalism, there is no true intellectual content to it, the intellectual content is there only to foster rationalization.

Intimidation Act #81: My Good Friend Jack Bogle Put Forward a Statement Indicating a Good Bit of Support for Valuation-Informed Indexing But Included a Crazy Claim That Valuation Changes Should Not Be More Than 15 Percent.

My Buy-and-Hold friends will no doubt take this the wrong way but I am convinced that Jack pulled that 15-percent-limit thing out of his backside. The research shows that the most likely 10-year annualized return in 1982 was 15 percent real. In 2000, it was a negative 1 percent real. An 80 percent stock allocation makes sense in the former case and a 20 percent stock allocation makes sense in the latter case. That’s a change of 60 percent, which is four times 15 percent. So Jack is off the mark only by a factor of 400 percent.

Am I making fun of my good friend Jack? I am.

Is that not what friends do in circumstances like this? Would Jack not prefer getting shaken out of his stupor to seeing his investing ideas cause an even deeper collapse of the U.S. economy?

I love Jack. I love him enough to want to shake him when he puts forward stupid ideas like this one about how investors should never change their stock allocations by more than 15 percent regardless of how high stock valuations go.

There is no limit. To know how much you need to change your stock allocation, you need to check how out of control prices are.

The limit is 100 percent. You probably shouldn’t lower your stock allocation by more than 100 percent except in extremely unusual circumstances.

I challenge anyone to provide us with the URL for a piece of peer-reviewed academic research supporting this crazy claim that allocation adjustments should be maxed at 15 percent.

Intimidation Act #82: Todd Tresidder Wrote a Great Article on the Errors in the Old School SWR Studies but Asked Me Not to Offer In-Depth Comments At His Site.

Todd called me on the phone and told me that he did not want to upset his readers by permitting me to provide too much background on the 12-year cover-up of the errors in the studies.

We have to come clean to move forward at a quick pace. All this pussyfooting around about the greatest act of financial fraud in U.S. history hurts everyone.

The prison sentences will be shorter if we come clean sooner. The financial liabilities will be smaller if we come clean sooner.

None of us can feel safe doing our best work until we come to possess confidence that honest posting is socially acceptable once again.

This is common sense. It is not the mistake that is killing us. It is the cover-up of the mistake that is killing us.

Intimidation Act #83: The Book The Myth of the Rational Market Does a Great Job of Describing the Mistake That Caused the Academic to Think Buy-and-Hold Could Work — But Fails to Describe the Strategy That Makes Sense (Valuation-Informed Indexing) Now That We Know That the Buy-and-Hold Concept Is Rooted in Error.

I sent Justin an e-mail describing Valuation-Informed Indexing but he did not write back.

Intimidation Act #84: Wade Pfau Told Me That “Your Comment About Mr. Bengen Causing Failed Retirements Is Too Harsh.”

Who worries about the millions of middle-class people who will be suffering failed retirements as a result of Bill’s mistake?

I don’t fault him for the mistake. I fault him for the cover-up of the mistake.

There are responsibilities that come into play when you elect to offer investment advice for money.

Is it really necessary that I say these things? Is the idea of high-paid professionals taking responsibility for their mistakes rather than covering them up really such a controversial notion?

How do people in this field think that middle-class people are going to react following the next crash, when they realize that much of their life savings is gone and won’t be coming back?

I like Bill Bengen, by the way. That’s one of the reasons why I have tried to help him out.

Intimidation Act #85: When Wade Pfau First Posted About Me at the Bogleheads Forum, He Employed Defamatory Language So That the Goons Who Posted There Would Like Him.

Wade apologized. But why did he feel a need to do this? He said that the board was “hostile.” Why? And why do so many otherwise good and smart people fail to do anything about it?

Why doesn’t my good friend Jack Bogle do something about it? His name is on the board. The hostile atmosphere reflects poorly on him, does it not?

Intimidation Act #86: Academic Researcher Wade Pfau Noticed That Taylor Larimore, the Co-Author of The Bogleheads Guide to Investing, was “Mischaracterizing Bogle’s Position” But Thought It Best to Keep His Mouth Shut About It.

Wade observed that: “Other people have already pointed it out to him and he doesn’t seem to care.”

 

Intimidation Act #88: After Wade Was Threatened and Flipped to the Dark Side, He Said: “Bennett Desperately Wants Someone Besides Him to Say That the Trinity Study Needs to Be Corrected, But I’ve Explained That This Isn’t How Research Works.”

It isn’t how things work in the investing research field in the Buy-and-Hold Era, that much is certainly clear at this point.

But why? What would happen if investing researchers acknowledged their mistakes when they discovered them? Would the idea that Buy-and-Hold strategies can work disappear from the face of the earth?

Yeah, that’s what I thing as well.

Intimidation Act #89: When Wade Presented Our Research at the Bogleheads Forum, Mel Linduaer Accused Him of “Data-Mining.”

Wade took offense at the time.

I believe that a big part of the explanation for why Wade later flipped to the dark side is that so few community members came to his defense when Linduaer came after him. It’s hard to imagine that Jack Bogle’s failure to speak up didn’t leave a particular mark.

Intimidation Act #90: Wade Sent FInancial Columnist Scott Burns (Who Popularized the Now-Discredited “4 Percent Rule”) His New School SWR Studies and Received a Polite Brushoff in Return.”

Intimidation Act #91: When the Goons Threatened to Send Defamatory E-Mails to Wade’s Employer in an Effort to Get Him Fired From His Job, He Did Not Report Them to the Police But Reacted in Fear, Thereby Empowering Them.”

This has got to be the low point.

I’ve said that before and been proven wrong.

But we cannot fall any lower than this, can we?

 

Intimidation Act #93:Wade Expressed a Fear That the Goons Would Send Hate E-Mails to the Editors of the Journal of Financial Planning But He Continued Posting at Discussion Boards Controlled by the Goons Without Telling People Reading His Words That These Were Corrupt Enterprises.

Intimidation Act #94: Wade Warned the Editor of the Journal of Finance Planning that the Goons Might Be Sending Hate Mail.

His concern was that he not do anything to “antagonize” the Goons.

It’s very important that we all be careful never to do anything to antagonize those Goons! They can get pretty darn grumpy when antagonized!

Intimidation Act #95: Wade Agreed to the Goons’ Demand that He Post the Following Words: “If I Did Lack Personal Integrity, I Could Have Made This All Stop by Saying the Meaningless Sentence You Want So Desperately to Hear — I Think the Errors in the Traditional Safe Withdrawal Rate Studies Must Be Corrected by Using Rob’s Analytically Valid Method.”

A bookkeeper can be fired for getting the numbers wrong in a company’s financial statements. But there is no need for researchers who get the numbers wildly wrong in retirement studies used by millions of middle-class people to plan their retirements to apologize for the errors and to correct them. In that case, it is better to cover things up. Makes sense!

Intimidation Act #96: A Community Member at the Bogleheads Forum Noted That the Research Paper That I Co-Authored With Wade “Refutes a Central Tenet of the Boglehead Investing Philosophy” But I Did Not Receive a “Thank You” Note from Jack Bogle Later That Day.”

The Goons who own the Bogleheads Forum deleted the comment.

 

Intimidation Act #98: The Peer Review Group That Rejected the Research Paper That Wade and I Co-Authored Gave a Reason for Rejecting It That Actually Argues for Publishing It, Saying: “The Elephant-in-the-Living-Room Question Is — What Is the Ultimate Criterion for One to Conclude With Confidence That One Strategy Is Better Than the Other?”

That’s a wonderful question. We can answer it effectively only by educating ourselves as to all the issues. We do this by holding a debate. And to be sure that the debate is informed, we need to have the top journals accepting for publication breakthrough research re these questions. How are we ever going to learn which strategy is better without talking about what the historical return data has to tell us on this question?

Intimidation Act #99: Academic Researcher Wade Pfau Wrote: “Now That I Am Accounting for Risk, I Am Even More Amazed by How Well Valuation-Informed Indexing Works…. Why Haven’t Academics Already Published Research About This?

Wade didn’t intend these words as an act of intimidation at the time he wrote them. But now that he knows the answer to his question, I think that it would be fair to say that any academics entertaining thoughts of doing honest research who come across these words will see the threat to their careers suggested in them.

Intimidation Act #87: Wade Pfau Said in Regard to a Comment by One of the Greaney Goons at the Bogleheads Forum That: “If You Can Get Over the Fact That He Compared You to the Potato Famine and the Black Plague, I Think You Can Find a Compliment Buried in His Remarks.”

Those who have read this far down merit some comic relief.

Intimidation Act #100: Academic Researcher Silenced by Threats to Get Him Fired From His Job After Reporting on Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Investing Strategies.

I’ve sent e-mails linking to this article to the 30,000 academic researchers listed in the Social Science Research Network database. What does it tell us that fewer than one in one-hundred sent back responses either asking questions or asking how they could help?

 

 

Intimidation Act #101: When Community Members at the Vanguard Diehards Board Complained About the Influx of Abusive Posters, I Explained How Linduaer Was Working With Greaney to Keep Honest Posting on the Last 33 Years of Academic Research Off the Board — Morningstar’s Response Was to Play Word Games and then to Threaten to Ban Me.

I explained to the Morningstar site administrator that: The Greaney supporters openly discuss tactics for disrupting Morningstar threads.… They Have taken comfort in the posts by Mel Linduaer.”

I also explained that: “A Poster Named “Galeno” [This was Greaney’s #1 supporter at the Motley Fool board] put forward threats of physical violence against me and that one was a threat to come to my house with a baseball bat to kill my wife and children.” 

Morningstar’s response e-mail said: “ “Consider this a formal warning.”

 

Intimidation Act #92: Wade Told Me That He Viewed It as “Unethical” of Me to Report on the Goon Threats to Destroy His Career and on How His E-Mail Correspondence WIth Me Showed That Those Threats Caused Him to Reverse His Public Position on Scores of Critically Important Investment-Related Topics (Including the Need for Corrections to the Old School SWR Studies.

Intimidation Act #104: The Owner of the Invest It Wisely Blog Went Out on a Limb and Said Publicly That In His Dealing With Me He Found Me to Be “Not Insane.”

I told him that I was going to use that as a blurb on the back cover of my book on investing. It’s been a long time since anyone has offered so kind an assessment of my work.

Please understand that it is not my intent here to take a dig at Kevin. I find these attempt at humor warm and helpful and humanizing. We need more of this sort of thing.

 

 

Filed Under: Uncategorized

“It Is Not Possible That Both Fama and Shiller Are Right. They Are Saying Opposite Things!”

November 18, 2019 By Rob

Set forth below is the text of a comment that I recently posted to the discussion thread for one of my columns at the Value Walk site:

No, your work is not amazing. That is why you haven’t earned anything. You seem to recognize this as you have said you need to go back to work. You just can’t admit to it.

Just stop a minute and look at this. You have spent two decades trying to convince people you are some expert or thought leader on investing, yet you have not owned stocks during that time and your retirement plan failed.

Maybe you should shift gears. Why not show people your mistakes and how they can learn from them.

My very first post on investing, which I put forward over 17 years ago, noted that the retirement study posted at John Greaney’s web site lacks an adjustment for the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins. The study has not been corrected to this day. But the reality is that thousands of people have looked at that study over the past 17 years and NOT ONE has been able to identify a valuation adjustment in it. What does that tell us, Sammy?

That’s amazing. There is no other word for it. Getting the numbers right in retirement studies is an amazing advance. People use retirement studies to plan their retirements. A failed retirement is a serious life setback. So getting the numbers right in retirement studies is a big deal.

And please understand that it is not only people who used the Greaney study to plan their retirement who were misled by the methodology used in that study. Greaney used the same methodology as was used in the Trinity study, a peer-reviewed study that was used as the basis for THOUSANDS of newspaper articles that people used to plan their retirements. There are MILLIONS of people who used the discredited Buy-and-Hold retirement studies to plan retirements.

Pointing out that error was a very, very big deal. Pointing out that error was nothing short of amazing. And that was just the first day. My post pointing out that error was advanced on the morning of May 13,2002! I have had thousands and thousands and thousands of follow-ups in the years since.

We need to get this stuff right, Sammy. There’s no getting around it. And it is not possible that both Fama and Shiller are right. They are saying opposite things! We need to as a people figure out which of the two of them is right and which of the two of them is wrong. The only way to do that is to launch a national debate re these matters. Suppressing discussion gets us nowhere. We need to permit discussion. And then we need to go a step further and actually ENCOURAGE discussion.

That’s my sincere take, in any event.

Rob

Filed Under: Investing Basics

“I’ve Done Amazing Work. I Have Been Told So By Many Big-Name Experts and Also By Many Ordinary Investors. I’ll Get Compensated for It Down the Road. People Earn Big Incomes When They Add Significant Value With Their Work. I Have Done That. So I Will Wait for the Compensation.”

November 15, 2019 By Rob

Set forth below is the text of a comment that I recently posted to the discussion thread for one of my columns at the Value Walk site:

Funny how you avoid talking about your failed retirement plan. Like always, you change the topic by repeating previous lies, that have all been addressed before.

Maybe you should spend your time on your job search.

I’ve done amazing work, Sammy. I have been told so by many big-name experts and also by many ordinary investors. I’ll get compensated for it down the road. People earn big incomes when they add significant value with their work. I have done that. So I will wait for the compensation.

I obviously wish that there had not been a delay. But the delay just shows me how important it is that we open up every site on the internet to honest posting re the last 38 years of peer-reviewed research in this field. If people who came before me had stuck to their guns and insisted on their right to post honestly, the things that happened to me never would have happened. So I am helping out the many who will come after me by insisting on MY right to post honestly.

When everyone feels comfortable saying what they believe, we all will be learning like crazy and we all will be better off. Anytime someone gives in to intimidation tactics, we all as a nation take a step back. Anytime someone insists on his or her right to post honestly re the last 38 years of peer-reviewed research, we all as a nation take a step forward.

I am very proud of the work that I have done. Yes, I want to be compensated for it. But getting compensated immediately is not the test of whether work is good or not. The fact that I have not been compensated for such good work shows that the need for people to stand up for themselves is very important in this field. It makes the work more valuable. And I am confident that down the line a bit it will make the compensation paid for that work bigger.

But we’ll see, you know?

I naturally wish you all the best that this life has to offer a person, in any event.

Rob

Filed Under: Rob Bennett

Next Page »

Browse Rob Bennett

  • Copies of VII Columns

    Valuation-Informed Indexing #256 by Rob Bennett My friend Wade Pfau has written an important article on Valuation-Informed Indexing that I encourage you to read in full. The article is titled: Is High CAPE Cause for Alarm? Part Two: Valuation-Based Asset Allocation. The article refers to me directly. It states: “We have historical evidence to suggest that mean reversion can be expected at some point, but it most certainly cannot be predicted. Since the precise timing of mean reversion is entirely random and unpredictable, expecting the result to occur in the short-term is unwise. One internet blogger has been using PE10 to predict a 65% drop in the S&P 500 by the end of 2015. This is not how the concept should be applied.” I am the internet blogger being referred to here. There are points made in that paragraph re which I am in agreement with Wade. But I am very much NOT in agreement with him re the question of whether we should be expecting a price crash of roughly 65 percent by the end of 2016 (I once predicted that we would see the crash by the end of 2015, but that was a good number of year back — I have been predicting it by the end of 2016 for a long time now). The question of whether there comes a time when relatively short-term predictions are feasible is an important one and one that needs to be much more widely discussed. I agree 100 percent with Wade that mean reversion can be expected whenever prices get too far out of hand. I disagree with his naked statement that “it certainly cannot be predicted.” It is certainly true that there are limits to our ability to predict when mean reversion will take place. But it is not true that no effective predictions are possible. In fact, it is dangerous and irresponsible (in my view!) to pretend that this is the case. Even the statement that mean reversion always takes place is a prediction. It is not at all a precise prediction. But it is a prediction all the same. The question is not: Are predictions possible? The question is: What sorts of predictions are possible? I predict that we will see a price crash by the end of 2016. That is only 18 months out and so it is a short-term prediction. The general rule is indeed that […]

    (No Comments)

  • How to Invest in Stocks: 101 Reasons Why I Believe That Buy-and-Hold Can Never Work for a Single, Long-Term Investor

    1) Buy-and-Holders stay at the same stock allocation no matter what valuation level applies. That is, they ignore price when buying stocks. How can it ever be a good idea to ignore price when buying something? 2) It’s not just that common sense tells us that there is zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work. We now have 140 years of historical return data confirming that what common sense tells us must be so is in fact so. That’s as far back as we have good records. 3) It’s not just that common sense says that price discipline (considering price when setting your stock allocation) is required and that the entire history of the U.S. stock market confirms that this is so. Most of the experts who advocate Buy-and-Hold have made statements showing that they do not truly believe that Buy-and-Hold makes sense. For example, Vanguard Founder John Bogle has said that “Reversion to the Mean” (prices returning to fair-value levels) is an “Iron Law” of stock investing. If that’s so, stocks must offer a far better long-term value proposition when prices are low (and the Iron Law is pulling them up) than when prices are high (and the Iron Law is pulling them down). 4) It’s not just common sense and the entire historical record and what the experts say that tells us that Buy-and-Hold is a doomed strategy. I have been posting about the dangers of Buy-and-Hold on internet discussion boards and blogs for 12 years. The reaction of the Buy-and-Holders has been to demand that discussion of the 33 years of peer-reviewed academic research showing that Buy-and-Hold can never work for a single long-term investor be banned. Why wouldn’t the Buy-and-Holders welcome civil and reasoned discussion of the merits of their strategy if they possessed confidence in it. 5) The researcher who showed that Buy-and-Hold can never work (Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller) has been awarded a Nobel Prize in Economics for his work. 6) I am the co-author (with Wade Pfau, who holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton) of research that shows that giving up Buy-and-Hold and going with a common-sense investing strategy (Valuation-Informed Indexing, a strategy in which you consider price when setting your stock allocation) reduces the risk of stock investing by 70 percent. 7) I have sent a link to the Bennett/Pfau research to 30,000 academic researchers. Not one found […]

    (No Comments)

  • Irrational Abusiveness — 101 Acts of Intimidation Used by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to Protect Its Turf

    Intimidation Act #1: I Failed to Report on the Errors in the Greaney Retirement Study for the First Three Years That I Posted at the Motley Fool board. I was afraid of what Buy-and-Holders would say about me if I revealed my sincere beliefs about the value of a retirement study that did not contain an adjustment for the valuation level that applied on the day the retirement begins. Intimidation Act #2: When a Reader Asked the Editors of Money Magazine in the Wake of the 2008 Crash  “Just How Bad Would Thing Have to Get Before You Changed Your Advice?” They Responded By Doubling Down on Their Support of Buy-and-Hold Rather Than Abandoning It for Valuation-Informed Indexing. Intimidation Act #3: Carl Richards, the Owner of the Behavior Gap Blog, Banned Me from His Site After Telling Me That He Thought My Work Has “Huge Value.” Carl explained that my comments “dominate” the discussion. They do dominate. That’s a good thing. For years now the Wall Street Con Men have been telling us what we want to hear rather than what we need to hear. So honest comments about what the research says cause a stir. Good. It is by having a spirited debate that we learn together and then move forward. Is that not the normal way of proceeding when new ideas are introduced on important topics? Should I try to water down my insights enough so that they no longer dominate discussions so much? I told Carl that I could not apologize for trying to add value. I also told Carl that “I am not ashamed…despite the efforts of many to make me feel shame.” I noted how odd I found it that “someone who finds huge value in the work reacts with hostility” to me sharing it with his readers. Carl asked me to “please consider changing the way you deliver the message so that you don’t kill it.”  I pointed out that “there is no soft way of saying that Buy-and-Hold i dangerous.”  He told me that: “I’d rather not ignore requests of what appears to be a significant portion of my readership.” Intimidation Act #4: The Bogleheads Forum Was Created to Escape One Poster — Me. The community that meets there used to meet at the Vanguard Diehards board at the Morningstar.com site. They created the new board and asked everyone to move over there when I announced that I would be attending the annual meeting of the Vanguard Diehards and that I intended to […]

    (No Comments)

  • The Stock Investing Advice That I’m Not Supposed to Tell You About — 101 Rarely Publicized Insights From the Academic Research of the Past 33 Years

    Stock Investing Advice Insight #1: Rebalancing Hurts as Often As It Helps. To rebalance is to bring your stock allocation back to a level that you determined was right for someone with your risk tolerance. The mistake at the core of this idea is the belief that there is one stock allocation that is right for any one investor. Valuations affect long-term returns. So risk increases with increases in stock valuations. So an investor must change his stock allocation to keep his risk profile constant. Rebalancing back to some single predefined stock allocation does not make sense in a world in which valuations affect long-term return. Say that an investor was going with a stock allocation of 70 percent during a time when prices were insanely high and his proper stock allocation was 20 percent. If prices went further up, rebalancing would bring his stock allocation back down to 70 percent, which would be better than letting it rise higher. But if prices went down, rebalancing would bring his stock allocation back up to 70 percent, which is a negative for an investor who ideally would be going with a 20 percent stock allocation. Stock Investing Advice Insight #2: You Don’t Have to Sacrifice Return to Lower Risk. Buy-and-Holders teach that higher returns are paid to investors willing to take on added risk. Another way of saying it is that you must take on more risk to obtain the returns you need to secure a good retirement. But risk, like return, is not a constant. Stocks are more risky when prices are higher. For money invested at the prices that applied in 1982, the worst-case scenario for 10 years out was an annualized return of 8.5 percent real. Stocks are essentially a risk-free asset class when selling at those prices. Yet the returns obtained on stocks purchased at those prices are very appealing. In contrast, risk was sky-high in 2000 and super-safe asset classes like TIPS offered far higher long-term returns than stocks. Stock Investing Advice Insight #3: The Proper Price Change Each Year Is an Increase of 6.5 Percent Real. Stock investors are paid for lending their money out to the companies that make use of it to produce profits. The U.S. economy has been sufficiently productive for 140 years to support an annual increase in the price of stock of 6.5 percent real. So that’s the amount that the price of […]

    (No Comments)

  • The Triumph of the Marketers — Why Everything the Experts Say About Stock Investing Is Wrong

    What is Valuation-Informed Indexing? It is the model for understanding how stock investing works that replaces Buy-and-Hold. Buy-and-Hold was the first model rooted in the findings of peer-reviewed academic research. The key research supporting Buy-and-Hold was published in 1965 by University of Chicago Economics Professor Eugene Fama. Fama showed that short-term timing (changing your stock allocation because of belief about how stocks will perform over the next year or two) does not work. Fama found that short-term price changes are random. Thus, risk is stable and no benefit follows from trying to guess which way prices are headed. The best thing to do is to keep expenses low by limiting allocation changes. Since stocks generally provide solid returns (the average long-term U.S. return is 6.5 percent real) and it is not possible to identify better and worse times to own stocks, the best choice is to maintain a high stock allocation (something between 60 percent and 80 percent stocks) at all times, according to the theory underlying the Buy-and-Hold strategy. Fama did not test long-term timing (changing your stock allocation in response to a big shift in valuations with the understanding that you might not see benefits for doing so for as long as 10 years). He assumed that long-term timing works no better than short-term timing without performing research on this question. Yale Economics Professor Robert Shiller published “revolutionary” (his word) research in 1981 showing that long-term timing always works and is always 100 percent required for investors hoping to have a realistic hope of long-term success. Wade Pfau (Wade holds a Ph.D. in Economics from Princeton) and I published peer-reviewed research in 0000 showing that an investor who goes with a 90 percent stock allocation when prices are low, a 60 percent stock allocation when prices are moderate and a 30 percent stock allocation when prices are high thereby reduces risk by close to 70 percent. “Valuation-Informed Indexing” is the name I have given to the strategy followed by investors who follow the peer-reviewed academic research of the past 33 years and change their stock allocations in response to big shifts in valuation levels. Is that the only difference between Buy-and-Hold and Valuation-Informed Indexing? Yes. But the implications of this one distinction are far-reaching. Fama’s explanation for why returns are unpredictable is that the market is “efficient.” That is, all factors bearing on price are almost immediately reflected […]

    (No Comments)

  • Beginner’s Guide to Investing — The Experts Speak on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold

    Beginners’s Guide to Investing #1:  Robert Shiller on the Dangers of Buy-and-Hold Shiller is the grandfather of Valuation-Informed Indexing. His 1981 research showing that valuations affect long-term returns (and that there is thus precisely zero chance that a Buy-and-Hold strategy could ever work for even a single long-term investor) has stood the test of time. Shiller has also offered comments that go a long way to explaining why the implications of his findings have remained largely unexplored for 33 years. He has noted that the hasty conclusion that the Buy-and-Holders jumped to when they discovered that short-term timing doesn’t work — that the market is efficient, or properly priced — is perhaps the most inexplicable and foolish (in an objective sense) mistake ever made in the history of personal finance. Shiller has also noted that most people in this field are dismissive of insights rooted in an understanding of human psychology. That goes a long way to explaining why so many “experts” have been so perversely stubborn in their refusal to correct the mistake for so long. The Buy-and-Holders see correction of the mistake as submission to their intellectual inferiors. Shiller’s weakness is that he possesses too darn genial a disposition. Shiller devotes all of two paragraphs of his book to a discussion of the how-to of investing. I don’t think that was an accident. I think Shiller has been deluged with abuse from Buy-and-Holders over the years. I think he has caught on to the reality that the one thing that most drives Buy-and-Holders bonkers is for someone to point out why their investing ideas never work out in the real world. So Shiller wrote a book that explains the theory of Valuation-Informed Indexing in depth but which leaves out the practical stuff in which most investors possess the greatest interest. The result was that Buy-and-Holders felt safe ignoring the book and didn’t feel a need to bury it and it’s author in a shower of hate. Of course, it also means that millions of investors did not hear the clear warning of the dangers of Buy-and-Hold that they very much needed to hear. Shiller pulls his punches. Shiller is also inconsistent in the investing advice he offers in interviews (in which it is not possible to stay on the relatively safe ground of theoretical discussion). Following the 2008 crash, he said that it would not be safe to […]

    (No Comments)

  • Beginner Stock Market Investing — Graphics That Show You Why Stocks Let You Down and How You Can Make Sure It Never Happens Again

    MPRA_paper_35006

    (No Comments)

  • Irrational Abusiveness — 101 Acts of Intimidation Used by the Buy-and-Hold Mafia to Protect Its Turf 2

    Intimidation Act #1: I Failed to Report on the Errors in the Greaney Retirement Study for the First Three Years That I Posted at the Motley Fool board. I was afraid of what Buy-and-Holders would say about me if I revealed my sincere beliefs about the value of a retirement study that did not contain an adjustment for the valuation level that applied on the day the retirement begins. Intimidation Act #2: When a Reader Asked the Editors of Money Magazine in the Wake of the 2008 Crash  “Just How Bad Would Thing Have to Get Before You Changed Your Advice?” They Responded By Doubling Down on Their Support of Buy-and-Hold Rather Than Abandoning It for Valuation-Informed Indexing. Intimidation Act #3: Carl Richards, the Owner of the Behavior Gap Blog, Banned Me from His Site After Telling Me That He Thought My Work Has “Huge Value.” Carl explained that my comments “dominate” the discussion. They do dominate. That’s a good thing. For years now the Wall Street Con Men have been telling us what we want to hear rather than what we need to hear. So honest comments about what the research says cause a stir. Good. It is by having a spirited debate that we learn together and then move forward. Is that not the normal way of proceeding when new ideas are introduced on important topics? Should I try to water down my insights enough so that they no longer dominate discussions so much? I told Carl that I could not apologize for trying to add value. I also told Carl that “I am not ashamed…despite the efforts of many to make me feel shame.” I noted how odd I found it that “someone who finds huge value in the work reacts with hostility” to me sharing it with his readers. Carl asked me to “please consider changing the way you deliver the message so that you don’t kill it.”  I pointed out that “there is no soft way of saying that Buy-and-Hold i dangerous.”  He told me that: “I’d rather not ignore requests of what appears to be a significant portion of my readership.” Intimidation Act #4: The Bogleheads Forum Was Created to Escape One Poster — Me. The community that meets there used to meet at the Vanguard Diehards board at the Morningstar.com site. They created the new board and asked everyone to move over there when I announced that I would be attending the annual meeting of the Vanguard Diehards and that I intended to […]

    (No Comments)

  • “It Is Not Possible That Both Fama and Shiller Are Right. They Are Saying Opposite Things!”

    Set forth below is the text of a comment that I recently posted to the discussion thread for one of my columns at the Value Walk site: No, your work is not amazing. That is why you haven’t earned anything. You seem to recognize this as you have said you need to go back to work. You just can’t admit to it. Just stop a minute and look at this. You have spent two decades trying to convince people you are some expert or thought leader on investing, yet you have not owned stocks during that time and your retirement plan failed. Maybe you should shift gears. Why not show people your mistakes and how they can learn from them. My very first post on investing, which I put forward over 17 years ago, noted that the retirement study posted at John Greaney’s web site lacks an adjustment for the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins. The study has not been corrected to this day. But the reality is that thousands of people have looked at that study over the past 17 years and NOT ONE has been able to identify a valuation adjustment in it. What does that tell us, Sammy? That’s amazing. There is no other word for it. Getting the numbers right in retirement studies is an amazing advance. People use retirement studies to plan their retirements. A failed retirement is a serious life setback. So getting the numbers right in retirement studies is a big deal. And please understand that it is not only people who used the Greaney study to plan their retirement who were misled by the methodology used in that study. Greaney used the same methodology as was used in the Trinity study, a peer-reviewed study that was used as the basis for THOUSANDS of newspaper articles that people used to plan their retirements. There are MILLIONS of people who used the discredited Buy-and-Hold retirement studies to plan retirements. Pointing out that error was a very, very big deal. Pointing out that error was nothing short of amazing. And that was just the first day. My post pointing out that error was advanced on the morning of May 13,2002! I have had thousands and thousands and thousands of follow-ups in the years since. We need to get this stuff right, Sammy. There’s no getting around it. And it is […]

    (No Comments)

  • “I’ve Done Amazing Work. I Have Been Told So By Many Big-Name Experts and Also By Many Ordinary Investors. I’ll Get Compensated for It Down the Road. People Earn Big Incomes When They Add Significant Value With Their Work. I Have Done That. So I Will Wait for the Compensation.”

    Set forth below is the text of a comment that I recently posted to the discussion thread for one of my columns at the Value Walk site: Funny how you avoid talking about your failed retirement plan. Like always, you change the topic by repeating previous lies, that have all been addressed before. Maybe you should spend your time on your job search. I’ve done amazing work, Sammy. I have been told so by many big-name experts and also by many ordinary investors. I’ll get compensated for it down the road. People earn big incomes when they add significant value with their work. I have done that. So I will wait for the compensation. I obviously wish that there had not been a delay. But the delay just shows me how important it is that we open up every site on the internet to honest posting re the last 38 years of peer-reviewed research in this field. If people who came before me had stuck to their guns and insisted on their right to post honestly, the things that happened to me never would have happened. So I am helping out the many who will come after me by insisting on MY right to post honestly. When everyone feels comfortable saying what they believe, we all will be learning like crazy and we all will be better off. Anytime someone gives in to intimidation tactics, we all as a nation take a step back. Anytime someone insists on his or her right to post honestly re the last 38 years of peer-reviewed research, we all as a nation take a step forward. I am very proud of the work that I have done. Yes, I want to be compensated for it. But getting compensated immediately is not the test of whether work is good or not. The fact that I have not been compensated for such good work shows that the need for people to stand up for themselves is very important in this field. It makes the work more valuable. And I am confident that down the line a bit it will make the compensation paid for that work bigger. But we’ll see, you know? I naturally wish you all the best that this life has to offer a person, in any event. Rob

    (No Comments)

  • “I Don’t Agree With You That Buy-and-Holders Did Well Following the Crash. I Agree That Most BELIEVE That They Did Well. They Believe That Because They Count the Numbers on Their Portfolio Statement As Real. They Do Not Divide By Two to Adjust for the Effect That Irrational Exuberance Has on Those Numbers At a Time When Stocks Are Priced at Two Times Their Real Value. Make That Adjustment and You Come to a Very Different Conclusion.”

    Set forth below is the text of a comment that I recently posted to the discussion thread for one of my columns at the Value Walk site: Buy and holders did great with the 2008 crash. Take a look as to how they have been rewarded with the market rise since that time. Buy and holders, by definition, held their position and kept on buying when stock were low and continued to buy thereafter. Market timers, like Rob Bennett, have not done well. Robert Shiller tried to warn them by telling them to not use CAPE for timing the market, yet some are not willing to listen. Shiller said in the days following the 2008 crash that investors should not get back into stocks until the CAPE level dropped below 10. That’s market timing, Sammy. I don’t agree with you that Buy-and-Holders did well following the crash. I agree that most BELIEVE that they did well. They believe that because they count the numbers on their portfolio statement as real. They do not divide by two to adjust for the effect that irrational exuberance has on those numbers at a time when stocks are priced at two times their real value. Make that adjustment and you come to a very different conclusion. That’s the dispute. Does irrational exuberance produce real. lasting value? Or is it just a temporary thing that fools investors into thinking for a time that they are richer than they are and to make poor financial planning decisions as a result. This is a critical question. We all need to know the true value of our portfolio. Do we need to adjust for the effect of irrational exuberance or do we not? That’s the entire different between Buy-and-Hold and Valuation-Informed Indexing. Buy-and-Holders say that there is no need to make an adjustment. Valuation-Informed Indexers say that adjustments are needed. My best wishes to you. Rob

    (No Comments)

  • Valuation-Informed Indexing #465: Buy-and-Hold Rules Out the Possibility of Investors Exercising Price Discipline When Buying Stocks

    I’ve posted Entry #465 to my weekly Valuation-Informed Indexing column at the Value Walk site. It’s called Buy-and-Hold Rules Out the Possibility of Investors Exercising Price Discipline When Buying Stocks. Juicy Excerpt: What is my beef with Buy-and-Hold?  It’s that it is a discipline indifferent strategy. If you don’t time the market, you are going with the same stock allocation regardless of the price at which stocks are selling. That makes no sense. How could price not matter? We consider price when buying everything else we buy. How could it be a good idea to ignore it when it comes to buying stocks? It’s worse than that. Buy-and-Holders aren’t just price indifferent. They are outright hostile to the idea of exercising price discipline when buying stocks.

    (No Comments)

  • “Please Go to Greaney’s Site and Take a Look at His Retirement Study. I Pointed Out on the Morning of May 13, 2002, That It Lacks an Adjustment for the Valuation Level That Applies on the Day the Retirement Begins. It Still Lacks That Today. 17 Years Have Passed. The Study Has Not Been Corrected. It Just Sits There, Uncorrected, Hurting People Who Are Taken In By It. That’s the Problem.”

    Set forth below is the text of a comment that I recently posted to the discussion thread for one of my columns at the Value Walk site: Out of hand? Yesterday, for example, I left a post about this subject as to how you are hypocritical by wanting to post what you want on other people’s sites, but don’t do the same on your site. You deleted it. I have tried posting numbers about buy, hold and rebalance returns yet you have deleted those. In return, you write an article about being polite and then in the comment section you call me a goon and try justifying your choice to ban me. You are your own worst enemy. Please go to Greaney’s site and take a look at his retirement study, Sammy. I pointed out on the morning of May 13, 2002, that it lacks an adjustment for the valuation level that applies on the day the retirement begins. It still lacks that today. 17 years have passed. The study has not been corrected. It just sits there, uncorrected, hurting people who are taken in by it. That’s the problem. There’s nothing that I can do as one person to fix it and there’s nothing that you can do as one person to fix it. This is something that we need to address AS A NATION. The ordinary procedure would be that, Shiller would publish his research showing that valuations affect long-term returns in a peer-reviewed journal and a national debate exploring its implications would be launched. And we would all learn and learn and learn and learn and learn. And we would all be better off from that point forward. We would all be living better lives from that point forward. The ordinary procedures obviously did not apply in this particular case. The research was published, Shiller was awarded a Nobel prize in recognition of his amazing advance. But the studies rooted in the old understanding were not corrected (the astounding reality is that the Buy-and-Hold retirement studies did not even exist on the day when Shiller published his breakthrough research — the Trinity study and all the studies that followed from it came later — the Trinity study was granted peer review even though its methodology conflicted with the findings in Shiller’s peer-reviewed studies). So here we are. We live in a world in which there are retirement […]

    (No Comments)

What’s Here

  • Bennett/Pfau Research (60)
  • Beyond Buy-and-Hold (116)
  • Bill Bengen & VII (6)
  • Bill Bernstein & VII (1)
  • Bill Schultheis & VII (2)
  • Brett Arends and VII (1)
  • Carl Richards & VII (8)
  • Daily Caller Articles (10)
  • Economics — New and Improved! (49)
  • Financial Highway Column (11)
  • From Buy/Hold to VII (264)
  • Guest Blog Entries (96)
  • Index Universe & VII (11)
  • Intimidation of VII Advocates (67)
  • Investing Basics (202)
  • Investing Experts (63)
  • Investing Strategy (33)
  • investing theory (11)
  • Investing: The New Rules (120)
  • Investor Psychology (72)
  • J.D. Roth & VII (17)
  • Joe Taxpayer & VII (14)
  • John Bogle & VII (90)
  • Larry Evans and VII (12)
  • Lindauer/Greaney Goons (241)
  • Michael Kitces & VII (43)
  • Mike Piper & VII (31)
  • Podcasts (200)
  • Reactions to Pfau Silencing (71)
  • Reality Checker (4)
  • Return Predictor (11)
  • Risk Evaluator (11)
  • Rob Arnott & VII (4)
  • Rob Bennett (208)
  • Rob E-Mails Seeking Help (62)
  • Rob's E-Mails to Researchers (1)
  • Robert Shiller & VII (55)
  • Roger Wohlner and VII (5)
  • Saving Strategies (23)
  • Scenario Surfer (3)
  • Scott Burns & VII (8)
  • Silencing of Wade Pfau (85)
  • Strategy Tester (5)
  • SWRs (51)
  • Todd Tresidder & VII (3)
  • Uncategorized (15)
  • Various Experts & VII (33)
  • VII Column (463)
  • Wall Street Corruption (176)
  • Warren Buffett & VII (3)

Rob on the Internet

  • Rob's Weekly Valuation-Informed Indexing Column at the Value Walk Site.

  • Rob's Weekly Beyond Buy-and-Hold Column at the Out of Your Rut Site

  • Rob's Articles at the Financial Highway Site

  • Rob's Articles at the Balance Junkie Site

  • Rob's Daily Caller Articles: (1) Can We Handle the Truth About Stock Investing?; (2) How We Invest Is a Political Question; (3) The Economic Crisis Is Trying to Tell Us Something (and We're Not Listening); (4) Facts Don't Matter; (5) Going Google Stupid; (6) How Much Transparency Can We Handle?; (7) Confessions of an Internet Troll; (8) Conservatives Fall Into a Trap by Blaming Obama for the Bad Economy; (9) Meet the New Media, Same as the Old Media; and (10) How Restoring Honor Will End the Economic Crisis

  • Humble Money Experts Are the Best Money Experts, (Rob's Article in the Integrative Advisor, the Journal of the Association for Integrative Financial and Life Planning)

  • Articles on the Return Predictor, the RIsk Evaluator, the Scenario Surfer and the Strategy Tester

  • The Myth of Buy-and-Hold and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • The Good Side of Stocks' Lost Decade and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • A Better and Safer Way to Invest in Stocks and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • The Economic Crisis Is the Best Thing That Ever Happened to Us and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • The Bankers Did Not Do This to Us! and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • Stock Volatility Kills! and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • The Risks of Buy-and-Hold and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • The Future of Investing and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • What the Stock Investing Experts Don't Want You to Know and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • What's the Best Age at Which to Experience a Stock Crash? and Seven Other Guest Blog Entries

  • Guest Blog Entry Compares Our Effort to Open the Internet to Honest Posting on Stock Investing with the Civil Rights Struggle of the Early 1960s

  • Our Monster Thread (153 Comments!) on Whether Bill Bengen Should Correct His Retirement Study Now That He Acknowledges the Errors He Made In It

  • Google Search Results for the Term "Valuation-Informed Indexing"
  • Favorite RobCasts

    • Bogle and Valuations

    • When Stock Losses Are True Losses and When They Are Not

    • There Is No Free Lunch! Or Is There?

    • Risk Tolerance in the Real World

    • Cash Is a Strategic Asset Class

    • Nine Valuation-Informed-Indexing Portfolio Allocation Strategies

    • Why the Stock Market Does Not Set Prices Properly (Even Though Other Markets Do)

    • Only Valuations Matter -- Everything Else Is Priced In

    • Low Stock Prices Are Better Than High Stock Prices

    • 30 Investment Myths in 60 Minutes

    Links That Matter

    • Ten Bogus Investing Truths

    • Study by Associate Professor Wade Pfau Showing That Long-Term Timing Provides Higher Returns at Reduced Risk

    • Study by Associate Professor Wade Pfau Showing That Valuation-Informed Indexing Beat Buy-and-Hold in 102 of 110 Rolling 30-Year Time-Periods in the Historical Record

    • Wall Street Journal Article Pointing Out That the Idea That Long-Term Market Timing Does Not Work Is a "Myth" of Stock Investing "That Will Not Die" Because "This Hoary Old Chestnut Keeps Clients Fully Invested" Even When It Is Contrary to Their Best Interests

    • Wall Street Journal Article Pointing Out That" "This Ratio (P/E10) Has Been a Powerful Predictor of Long-Term Returns" and That "Valuation Is By Far the Most Important Issue for Investors"

    • The Internet Blowhard's Favorite Phrase: Why Do People Love to Say That Correlation Does Not Imply Causation?

    • Michael Kitces (One of the Bravest of the Good Guys in This Field) Asks: "Who's Really at Risk When Avoiding Overvalued Stocks?"

    • Financial Mentor Article Reporting on How Our Knowledge of How to Calculate Safe Withdrawal Rates Has Grown During the First Nine Years of The Great Safe Withdrawal Rate Debate

    • Does the Trend Matter?

    • Improving RIsk-Adjusted Returns Using Market-Valuation-Based Tactical Asset Allocation Strategies

    • A Value Restoration Project Blog Post That Sums Up in Three Paragraphs All You Need to Know to Become a Highly Effective Investor

    • Year 20 Annualized, Real, Total Return v. P/E10

    • Year 10 Annualized, Real, Total Return v. P/E10

    • Valuation-Informed Indexing Always Superior to Buy-and-Hold Over 10-Year Periods

    • The Valuation-Informed Indexing Advantage

    • What P/E10 Predicted vs. What Actually Happened

    • Normal and Valuation-Adjusted Wealth Accumulation

    • Valuation-Informed Indexers Can Retire Five Years Sooner

    • Following Valuation-Informed Indexing Strategies Reduces Stock Investing Risk by 80 Percent

    • S&P 500 Tracked by P/E10 Level

    • Treasury Inflation-Protected Income Securities (TIPS) Table

    • Best, Average and Worst Returns Since 1871

    • Compound Annual Growth Rate Calculator

    • Investing Through Time

    • Mapping S&P 500 Performance

    • S&P 500 at Your Fingertips

    • S&P 500 Return Calculator

    • Russell's Research

    • Shiller's Data

    • Safe Withdrawal Rate Research Group

    It seems that widget parameters haven't been configured properly. Please make sure that you are using a valid twitter username or query, and that you have inserted the correct authentication keys. Detailed instructions are written on the widget settings page.

    Copyright © 2025 · Log in